summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
-rw-r--r--.gitattributes4
-rw-r--r--LICENSE.txt11
-rw-r--r--README.md2
-rw-r--r--old/51696-0.txt6365
-rw-r--r--old/51696-0.zipbin87097 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/51696-h.zipbin450723 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/51696-h/51696-h.htm6742
-rw-r--r--old/51696-h/images/cover.jpgbin102368 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/51696-h/images/cover2.jpgbin100339 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/51696-h/images/frontis.jpgbin100974 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/51696-h/images/title.jpgbin55329 -> 0 bytes
11 files changed, 17 insertions, 13107 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7b82bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+*.txt text eol=lf
+*.htm text eol=lf
+*.html text eol=lf
+*.md text eol=lf
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..056a423
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #51696 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/51696)
diff --git a/old/51696-0.txt b/old/51696-0.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 21d8d46..0000000
--- a/old/51696-0.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6365 +0,0 @@
-Project Gutenberg's The Brownie Scouts at Silver Beach, by Mildred A. Wirt
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
-other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of
-the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have
-to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook.
-
-Title: The Brownie Scouts at Silver Beach
-
-Author: Mildred A. Wirt
-
-Release Date: April 8, 2016 [EBook #51696]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: UTF-8
-
-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE BROWNIE SCOUTS AT SILVER BEACH ***
-
-
-
-
-Produced by Stephen Hutcheson, Dave Morgan and the Online
-Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration: Soft wisps of mist enfolded the shadowy building.
-
- (_See Page 34_)
-
-“BROWNIE SCOUTS AT SILVER BEACH”]
-
-
-
-
-The Brownie Scouts at Silver Beach
-
- by
- Mildred A. Wirt
-
- ILLUSTRATED
-
- CUPPLES AND LEON COMPANY
- Publishers New York
-
-
-
-
- Copyright, 1952, by
- CUPPLES AND LEON COMPANY
-
- ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
-
- THE BROWNIE SCOUTS AT SILVER BEACH
-
- Printed in the United States of America
-
-
-
-
-CONTENTS
-
-
- _Chapter_ _Page_
-
- 1 Sand Dollars 1
-
- 2 A Turtle Race 11
-
- 3 Fog 21
-
- 4 The Ship House 32
-
- 5 An Old Sea Captain 41
-
- 6 House in the Mist 52
-
- 7 The Locked Door 64
-
- 8 High Tide 79
-
- 9 Stuck in the Sand 87
-
- 10 A Bird Report 95
-
- 11 A Test for Snow White 103
-
- 12 Found in the Reeds 115
-
- 13 Jamie’s Present 125
-
- 14 Hidden in the Sand 138
-
- 15 A Face at the Window 147
-
- 16 A Moonlight Swim 158
-
- 17 Mrs. Allison’s Cruiser 170
-
- 18 Adrift 181
-
- 19 Snow White Wings Home 187
-
- 20 Brownie of the Day 199
-
-
-
-
-THE BROWNIE SCOUTS AT SILVER BEACH
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER 1
-
-SAND DOLLARS
-
-
-“Watch me dive into that big wave! I’m a fish!”
-
-Vevi McGuire shouted the words as she ran along the sandy beach toward
-the ocean. In her red bathing suit, the dark-haired, freckled little
-girl made a bright flash of color against the blue sky.
-
-“Be careful, Vevi!” called Connie Williams. “The tide is coming in, and
-those waves are strong.”
-
-Now Vevi did not heed the warning of her friend. In fact, she didn’t
-even hear what Connie had said. That was because she was thinking only
-of being the first Brownie Scout to get into the water.
-
-Flinging her arms wide, she ran to meet a big saucy wave. Icy cold, it
-slapped hard at her knees.
-
-Vevi squealed and turned her head to see if the other girls were
-watching.
-
-“Last one in is a sissy!” she challenged the group of Brownie Scouts.
-“Who says the water is cold?”
-
-“Watch out!” shouted Connie.
-
-Another big foam-flecked wave came rolling slowly in. Vevi did not
-turn quickly enough to see it.
-
-Before she could brace herself, a great wall of water washed over her.
-
-Now Vevi was very much surprised, for she had not known that a wave
-could be so rough. Her feet were swept from beneath her and she fell
-flat on her knees.
-
-Spluttering and choking, Vevi clawed at the sand. For a second she
-could not get her breath and was very frightened. She was afraid she
-might drown.
-
-Then the wave was gone, and Vevi found herself lying in a puddle of
-salt water. When she scrambled to her feet, her bathing suit was gritty
-with sand. Her elbow had been skinned too.
-
-“My, if you didn’t look funny when that big wave slapped you!” laughed
-Connie Williams.
-
-Connie was Vevi’s very best friend, and a leader in the Rosedale
-Brownie Scout troop. Her blue eyes twinkled, for she always enjoyed a
-joke.
-
-“It’s not funny,” Vevi protested, rubbing the skinned place on her
-elbow.
-
-“Look out, or you’ll be knocked flat again,” warned Jane Tuttle,
-another Brownie Scout. She had long yellow braids which shone in the
-bright sunlight.
-
-This time, Vevi saw the wave coming and raced to safety. She did not
-feel nearly so brave now that she knew how hard water could slap.
-
-The five Brownies, Vevi, Connie, Jane, Sunny Davidson and Rosemary
-Fritche, were spending their very first day on Silver Beach along the
-Atlantic Coast.
-
-All the girls were looking forward to ten wonderful days as guests of
-Miss Gordon, the troop leader. Rosemary, Jane and Sunny were staying at
-the teacher’s vine-covered cottage overlooking Silver Beach. Vevi and
-Connie bunked at Starfish Cottage rented by Connie’s mother.
-
-Now as Vevi shook sand from her bathing suit, the other girls waded
-into the water. They were careful though, not to get knocked down by a
-wave.
-
-Nearby, Connie’s mother, Mrs. Williams, and Miss Gordon sat watching
-from beneath the shade of a yellow beach umbrella.
-
-“Oh, see what I’ve found!” cried Jane Tuttle suddenly.
-
-She stooped to pick up something from the sand.
-
-“What is it?” demanded Rosemary, running up. Jane showed her an
-odd-appearing, round, gray object. “It doesn’t look like a shell,” she
-said, “and it isn’t alive either.”
-
-“Let’s ask Miss Gordon,” proposed Rosemary.
-
-The Brownies ran over to the beach umbrella where the two women were
-reading magazines.
-
-“Why, Jane, you’ve found a sand dollar!” the Brownie leader exclaimed
-when she saw the gray-purplish colored disc.
-
-“A sand dollar!” echoed Jane, greatly excited. “Is it real money?”
-
-“Dear me, no,” laughed the teacher. “It is only called by that name
-because of its shape. Sand dollars really are like sea urchins, having
-five parts to their shells. They have many hair-like spines or legs,
-and eat tiny pieces of seaweed.”
-
-“I’m going to find a sand dollar!” announced Vevi. “A dozen of ’em!”
-
-All the Brownies joined in the search. No one, however, could find
-another sand dollar. Connie picked up a pretty clam shell and Rosemary
-found one of pure white which Miss Gordon told her was called an
-angel’s wing.
-
-“I wish the Brownies could gather shells every day we’re here,” Connie
-declared. “And then maybe have an exhibition of them.”
-
-Miss Gordon nodded approval.
-
-“Perhaps we can, Connie,” she replied. “I thought too that we might
-study sea life and perhaps learn a little about the birds.”
-
-“And the ocean,” broke in Vevi. “I want to know where it came from and
-how it got its salt.”
-
-“The story of how the ocean became salty must wait until tomorrow,”
-Miss Gordon said, smiling. “This afternoon we are to have a swimming
-lesson. Barney Fulsom, the life guard, has promised to give the
-Brownies a few pointers.”
-
-“Is that Barney coming now?” asked Connie.
-
-A deeply-tanned, broad-chested young man was walking briskly toward the
-group of Brownies. The girls knew he was a life guard for he wore a Red
-Cross emblem on his black bathing trunks.
-
-“That’s Barney,” agreed Miss Gordon. “Now we must all do exactly as he
-tells us.”
-
-Barney carried a rubber sea horse under his arm.
-
-“Hi, kids,” he greeted the Brownies. “All set for your first lesson?”
-
-“I want to ride the sea horse,” announced Vevi. “I already know how to
-swim--at least a little.”
-
-“It didn’t look like it a minute ago when that wave smacked you,”
-teased Connie.
-
-Barney told the Brownies that the one who did the best in the swimming
-lesson would be the first to ride the sea horse.
-
-Mrs. Williams and Miss Gordon decided they would go into the ocean too.
-The teacher removed her wrist watch, slipping it into the pocket of her
-beach robe. She left the robe lying in plain view on the sand.
-
-“Now kiddies,” said Barney when the Brownies had gathered in a circle
-about him. “We’re going to pretend to be jellyfish. Watch me!”
-
-Wading out a few feet into deeper, smoother water, he flung himself
-face downward in the water.
-
-The Brownies were surprised to see that although he didn’t move arms or
-legs, he floated easily on the water’s surface.
-
-“How do you breathe?” Connie asked when the life guard stood up again.
-
-“Just hold it,” Barney instructed. “And lie perfectly still on the
-water. It’s easy.”
-
-One by one the Brownies tried to float like jellyfish. Connie and Jane
-weren’t afraid to put their faces in the water. They learned to float
-quite easily.
-
-Sunny, Rosemary and Vevi didn’t like to get their feet off the sand
-even when Barney held their hands and pulled them along.
-
-“I don’t like being a jellyfish,” Vevi complained. “Whenever I put my
-face in the water, I taste salt.”
-
-“You’ll soon get used to it,” Barney told her. “Only the Brownies who
-do as I say may ride my sea horse.”
-
-Vevi wanted very much to ride the rubber steed, so she gritted her
-teeth and ducked her head into the water. After the first time or two
-it was easy.
-
-“Lesson’s over for today,” Barney announced after the Brownies had
-practiced for awhile. “Connie did the best so she may ride the horse
-first.”
-
-Connie tried to climb on the back of the rubber pony. She could not get
-on until Barney lifted her up.
-
-“Kick your feet,” he advised. “That will make the old boy go.”
-
-Connie thrashed her legs back and forth and the horse moved with little
-jerks through the water.
-
-“This is fun!” she cried.
-
-“Let me try next,” pleaded Vevi.
-
-Just then a wave upset the horse, and Connie fell off. Barney picked
-her up and sat Jane astride the rubber steed.
-
-“I’m going to stay on a long while,” she boasted.
-
-Even as she spoke, a wave struck the horse, and over she went!
-
-One by one the Brownies took their turn. Vevi was the last one to ride.
-When a wave upset the horse, she clung to his neck for a long while.
-But finally she ran out of breath and had to let go.
-
-“That was fine!” approved Barney. “You stayed under water a long time,
-Vevi.”
-
-Connie stood watching a swimmer far out near the pier. She was afraid
-he might be in danger for she could see he was in very deep water.
-
-“Oughtn’t you to save him?” she asked the lifeguard anxiously.
-
-“That’s Raymond Curry, a guard at the hotel beach,” Barney told her.
-“He’s an expert swimmer. Each day he swims from the hotel beach over
-here, a distance of nearly a quarter of a mile.”
-
-“My, he must have strong muscles!” exclaimed Rosemary. “Will we be able
-to swim that far after we’ve had a few more lessons?”
-
-“I’m afraid not,” Barney smiled. “Raymond has been swimming all his
-life and has won several medals.”
-
-The children watched the lifeguard for awhile.
-
-He was swimming very smoothly away from Silver Beach. At times his head
-would disappear from view. But a moment later, it would pop up again
-between the waves.
-
-“I wish we could take lessons from _him_,” remarked Vevi.
-
-“Raymond doesn’t care too much about teaching youngsters,” Barney told
-her. “Figures it’s too hard work. He has a son of his own only a little
-older than you girls.”
-
-The Brownies were starting to shiver, so Miss Gordon sent them to get
-their beach robes.
-
-“It’s time to dress now,” she said. “But before you race to the
-showers, I must tell you of our plans for tomorrow.”
-
-“Another swimming lesson?” pleaded Connie.
-
-Miss Gordon nodded. “We’ll have an early beach breakfast,” she
-promised. “I’ll tell the Brownies how the ocean got its salt.
-Meanwhile, I want you all to watch the sea birds. Learn the name of at
-least one and be prepared to report on its habits at the meeting.”
-
-“I already have my bird!” cried Connie. “The gull.”
-
-“And I’m going to tell about the sand piper,” added Rosemary.
-
-“My report will be on the tern,” declared Sunny Davidson, quick as a
-flash.
-
-“I’ll tell about egrets,” announced Jane. “I wrote a paper on them last
-year in school.”
-
-Now all the girls except Vevi had named a bird on which they would
-report.
-
-“Maybe I’ll tell about a robin,” she said.
-
-“A robin isn’t a sea bird,” Jane reminded her. “Anyway, we know all
-about robins.”
-
-“Vevi will think of a bird before our meeting tomorrow,” said Mrs.
-Williams kindly.
-
-“I’ll think of the best one of all,” Vevi boasted.
-
-Miss Gordon reminded the girls again that it was time to dress. She
-and Mrs. Williams began to gather up their sun glasses and other
-possessions.
-
-“What time is it?” inquired Connie’s mother.
-
-Miss Gordon had slipped on her beach robe. She reached into a pocket
-for the wrist watch she had left there.
-
-A strange expression came over her face. The Brownies knew at once that
-something was wrong.
-
-“What is it?” questioned Vevi. “What’s happened?”
-
-“I can’t find my wristwatch,” Miss Gordon murmured. “It’s gone!”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER 2
-
-A TURTLE RACE
-
-
-At first, Miss Gordon and the Brownie Scouts could not believe that
-anyone had stolen the wrist watch.
-
-“I must have dropped it somewhere in the sand,” murmured the teacher.
-
-Mrs. Williams and the Brownies looked carefully beneath the beach
-umbrella. Miss Gordon removed her beach robe and shook it. But the
-missing watch could not be found.
-
-“I’m certain I put it in the pocket of this robe not a half hour ago,”
-the teacher declared. “When I went in swimming I left it lying on the
-sand. Oh, dear, I should have checked the watch at the bathhouse. I
-kept it because I wanted to keep track of the time.”
-
-“I can’t believe anyone would steal the watch,” insisted Connie’s
-mother. “Certainly not while we were so close by.”
-
-Miss Gordon declared that the robe never had been out of her sight.
-“I’ll admit though,” she added, “that during the swimming lesson, I
-seldom glanced in this direction.”
-
-Connie, who had been poking about in the sand, suddenly shouted: “See
-what I’ve found!”
-
-The other Brownies thought that she had come upon Miss Gordon’s missing
-watch. Instead, Connie pointed to a large footprint in the loose sand.
-
-“It was made by a man with wet feet!” she exclaimed. “See, here’s
-another--and another! Maybe the person who left these prints stole your
-watch, Miss Gordon!”
-
-“I think not,” replied the teacher, examining the prints. “These marks
-plainly were made by a bather. See, the trail goes directly down to the
-sea.”
-
-“And one wouldn’t take a wrist watch into the water,” said Rosemary.
-“That would be stupid.”
-
-Just then Barney Fulsom, the lifeguard, came over to the group to ask
-if anything were wrong. Miss Gordon told him about losing her watch.
-
-“It’s been stolen, all right,” Barney said. “That thief gets bolder
-every day.”
-
-“Then you’ve had other articles stolen here?” inquired Mrs. Williams.
-
-“We’ve had at least a dozen thefts reported during the summer. Several
-cars have been broken into too, and a couple of cruisers. It’s giving
-the beach a bad reputation.”
-
-“Can’t police catch the thief?” asked Vevi. “Once when Connie and I
-traveled with a circus we helped the circus people trap a pickpocket.”
-
-“I wish the Brownies would help me catch this fellow,” replied Barney
-soberly. “So far we haven’t a single clue.”
-
-Mrs. Williams inquired how long the beach thefts had been going on.
-
-“All summer,” the life guard answered. “Almost from the day I started
-to work here. That’s what makes it look so bad for me. Folks are
-starting to shun the cottage beach and use the one by the hotel.”
-
-“The thefts never occur there?”
-
-“None has been reported so far. Raymond Curry guards at the hotel
-beach. He likes to twit me and make out that it’s my fault so many
-things are taken here. He says I don’t keep close enough watch.”
-
-“My loss certainly wasn’t your fault,” Miss Gordon said. “I never
-should have left jewelry in the pocket of a beach robe. I blame only
-myself.”
-
-Barney told the teacher that it would be most unwise in the future
-to leave any item of value on the beach. Lockers were provided in the
-bathhouse for the safekeeping of all valuables.
-
-“Your watch may turn up later,” he said. “I doubt it though.”
-
-“Maybe the Brownies can catch that thief,” suggested Vevi. “We’ll all
-keep watch for ’spicious characters.”
-
-Miss Gordon felt her loss most keenly. However, she told the Brownies
-they were not to worry about it.
-
-“Scamper to the bath-house now and dress,” she advised them. “You’ll
-have an hour or so to play before dinner time.”
-
-Miss Gordon told the girls that if they liked they might use the free
-period to watch the sea birds and learn their habits.
-
-The teacher did not think to warn the Brownies that they were to stay
-close to Starfish Cottage. Anyway, she knew all the girls could be
-trusted to use good judgment.
-
-Now none of the Brownies lived at Silver Beach. Instead, their homes
-were at Rosedale, a town many miles away.
-
-At Rosedale, Connie and Vevi were next door neighbors. Always they had
-been close friends, enjoying many good times together even before both
-had joined the Brownie troop.
-
-Miss Gordon’s unit was a very active one. With her as the leader, the
-girls had spent several exciting days at Snow Valley.
-
-Another time, Vevi and Connie had been carried away with a circus.
-However, that had been an accident.
-
-On one occasion the Brownies had taken part in a wonderful cherry
-festival. At Rosedale, the troop met either in private homes or their
-own little tree house which had been built in the metropolitan park. If
-you wonder how they ever acquired a tree house, read the book called,
-“The Brownie Scouts and their Tree House.”
-
-The Brownies now raced off to the bathhouse to dress.
-
-Connie and Vevi dressed faster than the other girls. They both took
-showers, washing salt water from their bathing suits. Then they put on
-their pinchecked brown gingham uniforms with white stitching. On the
-right side of each collar was a tiny Brownie pin.
-
-Vevi gave her dark hair a quick brush and put on her brown felt
-beanie. “Come on, slow poke,” she said to Connie. “Let’s walk up to
-the hotel beach.”
-
-The girls left their bathing suits with Connie’s mother and started off.
-
-“Don’t be gone long,” Mrs. Williams called after them. “Dinner at six.”
-
-Hand in hand, the two girls skipped along the beach. They kept watching
-for birds but the only ones they saw were gulls.
-
-Before long, Vevi and Connie came within view of the big Beach House
-hotel. The waterfront was dotted with colored umbrellas and many
-bathers were in the sea.
-
-An even larger crowd had gathered in a huge circle on the lawn in front
-of the hotel.
-
-“Why, what are all those folks doing?” Vevi demanded, stopping short.
-
-“Let’s find out,” proposed Connie.
-
-The children approached the group of people, who were laughing and
-having a good time. In the center of the circle were a number of
-turtles. The creatures were crawling toward the rim which had been
-chalked on the grass.
-
-“It’s a turtle race!” cried Vevi. “Let’s watch!”
-
-She and Connie crowded into the front line. A tiny turtle with a
-yellow painted stripe across its back, was coming directly toward them.
-
-“Come on, yellow!” shouted Vevi. She wanted the little turtle to win.
-
-Instead of coming on toward the edge of the circle, it stopped short,
-raising up its head to look and listen.
-
-A spotted pond turtle went around it. Vevi and Connie thought it would
-be the winner. But a moment later a snapper went around both turtles.
-It was crawling very fast, much like a creeping baby.
-
-Suddenly everyone began to shout. The snapper had crossed the chalk
-line, winning the race.
-
-Raymond Curry, the hotel life guard, had been conducting the race.
-
-“No. 10 wins,” he announced in a loud voice. “Who owns him?”
-
-A boy of ten years stepped forward to claim a prize for having the
-winning turtle.
-
-“Ten dollars for you, son,” said the lifeguard. “Nice going! Now
-remember, folks, we’ll have another race here Saturday afternoon. The
-hotel again will offer ten dollars to the winner, and a second prize
-consisting of a free motor boat ride.” Vevi pinched Connie so hard
-that it hurt. “Did you hear that?” she whispered.
-
-“Ten dollars,” murmured Connie. “That’s a lot of money!”
-
-“Maybe we could win it for our Brownie troop!”
-
-“But we have no turtle.”
-
-“There must be a way to get one,” Vevi declared. “Let’s ask.”
-
-The girls sidled over toward the lifeguard. He was busy and did not act
-as if he wanted to be bothered.
-
-“Well, what is it?” he asked impatiently.
-
-“Please,” said Connie politely, “may anyone enter the race?”
-
-“That’s right.”
-
-“We have no turtle,” Vevi informed him. “How do we get one?”
-
-“You’ll have to hunt,” replied the lifeguard. He spoke rather crossly,
-snapping out his words.
-
-“But where does one find a turtle?”
-
-“That’s up to you,” the guard returned, shrugging his powerful
-shoulders. He walked away before the girls could ask another question.
-
-“I don’t like him one bit,” said Vevi. “His name should be ‘Snapper.’
-He snaps just like a turtle.”
-
-Picking up a stick, she poked it at one of the turtles which was
-crawling across the lawn. It huffed up and bit fiercely at the stick.
-
-“Careful,” warned the man who owned the turtle. “That old boy is a
-biter. The only safe way to handle him is to pick him up by the tail.”
-
-“I don’t think I want a racing turtle,” said Connie, backing away.
-
-“Only the snappers are cross,” the man explained. “They’re safe enough
-if you handle them right. If you youngsters want to enter the race,
-better get yourselves a pair of nice pond turtles. Most of them are
-good-natured.”
-
-“I don’t think Mr. Curry wants us to be in the race,” declared Vevi.
-“He wouldn’t tell us anything about it.”
-
-“Oh, Curry’s out of sorts this morning,” the man replied. “It seems his
-son has run away again.”
-
-Now Vevi and Connie had forgotten that Barney Fulsom had told them the
-hotel lifeguard had a son. In fact, they did not know anything about
-him, except that he was a fine swimmer.
-
-“Curry and his son, Jamie, can’t seem to get along well,” the man went
-on. “Every so often, the youngster chases off somewhere for a day or
-two. It makes his father very angry.”
-
-Vevi and Connie now understood why the lifeguard had spoken so crossly
-to them. They thought though, that he might have taken time to tell
-them more about the race.
-
-“I’d give you youngsters this snapper, only I’m afraid you couldn’t
-handle him,” continued the friendly man. “Better get a pond turtle.”
-
-“But how do we find one?” asked Vevi eagerly.
-
-“Try Cabell’s pond. That place should be thick with them.”
-
-Without telling the children how to reach the pond, the man walked away
-with his snapping turtle.
-
-“I guess we may as well forget about the race,” sighed Connie, deeply
-discouraged.
-
-“And not win ten dollars for our troop? Why, Connie Williams!”
-
-“I’d like to win a race. But how can we ever find Cabell’s pond?”
-
-Vevi had sighted Barney Fulsom far down the beach near Starfish Cottage.
-
-“Let’s ask _him_,” she proposed. “He’s much more friendly than Mr.
-Curry. I’m sure he’ll tell us how to reach the turtle pond.”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER 3
-
-FOG
-
-
-Barney Fulsom was raking papers and seaweed from the beach when Vevi
-and Connie hurried up. They were quite breathless from hurrying so fast.
-
-“Please, Mr. Lifeguard,” began Vevi, “can you tell us how to get a
-turtle?”
-
-Barney leaned on his rake, smiling down at the girls. “What kind of
-turtle?” he inquired. “A huge one that lives in the sea?”
-
-“Oh, no, we want a little turtle,” explained Connie, “One that won’t
-bite. And one we can enter in the hotel beach race next Saturday.”
-
-“If you want to win you probably will need a fast-moving snapper,” the
-life guard replied. “You never can make a pet of it though. The same is
-true of a pancake, musk or mud turtle. Other kinds of pond turtles are
-more friendly.”
-
-“How do we reach Cabell’s pond?” Vevi questioned eagerly.
-
-Barney told the girls to take the main paved road leading away from the
-beach. When they reached Bus Stop 23, they were to turn off onto a dirt
-road and keep walking until they came to the pond.
-
-“Is it far?” Connie asked.
-
-“Less than a half mile. It’s a pretty walk through the trees. Once you
-reach the pond, you’ll see plenty of turtles.”
-
-Connie asked if the turtles were hard to catch.
-
-“Well, there’s a trick to it,” the lifeguard answered. “Turtles are
-fast in the water. If they see you coming, they’ll duck down to the
-bottom of the pond. I’ll lend you my net and that should make it
-easier.”
-
-From the bathhouse Barney brought a long-handled net. He warned the
-children to be very careful at the pond.
-
-“The water is shallow there,” he said, “but if you should tumble in,
-you’d ruin your clothes.”
-
-“We won’t fall in,” laughed Vevi. “When we come back, we’ll have a lot
-of racing turtles!”
-
-Carrying the net, the two girls went first to Starfish Cottage to tell
-Mrs. Williams where they were going. They could not find her or Miss
-Gordon, so they left a note saying they would be gone for an hour.
-
-“It looks sort of misty,” Connie said, glancing at the sky. “Do you
-think we should go, Vevi?”
-
-“Oh, we’ll be back in an hour,” Vevi replied. “Come on.”
-
-They started off along the main highway. Cars whizzed past very fast.
-One driver stopped for a moment, offering the girls a ride. Vevi and
-Connie did not know him, so they turned down the offer.
-
-Presently, they came to Stop 23 and the winding dirt road.
-
-“It can’t be much farther now to the pond,” Vevi sighed. She was
-feeling a little tired.
-
-The road wound through low ground, in among the tall, whispering trees.
-Soon Vevi and Connie found their shoes coated with dust. The air seemed
-chilly too for the sun had disappeared under a thickening blanket of
-clouds.
-
-“Maybe we shouldn’t have come,” Connie said anxiously. “I didn’t think
-it would be so far.”
-
-“Neither did I,” admitted Vevi. “We can’t turn back now though. We must
-be almost there.”
-
-The children trudged on. And then, as they were becoming very
-discouraged, they glimpsed an expanse of blue through the trees.
-
-“There’s the pond!” cried Vevi. “We’ll get our turtle yet, Connie!”
-
-Although small, the pond was very attractive. It was rimmed with trees
-and shrubs and at one point had a tiny sand beach. An old boat was tied
-to the end of a sagging dock.
-
-Vevi and Connie walked out on the planks, taking care not to slip
-through any of the yawning holes.
-
-“Oh, look!” cried Connie. She stopped so suddenly that Vevi who was
-directly behind, bumped into her.
-
-“What do you see, Connie? A turtle?”
-
-Connie shook her head. Without saying a word, she pointed toward a bird
-with a striking feather pattern of orange-red, jet black and white.
-
-Amazingly, the little fellow was digging and pushing in the mud,
-turning over small stones in a search for food.
-
-“Oh, I wish I knew the name of that bird,” Connie whispered. “I’d
-report on it at our next Brownie Scout meeting.”
-
-“It looks like a dove with bright orange legs and feet,” added Vevi in
-awe.
-
-Her words startled the bird. Frightened, it took wing.
-
-In the air, the colors merged, giving the bird the appearance of a
-flying marble cake.
-
-“Oh, we must tell Miss Gordon about this place,” Connie declared
-happily. “Why, it’s simply alive with birds!”
-
-Overhead, gulls were winging in graceful flight. Sandpipers twinkled at
-the water’s edge on their fast-moving, tiny black legs.
-
-Vevi, however, was more interested in finding a turtle she could race.
-
-“I don’t think this old pond has any turtles,” she complained. “I don’t
-see a single one.”
-
-“I do!” exclaimed Connie whose eyes were keen.
-
-“Where, Connie?”
-
-In her excitement, Vevi nearly fell off the dock.
-
-“Out there in the middle of the pond. See that log!”
-
-Vevi gazed where Connie pointed. Sure enough, a small spotted turtle
-was perched on the log, drying his shell.
-
-“Let’s get him!” she cried.
-
-“How? We can’t wade out into the middle of the pond.”
-
-Vevi went quickly to inspect the old boat. There were no oars. Besides,
-several inches of water had seeped in over the floor boards.
-
-“We can’t use that old boat either,” said Connie quickly. “It would be
-too risky.”
-
-“There must be other turtles in this pond,” Vevi declared. “We’ll find
-’em.”
-
-Leaving the sagging dock, the girls started around the pond. The water
-was very still. Several times they saw bubbles rising to the surface.
-
-“Turtles must be down there,” Vevi declared. “But I can’t see a single
-one.”
-
-The girls walked until they were tired. Finally they sat down on a
-little bank to rest.
-
-“It’s getting late,” said Connie, glancing at the murky sky. “We ought
-to be starting back to the cottage.”
-
-Vevi shivered, for the air had turned damp and chilly. She would not
-admit, though, that she was the least bit cold.
-
-“Let’s not go just yet,” she pleaded. “I want to catch a turtle.”
-
-“So do I,” agreed Connie. “But since we aren’t having any luck--”
-
-Vevi at that moment grasped her friend’s arm. She pointed toward a
-clump of reeds and lily pads directly below where they sat.
-
-A tiny head was peeping out of the water. For a minute, Vevi and Connie
-both thought that the creature was a snake. Then, in the clear water,
-they made out a round, curving body and four claws.
-
-“A turtle!” whispered Vevi. “Watch me get him.”
-
-“Be careful or you’ll scare him away,” Connie warned.
-
-Carrying the net in her right hand, Vevi slipped down the grassy bank.
-
-Just as she was about to reach out and scoop up the turtle, his head
-disappeared from view.
-
-“Oh, he’s gone!” she wailed. “How mean!”
-
-A moment later, however, the turtle’s head popped up again farther from
-shore.
-
-“I’ll get him yet!” Vevi announced grimly.
-
-She stripped off her shoes and stockings. Then, moving carefully so
-that she would not splash, she stole toward the turtle.
-
-“Now!” whispered Connie.
-
-Vevi made a quick sweep with the fish net. She felt something heavy hit
-the circular rim.
-
-“I’ve got him!” she declared triumphantly.
-
-“Where?” demanded Connie.
-
-Vevi had raised the net. The turtle had not been trapped.
-
-“I’ll get him next time!” Vevi said crossly. “He’ll stick his old head
-up in a minute and then I’ll net him.”
-
-Patiently, the girls waited. But the minutes went by and not a glimpse
-of the turtle did they obtain.
-
-Vevi began to feel very chilly without her shoes and stockings.
-
-“We can’t wait any longer,” Connie told her. “It’s late and the sky
-looks funny.”
-
-“Sort of smoky,” Vevi agreed.
-
-Wisps of fog were filtering in over the treetops. The girls could feel
-dampness everywhere.
-
-“Fog is coming in from the ocean,” Connie said uneasily. “We must leave
-right away.”
-
-Vevi began to pull on her shoes and stockings. She had lost interest
-in turtles. The heavy mist went through her light clothing making her
-quite uncomfortable.
-
-“It won’t take us long to get back to Starfish Cottage,” she declared.
-“My, I’m hungry!”
-
-The girls walked very fast along the dirt road. However, before they
-had gone far, Vevi stopped short. A look of dismay came over her
-freckled face.
-
-“Oh, Connie,” she wailed. “I left the fish net lying on the shore!
-What’ll we do?”
-
-“We’ll have to go back,” Connie decided. “Barney wouldn’t like it if we
-lost his net. Oh, Vevi, why didn’t you think about it?”
-
-“I--I just didn’t. Connie, you wait here. I’ll get the net. It won’t
-take me long, if I run.”
-
-“All right, but hurry,” Connie agreed. “Fog is coming in fast. I’m cold
-already.”
-
-Leaving her friend to wait along the roadside, Vevi hurried back to
-the pond. It took her a long while to get the net. By the time she
-returned, mist was swirling everywhere.
-
-“It took you an age,” Connie said.
-
-“I hurried as fast as I could,” Vevi puffed.
-
-Hand in hand, the girls hastened on down the road. Fog was settling
-everywhere, blotting out all but the closest trees.
-
-“It’s like being in a forest fire--only colder,” Vevi murmured
-uneasily. “Oh, Connie, what if we couldn’t find our way home?”
-
-Connie had been afraid of the same thing. But she spoke bravely.
-
-“We’ll come to the main road any minute now,” she said to encourage
-Vevi. “After that it will be easy. We’re not far from Starfish Cottage.”
-
-The dirt road dipped down into a small, winding valley. Here the fog
-had gathered even heavier. Hurrying along, the girls could see only a
-few yards in front of them.
-
-Presently, to their relief, they saw a ribbon of dark pavement ahead.
-
-“The highway!” Connie exclaimed. “Well be all right now.”
-
-At the exit to the dirt road, the girls paused. Landmarks did not look
-familiar.
-
-“Do we turn right or left?” Connie asked in perplexity. “Which way is
-toward Starfish Cottage?”
-
-“I remember passing a large white house,” Vevi recalled. “We should be
-able to see it from here.”
-
-“The trouble is we can’t see anything in this fog, Vevi. Nothing looks
-right.”
-
-Connie’s voice quavered. Cold and tired, she longed to be snug at
-Starfish Cottage. Even now, the other Brownies would be preparing for a
-warm supper.
-
-“I guess we turn left,” Vevi said after a moment.
-
-“Left? Why, I’m sure the ocean is the other way.”
-
-Connie and Vevi stared at each other, truly alarmed.
-
-The fog was settling about them like a damp rain cloak. Nothing looked
-familiar.
-
-“We can’t be far from home,” Connie murmured. “But this mist is getting
-worse.”
-
-“And we’re lost,” Vevi added in a frightened voice. “Oh, Connie,
-what’ll we do?”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER 4
-
-THE SHIP HOUSE
-
-
-Now Connie was as worried as she could be, but she tried not to show
-it. She remembered that a Brownie Scout always must be calm in an
-emergency.
-
-“We can’t really be lost,” she told the frightened Vevi. “Not as long
-as we stay on the main road.”
-
-“We can turn the wrong direction though,” Vevi insisted. “If we do,
-we’ll be hours getting home.”
-
-With the mist settling more closely about them, the girls stood for a
-moment trying to get their bearings.
-
-In either direction, the road ahead was like a gray, dim tunnel.
-
-“Listen!” commanded Vevi. “What was that?”
-
-She had heard a strange, deep-throated sound which seemed to come from
-a long distance away.
-
-“The fog horn out on the bay!” Connie exclaimed. “That means it’s
-really getting bad. Ships are being warned so they won’t run into the
-rocks along shore.”
-
-The girls could not decide which direction to walk. Connie thought they
-should go one way, while Vevi was in favor of the other.
-
-As they debated, Connie heard a car coming from far up the road.
-
-“Oh, we can stop the driver and ask directions!” she exclaimed, greatly
-relieved. “Maybe too, we can catch a ride to Starfish Cottage.”
-
-Soon the children caught a glimpse of headlights boring through the
-mist.
-
-Stepping out into the roadway, Connie and Vevi shouted for the driver
-to stop. In the thick fog they scarcely could be seen. Their voices
-apparently did not carry.
-
-Without glancing toward the girls, the driver of the car went on.
-A moment later the red taillight of his automobile had completely
-vanished.
-
-Vevi and Connie were too discouraged to say a word. They stood at the
-roadside a moment, cold and miserable.
-
-“Another car will come along in a minute,” Connie said at last.
-
-Huddling together, the girls waited and waited. Finally, because they
-didn’t know what else to do, they started walking along the paved road.
-To find their way, they had to watch closely lest they wander off the
-pavement.
-
-“Connie, I’m sure we didn’t come this way,” Vevi murmured after they
-had gone a short distance. “Didn’t we pass a house just before we
-turned off onto the dirt road?”
-
-“I think so, Vevi. I’m not sure. We didn’t pay enough attention.”
-
-The girls trudged over a little hill. Ahead, the fog seemed a trifle
-lighter. Instead of being dense and thick, it rolled in clouds.
-
-“I think I see something over there to the right,” Vevi declared
-hopefully. “It looks like a house!”
-
-Soft wisps of mist enfolded the shadowy building, giving it an eerie,
-almost ghostly appearance.
-
-“It’s a house of some sort,” Connie admitted. “But I don’t see any
-light. It--it doesn’t look lived in, Vevi.”
-
-“Let’s find out, Connie.”
-
-Hand in hand, the girls left the pavement and stumbled up a gravel
-path. The fog was lighter and they could trace the outline of a low,
-rambling shingle and timber building.
-
-“Why, it’s not a house at all!” Connie exclaimed.
-
-“It’s a little ship! But how could a ship be here on dry land?”
-
-Vevi squeezed her friend’s hand nervously. Through the mist the
-building had a most unreal appearance. Was her imagination playing
-tricks?
-
-“Pinch me, Connie,” she whispered.
-
-Connie obeyed, nipping Vevi’s arm so hard she squealed.
-
-“It’s real, all right,” Vevi said, satisfied that she was wide awake.
-
-Cautiously, the girls inched closer. Now they could see that the
-building really was a house. It had been built though, to resemble an
-old ship.
-
-The windows were round like portholes. Just inside a picket fence stood
-a huge anchor, painted white. An old ship’s lantern dangled by the
-cottage door. Just above it was a battered sign.
-
-Moving in close, the children were able to read the lettering on the
-carved piece of board. It said: “WELCOME.”
-
-“Friendly people must live here,” declared Vevi, feeling less afraid.
-
-Connie looked carefully about the yard. Weeds had grown very high and
-flower beds were untended.
-
-“This old ship house looks deserted to me,” she said in awe. “Another
-thing--I’m sure we never came this way before, Vevi.”
-
-“That’s so. We must have turned the wrong direction when we left the
-dirt road. What’ll we do?”
-
-“Let’s knock,” Connie suggested. “Someone might live here, but I don’t
-think so.”
-
-The front door was made of heavy wood and appeared to have been removed
-bodily from an old sea vessel. Door knob and hinges were of iron.
-
-Raising her hand to knock, Connie made a startling discovery.
-
-“Why, the door’s unlocked!” she exclaimed. “See, it’s partly open!”
-
-Vevi saw that Connie was right. The door stood slightly ajar.
-
-“Then someone must live here after all!” she cried.
-
-Connie knocked twice and waited. The girls thought they heard a flurry
-of footsteps inside. But no one came to let them in.
-
-“Try again, Connie.”
-
-Once more Connie rapped on the door, this time so hard that it opened a
-trifle wider. But still no one came.
-
-“Someone must live here,” Vevi reasoned. “Otherwise, the door wouldn’t
-be unlocked. Unless the place is owned by a ghost,” she added with a
-nervous giggle.
-
-Connie rapped twice more. “It’s no use,” she said at last.
-
-“But I’m sure I heard someone inside, Connie. Let’s peek in for a
-second.”
-
-“I don’t think we should, Vevi.”
-
-“Why not?” her companion argued. “The sign says ‘Welcome.’ That must
-mean we’re to walk right in if no one answers.”
-
-“I hate to, Vevi.”
-
-“Well, I’m going to do it,” Vevi announced boldly.
-
-Before Connie could stop her, she gave the door a little push with her
-foot. It swung back with a loud, screeching sound.
-
-“Just like on a radio serial,” Vevi giggled. “Come on! Who’s afraid?
-Not I!”
-
-Connie followed her friend into the little ship house. In the front
-hallway, they stood very still, listening.
-
-Not a whisper of sound disturbed the quiet. Yet Connie had a dreadful
-feeling that they were not alone in the house.
-
-“Is--is anyone here?” she called.
-
-Her voice sounded so strange and weak that she scarcely recognized it
-as her own.
-
-“No one is home,” Vevi declared, looking around. “I don’t think anyone
-has lived here for a long, long while. Everything’s so dusty.”
-
-“But it’s a darling place,” Connie said, becoming a trifle excited.
-“Just like a ship inside. Or a club house!”
-
-The girls had tiptoed from the hallway to a main living room.
-
-There were no rugs on the floor or curtains at the porthole windows.
-The furniture was all built into the walls. At one end of the long room
-there were two double-deck bunks.
-
-“Someone must live here!” cried Connie. “At least that lower bunk has
-been slept in. See, the blanket is mussed!”
-
-A desk had been built into the opposite wall. Connie went over to
-inspect it.
-
-Almost at once she came upon a dusty old Bible. She turned slowly
-through the yellowing pages. Toward the back of the huge book, her
-exploring fingers encountered a photograph.
-
-“It’s a picture of a young man,” she informed Vevi. “There’s writing on
-the back of it.”
-
-Vevi quickly crossed the room to see what Connie had found. Taking the
-picture to the window where a little light filtered through, they were
-able to make out the writing. Connie read it aloud.
-
-“Jerry R. Tarwell, 19, lost at sea, Dec. 25, 1934.”
-
-“Why, that was on Christmas Day,” Vevi said, staring at the picture.
-“He’s nice looking.”
-
-“This old Bible hasn’t been opened in a long while,” Connie added,
-brushing dust from her hands. “It’s queer.”
-
-“What is, Connie?”
-
-“Why everything. This ship house. The open door. This picture. This
-bunk that’s been slept in.”
-
-“That part is the queerest of all, Connie. This house looks deserted,
-and yet someone appears to be living here. You don’t suppose--”
-
-“A ghost?” Connie interposed with a quick laugh. “Don’t be silly, Vevi.
-You know there aren’t any such things.”
-
-“I know, but I was sure I heard footsteps--”
-
-Vevi broke off, listening hard.
-
-“What was that?” she whispered.
-
-“I--I didn’t hear anything. Yet, I do too!”
-
-Distinctly, both girls could hear a tiptoeing sound. They were certain
-someone was moving about in the adjoining room.
-
-“I’m scared,” Vevi whispered. “Let’s get out of here!”
-
-Connie nodded. Clinging together, she and Vevi started toward the
-hallway.
-
-The corridor connected with another room, apparently a kitchen. But the
-girls had no desire to explore further. Their one thought was to leave
-this strange old house and be on their way.
-
-As they reached the doorway opening into the hall, they stopped short.
-
-At the outside door they saw the flash of clothing. A boy in blue jeans
-and a rough, cloth jacket turned toward them in a fleeting instant. He
-uttered a choked cry as if sharing their fright.
-
-Then, he darted through the door and was gone.
-
-“Wait!” Connie called impulsively. “Don’t run away!”
-
-“We want to find out how to get to Starfish Cottage!” Vevi shouted.
-“Wait!”
-
-But the boy did not turn back. Leaving the door wide open, he fled into
-the fog and quickly was swallowed by the gray mist.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER 5
-
-AN OLD SEA CAPTAIN
-
-
-Though Vevi and Connie called after the boy several times, he did not
-return.
-
-“Do you think he was real?” Vevi asked anxiously. “We didn’t imagine we
-saw him?”
-
-“Of course not,” replied Connie. “He was real enough.”
-
-“But why did he run away?”
-
-“We must have frightened him, Vevi. Maybe he had no right to be inside
-this little house. So when we came in, he waited for a chance to sneak
-away without being seen.”
-
-“Whoever he was, I wish he’d waited, Connie. Maybe he could have told
-us how to get to Starfish Cottage.”
-
-Feeling that they had no more right to be in the little ship cottage
-than the runaway boy, the girls decided to leave. Connie took care to
-close the front door firmly behind them.
-
-“I wish we knew who owns this cute little place,” she remarked.
-“Perhaps the owner doesn’t know that the door is unlocked.”
-
-The fog horn was tooting again as the two girls picked their way down
-the path. Vevi shivered, for the damp air had chilled her through.
-
-“What’ll we do now?” she asked in a discouraged voice. “I can’t even
-see the main road.”
-
-“Listen!” Connie commanded suddenly.
-
-Vevi stopped short. For a minute she thought her friend wanted her to
-listen to the wail of the fog horn. Then, she too heard the sound that
-Connie’s keen ears had detected--a crunch, crunch, crunch of gravel.
-
-“Someone’s coming,” whispered Connie.
-
-The girls huddled motionless by the trunk of a huge hard maple, peering
-into the mist. Gradually they made out a shadowy, moving figure.
-
-“A man,” whispered Vevi, half afraid.
-
-Through the mist, the figure appeared very large, almost a giant.
-
-The man was very close to the little girls before he saw them. He
-pulled up quickly, exclaiming with a hearty laugh:
-
-“Avast, there! Nearly ran you down in this pea-soup fog, didn’t I?”
-
-The elderly man had such a friendly voice that Connie and Vevi lost all
-fear. He was tall, with broad, slightly stooped shoulders.
-
-Walking seemed hard for him, for he carried a stout cane. Perched
-jauntily atop his head was a seaman’s cap.
-
-“Aren’t you young ladies afraid to be walking alone in this dense fog?”
-he asked with concern. “You might get lost.”
-
-“We are already.” Connie gravely informed him.
-
-“We’re trying to get back to Starfish Cottage,” added Vevi. “We don’t
-know which way to go. Please help us.”
-
-“Lost, eh?” chuckled the friendly old seaman. “This fog put me in
-mind o’ the day we were running from Halifax to New York on the _John
-Horner_. The fog was so thick you could have cut it with a knife.”
-
-“Are you a sea captain?” Connie asked. She had noticed that the old man
-wore a uniform with gold braid.
-
-“Aye,” the stranger chuckled. “An old sea dog that’s coiled up his
-cables. I’ve been in dry dock so many years all my hinges are rusty.”
-
-“Don’t you sail any more?” asked Vevi.
-
-“Haven’t set foot on a deck since my son was lost at sea. I’m an old
-salt that’s quit the sea--swallowed the anchor, so to speak. But what
-were you saying about looking for a starfish?”
-
-“Not a fish--a cottage by that name,” explained Connie.
-
-“Starfish Cottage?” the old man repeated. “Never heard of it, but it
-must be one of those little places along the beach.”
-
-“We can’t even find the beach,” Vevi declared. “Everything is all mixed
-up and nothing looks right.”
-
-“Now don’t you fret,” soothed the captain. “Just grab my hand, and I’ll
-steer you through the shoals. We’ll be at Starfish Cottage before you
-can say Davey Jones Locker.”
-
-Vevi and Connie felt quite safe now that they were with the captain.
-They fell into step on either side. The captain noticed that Vevi was
-shivering and made her put on his warm jacket. After that she felt very
-comfortable.
-
-Tapping along the gravel walk with his cane, the captain led the
-Brownies to the paved highway.
-
-“Now, we could follow this road to the beach,” he said. “But I know a
-shorter way that cuts off a quarter of the distance.”
-
-The captain walked along the pavement only a short distance. Presently
-he chose a path which wound in between clumps of tall trees. Vevi and
-Connie never would have known that it was there. Their guide, however,
-seemed familiar with every inch of the trail.
-
-“We’ll be at Starfish Cottage quick as the wind,” he encouraged the
-girls. “Now tell me how it was that you lost your way.”
-
-Trudging along beside the old seaman, Vevi related how she and Connie
-had started for the pond to find a racing turtle. She told also of
-coming to the strange ship cottage and of seeing a boy run out of the
-dwelling.
-
-“The door was open?” The captain seemed quite disturbed. “Are you sure?”
-
-“Oh, yes,” insisted Vevi. “Connie saw him too. We shouted to him to
-wait, but he wouldn’t.”
-
-“Now how do you suppose that door came open?” the captain muttered,
-talking to himself. “I must look into it right away.”
-
-The path had become very steep. Vevi and Connie had to step carefully
-not to slide and fall.
-
-“Doesn’t anyone live at the little ship house?” Vevi asked as she
-paused an instant to catch her breath.
-
-“Not any more.”
-
-“It’s such a darling little house,” sighed Connie. “I wish the Brownie
-Scouts could hold meetings there.”
-
-“And who are the Brownie Scouts?” inquired the old captain.
-
-Vevi and Connie told him about the Rosedale Troop and of the good times
-they were having at the beach.
-
-“We have Brownie songs and we do useful things,” Connie explained
-proudly. “We have a secret slogan too--its initials are HOP.”
-
-Now Vevi and Connie both knew that the initials HOP stood for “Help
-Other People.” Because it was a secret, they could not tell the captain.
-
-“I’ll show you the Brownie salute,” Connie offered. “It’s like this.”
-
-She raised her right hand smartly to the temple, the first two fingers
-straight. The ring finger and little finger were held down by the thumb.
-
-“The two straight fingers stand for the two parts of the Brownie
-Promise,” Vevi told the captain. “Want to hear the Promise?”
-
-The captain said he did, so she recited it.
-
-“‘I promise to do my best to love God and my country, to help other
-people every day, especially those at home.’”
-
-The captain said it was a very nice promise indeed. He reminded the
-girls that they had told him almost everything about themselves except
-their names.
-
-“I’m Vevi McGuire, and this is Connie Williams. At Rosedale we live
-next door to each other.”
-
-“Now tell us _your_ name,” urged Connie.
-
-“Why, I’m Cap’n Tarwell. Just an old sea dog that’s lost his bite. I
-like to walk in the fog.”
-
-“Tarwell?” Connie repeated the name thoughtfully. “Why, that same name
-was in the old Bible at the ship cabin.”
-
-“Jerry R. Tarwell,” recalled Vevi. “He died at sea.”
-
-She wanted to ask the old captain if he were related to the young man
-mentioned in the Bible. From the odd way he looked, she thought he must
-know all about the ship cottage.
-
-Before she could ask a question however, they came within the sound of
-the breakers.
-
-“Hear ’em roar?” asked the captain, pausing to listen. “We’re almost at
-the beach now, and the fog’s lifting a bit. By tomorrow it’ll burn off
-and we’ll have a nice day.”
-
-A little farther on, Captain Tarwell showed the girls a group of
-cottages through the mist.
-
-“Oh, I know where I am now!” Connie cried. “I can see Starfish Cottage
-from here!”
-
-Even though the girls were sure they would not lose their way again,
-Captain Tarwell walked with them to the cottage.
-
-Connie’s mother, Miss Gordon, and all the Brownies had gathered on the
-porch. They were ready to start off in search of the two missing girls.
-
-“Oh, here you are!” Mrs. Williams exclaimed as Connie and Vevi dashed
-up the steps. “We’ve been so worried.”
-
-“The fog came in so fast,” added Miss Gordon. “I couldn’t find you
-anywhere.”
-
-Feeling ashamed to have caused so much trouble, Connie and Vevi
-explained once more about their search for a racing turtle. Then they
-introduced Captain Tarwell and told how he had brought them safely to
-the beach.
-
-“’Twas nothing,” insisted the captain when Mrs. Williams and Miss
-Gordon tried to thank him. “The children weren’t lost really. The fog
-only confused them.”
-
-Captain Tarwell turned to leave. Vevi took off the jacket he had given
-her and politely returned it.
-
-“So you’d like to have a racing turtle?” the old man asked.
-
-“Oh, yes!”
-
-“Tell you what! If your troop leader says the word, I’ll take all the
-Brownies to the pond to hunt for turtles. Blast my barnacles, I will!”
-
-“Oh, may we go?” cried Vevi.
-
-“Tomorrow?” demanded Connie.
-
-Miss Gordon laughed and said she would think the matter over.
-
-That night, the Brownies sat around a fire at Starfish Cottage, singing
-songs and telling stories.
-
-The walls fairly rocked as the girls warbled:
-
- “We’re the Brownies, here’s our aim,
- Lend a hand and play the game!”
-
-Everyone plied Vevi and Connie with questions about their adventure in
-the fog. They tried very hard to describe the strange little house they
-had discovered beside the road.
-
-“I never heard of a house built like a ship!” exclaimed Rosemary in awe.
-
-“You say no one appeared to be living there, and yet the door was
-open!” added Jane.
-
-“And a boy ran out while you were there!” commented Sunny Davidson.
-“Maybe you imagined it.”
-
-Vevi and Connie became indignant at such a suggestion.
-
-“We did not imagine it!” they declared together. “The captain was real
-enough, wasn’t he?”
-
-“Oh, he was real,” Jane agreed with a shrug. “But he didn’t say
-anything about a little ship house. Fog, they say, gives rise to
-strange fancies.”
-
-Now Vevi and Connie were very annoyed. Jane, they felt, was putting
-on airs. She wanted the other Brownies to believe that they had been
-confused.
-
-“Another thing,” Jane went on, “it seems funny to me that Captain
-Tarwell would have the same name as the one written in the Bible.”
-
-“Well, it’s so!” Vevi declared. “At least the last name was the same.
-You heard him tell Mrs. Williams he was Captain Tarwell.”
-
-“Oh, yes,” agreed Jane. She flashed a very wise smile. “But did anyone
-hear him mention a little house?”
-
-“One with ‘Welcome’ over the door?” giggled Sunny.
-
-“He didn’t have a chance,” retorted Vevi hotly.
-
-“Oh, yes, he did,” insisted Jane. “He was here quite a while. You
-mentioned the little house once, Vevi, and he gave you a very odd look.
-I think he knew you had imagined the whole thing!”
-
-“Oh,” gasped Vevi. “Connie and I will prove to you that the little
-house is as real as Starfish Cottage!”
-
-“And that it’s built to look like a ship,” added Connie.
-
-“How?”
-
-“We’ll take you there,” Connie offered. “We’ll take all the Brownies.
-That is, if Miss Gordon says we may.”
-
-The Brownie Scout leader, who had been listening to the heated debate,
-smiled and nodded.
-
-“What better way to settle the question?” she laughed. “As soon as the
-fog disappears, we’ll all go together to see what we can learn.”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER 6
-
-HOUSE IN THE MIST
-
-
-Wispy fog still hung over Silver Beach when Connie and Vevi awoke next
-morning.
-
-The mist, though, had started to burn off by the time they had finished
-breakfast. Eagerly they ran next door to see how many Brownies were
-awake at Oriole Cottage.
-
-“Let’s start for the little ship house right away!” urged Vevi,
-bursting in upon the group.
-
-However, Miss Gordon and Mrs. Williams had made other plans. A picnic
-had been scheduled at the hotel beach.
-
-Observing Vevi’s disappointment at the announcement, Miss Gordon
-promised her that later in the day they would try to hike to the
-cottage.
-
-Quickly the girls made their own beds and helped with the dishes.
-Before they were through, Miss Gordon and Mrs. Williams had the lunches
-packed.
-
-By the time the Brownies reached the hotel beach the sun was shining
-quite bravely. Nevertheless, Miss Gordon decided it was a little too
-cold for comfortable swimming.
-
-“We’ll have our bird session first,” she announced. “Who will make the
-first report?”
-
-Sunny Davidson wanted to be the first to offer her talk. That was
-because she had switched from a tern to a gull. She was afraid Connie
-would get ahead of her if she delayed the report.
-
-“I’m going to tell about the herring gull,” she announced quickly. “He
-sits on piers, rocks and buoys when he isn’t flying around looking for
-food. He’s a noisy bird too.”
-
-“We knew all that before,” said Vevi. She was a bit rude because she
-had wanted to tell about a gull herself.
-
-“Sometimes one sees brown or speckled gulls,” went on Sunny, paying no
-attention to Vevi. “They’re the young gulls. When they become adults
-they turn white. Some of them have a little gray, black or blue in
-their plumage.”
-
-“And did you notice the color of the gull’s legs?” questioned Miss
-Gordon. “That is most important in identifying a herring gull.”
-
-Sunny had failed to notice the gull’s legs. But at that moment one of
-the big fat birds flew lazily overhead. “Why, they’re real pale!”
-Sunny exclaimed. “Sort of flesh colored.”
-
-“That’s exactly right,” approved the Brownie Scout leader. “Your report
-was excellent, Sunny. I’ll reward you by giving you a few crumbs to
-toss out on the water.”
-
-Sunny broke up a slice of bread the teacher gave her. She tossed
-several of the small pieces far out into the waves.
-
-The next instant the Brownies heard a loud “squawk, squawk.” Down dived
-the big white gull, flapping its wings as it seized the bread.
-
-“Oh, let me throw the next piece!” pleaded Vevi.
-
-Miss Gordon gave her a chunk which she hurled into the waves. This
-time, not one gull, but two came after the food.
-
-The loud squawking of the birds also brought Raymond Curry, the life
-guard.
-
-“You’re not supposed to feed the gulls here,” he scolded the children.
-
-“It was my fault for I gave them the bread,” Miss Gordon apologized.
-“I’m very sorry.”
-
-The Brownies gathered in a semi-circle again to resume their bird talks.
-
-Jane’s turn came next. She told about the tern, describing it as one
-of the most graceful birds she had ever seen.
-
-“They look like large black-capped swallows,” she told the Brownies.
-“When they fish, they’re faster than a gull, plunging head-first into
-the water.”
-
-Jane went on to describe the common type tern as a white bird with an
-orange-red bill. It was much smaller and thinner than the average gull.
-
-Connie told about the turnstone she and Vevi had seen at the pond.
-Rosemary gave a long talk on the habits of the spotted sandpiper.
-
-“Now it’s your turn, Vevi,” said Miss Gordon. “What bird will you tell
-us about?”
-
-Vevi had made no preparation for the talk. She thought very fast.
-
-“I’ll tell about a blackbird,” she announced.
-
-The other Brownies hooted.
-
-“A blackbird isn’t a water bird,” Jane said, flipping her long braids.
-“I guess you’ve been paying too much attention to turtles and little
-houses to think of the assignment.”
-
-“No such thing,” Vevi defended herself. “I just didn’t have time,
-that’s all.”
-
-“It really doesn’t matter,” said Miss Gordon quickly. “Vevi can make
-her report at our next beach meeting. At any rate, I had planned today
-to tell you how the ocean got its salt.”
-
-“Vevi’s a tail-ender, all the same,” Jane teased. “I’ll bet she won’t
-have a report at the next meeting either.”
-
-“You just wait and see!” Vevi retorted.
-
-Miss Gordon began to tell the girls about the ocean. The Atlantic, she
-said, had more salt than most large bodies of water.
-
-“Rivers are largely responsible,” she went on. “Can anyone guess why?”
-
-No one could answer so Miss Gordon told the girls that each year the
-rivers carried large quantities of soluble mineral matter to the sea.
-
-“Salt doesn’t dissolve easily. Therefore, each year the amount in the
-ocean keeps increasing.”
-
-“Some day will the entire ocean be a big bed of salt?” asked Rosemary
-anxiously.
-
-“No, the rivers never could carry that much,” Miss Gordon smiled.
-
-Jane, who had noticed a jellyfish on the beach that morning, asked the
-teacher to tell about them.
-
-“Their bodies consist of a jelly-like substance,” Miss Gordon
-explained. “They have no skeleton. Some types have stinging cells.” “I
-know because I stepped on one!” cried Connie. “How do they move through
-the water when they have no legs or fins?”
-
-“By muscular tissue action. Oh, that reminds me! We’re to have a
-jellyfish hunt this morning.”
-
-Jane looked troubled. “I don’t like jellyfish,” she announced. “I
-wouldn’t pick up one for anything in the world.”
-
-“Neither would I,” shuddered Sunny. “I’d rather look for sand dollars.”
-
-“Wait until you see our jellyfish,” laughed Miss Gordon.
-
-Now, unknown to the Brownie Scouts, she and Connie’s mother had filled
-balloons with water, tying them securely with string. The balloons were
-every color of the rainbow. After Miss Gordon had dropped them into the
-shallow water, they did gleam like real jellyfish.
-
-“A prize to the Brownie who finds the most jellyfish!” Miss Gordon
-spurred the girls on.
-
-With shouts of laughter, the Brownies dashed into the water. The waves
-were tossing the jellyfish about, and it wasn’t easy to find them.
-
-Rosemary got her hands on the first one, a yellow balloon. But when she
-lifted it out of the water, it slipped from her fingers. A wave swept
-it toward Jane, who grabbed it and held on.
-
-“It’s my jellyfish!” she cried.
-
-Vevi managed to get a balloon next and then Connie was able to seize
-one. In getting it though, she pierced the rubber with her fingernail.
-The water oozed out and she held only a flat piece of rubber.
-
-“Connie’s got an old dead jellyfish!” Sunny Davidson teased. “Does that
-count, Miss Gordon?”
-
-Before the teacher could answer, the Brownies saw Raymond Curry,
-the life guard striding down the sand. He looked very grim, as if
-displeased.
-
-“What goes on here?” he demanded of the children.
-
-“We’re hunting jellyfish,” Jane informed him. “I’m the leader because I
-just found another! That makes me two!”
-
-“Hunting jellyfish!” the lifeguard retorted. “Littering up the beach,
-you mean. I don’t allow you to toss wet balloons around. We don’t
-permit picnics here either.”
-
-Miss Gordon and Mrs. Williams had come up by this time. They apologized
-to the guard, assuring him that they would pick up all the scattered
-balloons. “We didn’t know about the rule against picnics,” Mrs.
-Williams added. “We’ve been having them at the cottage beach. Barney
-Fulsom, the guard there, never objected.”
-
-“Well, Barney doesn’t care if his beach looks like a garbage dump,” the
-hotel guard replied. “We’re more particular here.”
-
-Miss Gordon, Mrs. Williams and the Brownies thought Raymond Curry was
-being most unfair. They were willing to obey all the rules. However,
-they had not scattered balloons or paper plates.
-
-“Mr. Fulsom’s beach is nice,” Vevi said. “It’s as clean as this one!”
-
-Mrs. Williams gave her a quick glance, so Vevi did not say any more.
-But she and all the other girls were provoked that the hotel guard had
-spoiled their morning’s fun.
-
-“Who wins the prize?” Jane asked as they began gathering up their
-belongings.
-
-“I guess you do,” Miss Gordon said. From her beach kit, she removed a
-curious object and gave it to Jane.
-
-“Oh, it’s a starfish!” Jane cried in delight.
-
-“I found it on the beach this morning,” Miss Gordon said. “If we have a
-little exhibition of shells and sea animals, you can include it.”
-
-“Oh, I shall!” Jane’s eyes shone. “But after the exhibition, is it mine
-to keep?”
-
-The Brownie leader assured her that it was.
-
-“Where will we have our exhibition?” Vevi inquired as the girls trudged
-back to the cottage beach.
-
-“We’ll find a place,” Miss Gordon promised.
-
-Vevi had been thinking about the little ship cottage. She remarked that
-it would be nice to have the exhibition there.
-
-“I don’t believe you and Connie ever saw such a place!” Jane challenged
-again.
-
-“We did too!” Vevi retorted. “What’s more, we’ll prove it, if Miss
-Gordon will let us!”
-
-The girls began to tease the Brownie leader to take them on the
-promised hike into the hills.
-
-“This morning?” she asked dubiously.
-
-“Just as soon as we’ve eaten our lunch,” Rosemary pleaded.
-
-The teacher allowed herself to be persuaded. At the cottage beach, the
-children spread out the lunch. After the meal, they carefully gathered
-up all the paper plates, disposing of them in a trash can.
-
-“I like this beach much better than the one at the hotel,” Vevi
-announced. “And I like Barney better than Mr. Curry too!”
-
-All the Brownies said they felt the same way.
-
-“I’m sure Mr. Curry doesn’t mean to be unkind,” Mrs. Williams declared.
-“He’s had trouble with his son, I understand. The boy ran away for a
-day or so. I believe he came back again though.”
-
-Lunch over, the Brownies dressed in hiking clothes and stout shoes.
-With Vevi and Connie leading the party, they all set off at a brisk
-pace along the paved highway.
-
-“Wouldn’t it be dreadful if we couldn’t find the little house again?”
-Vevi whispered to Connie. “We’d never live it down!”
-
-“Without the mist, everything looks different,” Connie replied uneasily.
-
-Soon the girls came to the dirt road which turned off toward the pond.
-
-Vevi and Connie paused, uncertain which way to go.
-
-“I think we keep on walking straight down the highway,” Connie decided
-at last.
-
-“Don’t you know?” demanded Jane, who had overheard. “I’m not sure,”
-Connie admitted. “In the fog, we couldn’t tell where we were walking.”
-
-She and Vevi went on, looking hard along both sides of the road. Tall
-trees loomed as far ahead as they could see.
-
-“We may as well turn back,” Jane said impatiently. “I guess this proves
-who was right.”
-
-“We haven’t walked far yet,” Miss Gordon remarked. “Besides, I think I
-see something that looks like a house set back among the trees on the
-left hand side of the road.”
-
-“That’s it!” cried Vevi. “The little ship house!”
-
-The Brownies hadn’t believed that the cottage could be real. Now that
-they saw it was, they became very excited.
-
-With Vevi and Connie leading the way, they all started to run up the
-gravel path. Miss Gordon and Mrs. Williams were hard pressed to keep up
-with the girls.
-
-“Now who was right?” Vevi demanded of the crestfallen Jane.
-
-“Oh, I guess the cottage is real enough,” Jane admitted grudgingly. “I
-was only teasing.”
-
-“It looks as if it had come from the pages of a picture book!” declared
-Sunny. “How wonderful if no one owns it! Then we could use the place
-for our shell exhibitions.”
-
-“And sleep here overnight,” Connie added. “It has bunks and everything.”
-
-“Wait until you see the inside!” Vevi laughed.
-
-Eager to show the other Brownies, she raced on ahead.
-
-At the entrance, she halted suddenly. The door remained closed as she
-and Connie had left it the previous afternoon.
-
-But there had been a change.
-
-Across the crack of the door had been placed a metal bar. With a
-sinking heart, Vevi realized she never would be able to show the
-Brownies the inside of the cottage. For attached to the metal bar was a
-huge padlock which had been snapped shut.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER 7
-
-THE LOCKED DOOR
-
-
-“Why, it’s locked!” Vevi exclaimed, rattling the padlock. “We can’t get
-in.”
-
-“The owner must have been here since yesterday,” agreed Connie. She too
-was disappointed. “He must have found the door open and locked it.”
-
-The Brownies circled the little house several times, peeping through
-the porthole windows. Plainly, the cottage was deserted.
-
-“This place would be ideal for our shell exhibition,” declared
-Rosemary. “And what grand cook-outs we could have here!”
-
-Miss Gordon reminded the Brownies that the cottage did not belong to
-them.
-
-“Since we don’t even know the owner, we may as well forget it,” she
-advised.
-
-The Brownies did not want to forget the ship cottage. Reluctant to
-leave, they wandered about the grounds for a while. The back yard
-sloped down to the cliffs which overlooked the ocean.
-
-“Why, one can see Starfish Cottage from here!” exclaimed Connie.
-
-“The beach too, and the docks,” agreed Sunny. “Looking down from here
-is like being in an airplane.”
-
-The little girl never had been in one. She imagined though that scenery
-would look much the same if one were high in the sky.
-
-After the girls had left the cliff, Vevi pleaded with Miss Gordon to
-let the Brownies hike on to Cabell’s pond.
-
-“Turtles?” asked the teacher, smiling.
-
-“To see the birds,” Vevi answered quickly.
-
-Both Miss Gordon and Mrs. Williams thought the hike would be worth
-while. The matter was put to a vote. Everyone was in favor of making
-the trip on to the pond.
-
-Vevi and Connie knew the way well now that there was no fog to confuse
-them. Without once hesitating, they led the troop to the tiny body of
-water off the winding, dirt road.
-
-“Oh, someone’s here ahead of us!” exclaimed Vevi.
-
-A boatman was fishing in the center of the pond. Apparently, he was
-having no luck. At any rate, upon seeing the children, he rowed in.
-
-“Catch anything?” Vevi demanded, running up to peer into the bottom of
-the boat.
-
-“Nothing except turtles,” the fisherman replied in disgust. “They’re a
-nuisance in this pond. Always taking your bait.”
-
-“I wish I could catch one,” Vevi said quickly. “I’d give anything in
-the world if I could. You know what I’d do with him? I’d race him at
-the hotel beach!”
-
-The fisherman smiled. He seemed to like Vevi for after asking her
-several questions about the race, he said:
-
-“It’s easy enough to get a turtle. The trick when you’re fishing at
-this pond, is not to get one. Jump into my boat and we’ll have a turtle
-in nothing flat.”
-
-Vevi made a scramble for the boat and so did all the other Brownies.
-The fisherman had to tell them to get out again.
-
-“I can’t take you all,” he said. “Only two may go. The little girl who
-wants the turtle and you.” He pointed to Sunny.
-
-Sunny and Vevi jumped into the boat and the fisherman pushed off. He
-did not row out very far.
-
-“Now you’ll have to be quiet, or we’ll never get a turtle,” he warned
-the pair.
-
-Hardly moving the oars, the fisherman eased the boat into a little
-reedy cove. Vevi and Sunny looked sharp, but they could not see a
-single turtle.
-
-For awhile, the fisherman sat motionless in the boat, just watching the
-water. Vevi and Sunny began to grow tired. They thought the man was
-wasting a lot of time.
-
-“There’s one!” he whispered suddenly.
-
-“Where?” demanded Vevi.
-
-In her eagerness to see, she turned around fast and struck the oars.
-They clattered loudly.
-
-“He’s gone now,” said the fisherman. “You’ll have to be quiet if you
-want to catch one.”
-
-Vevi and Sunny kept as still as they could. The sun beat down on them
-and they were rather uncomfortable. They began to think they never
-would see another turtle.
-
-Then the fisherman without saying a word, pointed a few yards ahead of
-them. At first Vevi and Sunny didn’t see anything unusual. Then they
-noticed a black head peeping up amid the lily pads.
-
-The fisherman eased the boat forward. While it drifted, he picked up a
-net from the bottom of the craft.
-
-So fast that Vevi and Sunny were astonished, he swished the net into
-the water directly under the turtle.
-
-“Got him,” he announced triumphantly.
-
-Wrapped in the folds of the net was a spotted turtle. It clawed at the
-netting trying to escape.
-
-“He’s not too likely a specimen,” declared the fisherman. “But at least
-he’s a turtle you can enter in the race. Now we’ll get one for the
-little girl with the big smile.”
-
-“Oh, I don’t want one, please,” said Sunny. She was afraid of turtles.
-“I’d rather have a water lily.”
-
-The fisherman shoved the boat into the water lily pads. Sunny picked
-her own flower. The stem was tough though and she had to pull very hard.
-
-Vevi was too busy looking after the turtle to think about flowers. The
-fisherman showed her how to hold it so she would not be bitten.
-
-The turtle though, would not hold still. He kept squirming and
-squirming. The shell was wet and slippery and Vevi finally dropped him
-into the bottom of the boat.
-
-“Don’t you dare let him get near me!” squealed Sunny, edging away.
-
-The turtle had fallen upon his back. But he used his long neck to lift
-himself up and flip over on his feet again. Vevi picked him up before
-he could crawl toward Sunny.
-
-All the Brownies were waiting when the boat reached shore.
-
-“You don’t know what you missed!” Jane called out before Vevi could
-show her turtle.
-
-“We saw a wonderful bird,” added Connie, her eyes shining. “It had long
-legs like a stork.”
-
-Vevi thought at first that the girls were only teasing her. Then she
-realized that they really were excited.
-
-“Who cares about an old bird?” she replied. “I’d rather catch a turtle
-any day.”
-
-Miss Gordon told the girls that the bird the Brownies had seen was a
-great blue heron, rarely observed in the area.
-
-“It had a neck like a flat ‘S’ loop,” Jane described the bird. “And a
-funny long tailpiece on its head. When we saw it, it was standing in
-the edge of the water looking for crayfish.”
-
-Miss Gordon told the girls that herons belonged to a group of birds
-called waders. For that reason, she explained, they had long legs, and
-long necks and sharp bills with which to search for food.
-
-“Want to see my turtle?” Vevi offered. “I’d rather look for another
-heron,” declared Jane, running off.
-
-The other Brownies followed her.
-
-Miss Gordon and Mrs. Williams both admired the spotted turtle. But they
-warned Vevi it would require a great deal of work to look after it
-properly.
-
-“I don’t mind,” replied Vevi. “I’ll make a little pen and feed and
-water my turtle every day. I’m going to name him ‘Lightning.’ He’ll win
-the race for the Brownies!”
-
-Vevi dropped her turtle lightly on the ground to see how fast he would
-go. He crawled very slowly, then faster and faster toward the water.
-
-“Oh, no you don’t,” Vevi laughed, running after him. “You don’t get
-away from me!”
-
-She recaptured the turtle and held him for awhile. By this time the
-other Brownies were having fun exploring along shore. Vevi would have
-liked to join them, but was afraid to leave the turtle for fear of
-losing him.
-
-She decided to put Lightning in the boat for awhile. But the fisherman
-already had overturned it on shore. As he started to leave the pond, he
-warned the girls never to use the boat in his absence.
-
-“We won’t,” Vevi promised. “Brownie Scouts are honor bright. They
-never take property that doesn’t belong to them.”
-
-Sunny, who had come up behind Vevi, heard her remark.
-
-“Why, we didn’t even try to get into the little ship cottage,” she
-added earnestly. “And we wanted to dreadfully.”
-
-The fisherman did not know what the children meant, so they told him
-about the cottage built to resemble a ship.
-
-“Oh, you mean Captain Tarwell’s place!” he exclaimed.
-
-The name took Vevi by surprise. “Is that who owns it?” she asked
-quickly.
-
-“Yes,” replied the fisherman. “He’s a retired sea captain. These days
-he doesn’t do much except act as a caretaker and guard at the Yacht
-Club docks. One occasionally sees him walking along the shore or
-through the hills--always by himself.”
-
-“Connie and I met him in the fog,” Vevi said. “He didn’t tell us
-though, that he owned the cute little house.”
-
-“Captain Tarwell isn’t one to talk about his personal affairs. He’s
-never been quite as cheerful since his son was lost at sea.”
-
-The fisherman then went on to explain that since the cottage had been
-built no one ever had lived there. Captain Tarwell had constructed it
-with his own hands, intending it as a home for himself and his only
-son, Jerry. After the boy’s drowning, he had locked the doors, refusing
-even to rent the place.
-
-“Maybe Jerry isn’t really dead,” said Vevi. “Perhaps someday he’ll come
-back.”
-
-The fisherman shook his head as he gathered up his fishing equipment.
-
-“Jerry never will return,” he said. “His drowning was well established.
-Captain Tarwell ought to try to forget the past.”
-
-Now Vevi and Sunny felt very sorry for the kindly old sea captain.
-Nevertheless, they considered it a shame that he would not allow anyone
-to live in the little cottage.
-
-“Captain Tarwell must have put up the padlock after Connie and I told
-him about the door being unlocked,” Vevi said thoughtfully. “I suppose
-he doesn’t want us going there any more.”
-
-Very shortly after the fisherman had left the pond, Mrs. Williams and
-Miss Gordon announced that it was time for the Brownies to leave also.
-
-Vevi was ready to go, because she was having trouble with the turtle.
-Whenever she would put him down, even for a minute, off he would start
-for the water.
-
-Lightning would be plenty of work, Vevi realized. Not only would she
-have to make him a pen, but she would need to feed him each day.
-
-“What do turtles eat?” she asked Connie’s mother.
-
-Mrs. Williams told her she could buy turtle food at the store, if she
-wished. Or she might feed her pet bits of raw meat, fish and lettuce
-leaves.
-
-A half hour later, back at Starfish Cottage again, Vevi looked around
-to see what she could use for a turtle pen. Not finding anything that
-would do, she wandered down to the beach to ask Barney Fulsom if he had
-any ideas.
-
-The lifeguard was busy giving a swimming lesson and did not have time
-to help her.
-
-“Ask Jamie Curry,” he suggested, pointing to a boy who was digging with
-a stick in the sand. “He’s an expert on turtles.”
-
-The name startled Vevi. She knew that Jamie must be the son of Raymond
-Curry, the hotel lifeguard. But she thought he had run away.
-
-“Jamie’s back again,” Barney said, as if reading Vevi’s mind. “Better
-not say anything to him about being a runaway because I hear his father
-gave him a licking. Hey, Jamie!” At the lifeguard’s call, the boy came
-over. He was barely thirteen, but very muscular and strong for his age.
-His nose was blotched with hundreds of freckles. Vevi liked him because
-she had lots of freckles too.
-
-Barney introduced the youngsters and then said: “Jamie, Vevi has a
-turtle and needs help in fixing up a place where she can keep him.”
-
-Jamie looked at the turtle. He didn’t seem to think very much of it.
-
-“What d’you want a sluggish old turtle like that for?” he asked. “He’s
-no good.”
-
-“He is too,” Vevi insisted. “I call him Lightning. I’m going to enter
-him in the race Saturday. Maybe I’ll win for the Brownies.”
-
-“You won’t win with that old slow poke,” Jamie scoffed. “I’d toss him
-in the water.”
-
-“No,” Vevi answered firmly. She was so hurt and disappointed she felt
-like crying.
-
-Jamie seemed to be ashamed of himself for making fun of the turtle. At
-any rate, he said quickly:
-
-“Oh, he’s not too bad. And you never can tell about turtles. Sometimes
-the fast ones won’t start up right, or maybe they get scared and stop
-just before they reach the finish line.”
-
-“Then you think he might win?” Vevi demanded eagerly.
-
-“Might,” Jamie shrugged.
-
-“You’ll help me fix a pen for him?”
-
-Jamie told her that she wouldn’t need a pen. “An old dish pan will do,”
-he said. “I can get you one, I guess.”
-
-The boy took her across the beach to the big hotel. On the way he
-pointed out a little beach house where he lived with his father during
-the summer.
-
-Jamie didn’t say much about his father, or explain why he had run away.
-Vevi wanted to question him, but she was afraid he might be offended if
-she acted curious.
-
-She couldn’t help thinking though, that he was exactly the same size as
-the boy she and Connie had seen in the fog. Had he hidden in the little
-ship house? And had she and Connie frightened him away?
-
-Jamie took Vevi around the big summer hotel. In the courtyard, near the
-trash barrel, they found an old dishpan.
-
-“It’s rusty,” the boy said, giving it a crack with his stick, “but it
-will hold water.”
-
-They took the pan back to the beach. Jamie found several rocks and
-built up an island in the center of the pan. Then he poured in a pail
-of fresh water.
-
-“That will make a first-rate turtle pond,” Jamie declared. “Now where’s
-Lightning? Stick him in.”
-
-An odd expression came over Vevi’s face. She tried to answer and
-couldn’t say a word.
-
-“Don’t tell me he got away?” Jamie demanded.
-
-Vevi nodded miserably. She hadn’t meant to be careless. But she had
-been so interested in watching Jamie build the rock island, that she
-had forgotten all about the turtle. Just for a second she had put him
-down on the sand. Now he was gone.
-
-“You’ll never see that turtle again,” said Jamie in disgust. “Oh, well,
-he never would have made a good racer anyhow.”
-
-Two big tears rolled down Vevi’s face.
-
-“Don’t start bawling,” Jamie said quickly. “Turtles are a dime a dozen.
-There’s only one I know of that would be worth keeping.”
-
-“What one is that?” Vevi asked him.
-
-“A young snapper that won every race here last summer. His name was
-Clover and it was painted in yellow on his shell. If you had _him_ you
-might win.”
-
-“What became of the turtle, Jamie?”
-
-“He was tossed back into the pond.”
-
-“He’s still there then?”
-
-“Might be. Turtles live for years and years.”
-
-Already Vevi had lost interest in Lightning. Clover, she decided, would
-be a much better turtle to own.
-
-“Oh, Jamie,” she said, catching her breath. “I’d give anything to own
-Clover. Couldn’t you find him for me?”
-
-“I’d like to find him for myself,” Jamie admitted with a laugh. “Not
-much chance though. There are thousands of turtles in Cabell’s pond.”
-
-“They come out on the logs to sun themselves. If Clover has a name
-painted on his shell, couldn’t one spot him?”
-
-“Maybe, if you were there at just the right time.”
-
-“Won’t you try to get Clover for me?” Vevi pleaded. “I do so want to
-win the race for the Brownies.”
-
-Jamie seemed to be thinking over the request.
-
-“I don’t like to promise,” he said after a long silence. “My dad keeps
-me close to the beach since--well, lately. I might be able to get you a
-turtle, but not Clover.”
-
-“Any will do,” Vevi said. “I’d rather have Clover though. Will you
-please get me a turtle right away?”
-
-“If I get one at all, it will be right away,” Jamie answered soberly.
-He looked out across the waves. “I’m not figuring on being around here
-much longer.”
-
-“You’re not going to run away again?” Vevi asked.
-
-Jamie did not appear offended by her question.
-
-“Maybe I will. And next time, I won’t come back! I’ll go so far my dad
-never will find me.”
-
-Vevi was very troubled by the boy’s threat to leave home.
-
-“Oh, Jamie, you mustn’t run away,” she said quickly. “Silver Beach is
-wonderful! I shouldn’t think you’d want to leave. Don’t you like your
-father?”
-
-Jamie hung his head and didn’t answer the question. He dug the sand
-with the toe of his beach sandal.
-
-“You wouldn’t like it here either, if you knew what I do,” he said
-finally.
-
-Having spoken, he turned and ran off down the beach.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER 8
-
-HIGH TIDE
-
-
-Vevi had hoped to return soon to Cabell’s pond to search for Clover.
-
-However, she had no chance to do so the next day, for Miss Gordon told
-the Brownie Scouts they were to have an outing at Brant’s Point.
-
-“We’ll picnic there and gather shells for our collection,” she outlined
-plans. “Vevi will have a chance too to give her bird report.”
-
-Vevi said nothing, but she felt rather queer inside. She had been too
-busy to give the required report a single thought.
-
-“I’ll bet Vevi won’t have one ready!” teased Jane.
-
-“Oh, yes, I will,” Vevi insisted. “Just you wait and see.”
-
-After the breakfast dishes had been washed and the beds made, the girls
-all piled into Mrs. William’s big sedan. The tide was low, so it was
-possible to drive along the beach without the tires sinking in.
-
-Before long, the Brownies sighted the tall lighthouse directly ahead.
-Often at night the girls had observed its revolving ray blink on and
-off.
-
-“Brant’s Point light has saved many a ship at sea,” Miss Gordon told
-the troop. “And the lives of countless birds.”
-
-Rosemary asked her how a lighthouse could save birds.
-
-“Some of the older lighthouses have beacons that burn steadily,” Miss
-Gordon explained. “Such a light always seems to attract birds. Some
-circle the light towers until from sheer exhaustion they drop into the
-sea. Others fly against the windows and batter their wings.”
-
-The teacher went on to say that birds were much less likely to be
-attracted by Brant Light, which blinked off at intervals. Also, the
-tower had projections or shelves where a tired bird might rest in its
-long flight southward.
-
-“May we visit the lighthouse?” Connie asked as the girls unloaded the
-lunch hampers at the point.
-
-“Federal regulations prohibit visitors,” the teacher replied
-regretfully. “Anyhow, we’ll not have too much time here. After we’ve
-had our lunch and gathered a few shells, it will be time to leave.”
-
-Mrs. Williams remarked that they must under no circumstance over-stay
-their time. “I’ve been told that the tide comes in very strong and fast
-here by the lighthouse,” she said. “By late afternoon, this beach will
-be almost entirely covered with water.”
-
-“Is it safe to be here?” asked Sunny anxiously.
-
-Mrs. Williams assured her that it always would be possible to scamper
-to higher ground.
-
-“But if we should stay too long, my car might be trapped,” she
-explained, “for there is no roadway out. We’ll leave very soon. Then
-there will be no danger.”
-
-The Brownies helped unload the lunch baskets and set the table with
-paper plates. Then, with Miss Gordon’s permission, they peeled off
-shoes and stockings and started to look for shells.
-
-“Don’t wade far out into the water,” the teacher warned. “The surf is
-strong here now that the tide has turned. There’s a tricky undertow.”
-
-Waves came in with a great roar, nibbling greedily at the sand. The
-Brownies had no desire to wade out more than a few feet.
-
-“See what I’ve found!” cried Connie. She held up a very attractive
-shell with a half-moon opening. “It’s not like the others we have.”
-
-When she showed it to Miss Gordon, the teacher told her that it was a
-moon snail shell.
-
-The Brownies never had seen the waves bring up so many nice shells.
-Soon Jane dug up a yellowish-white whelk marked by spiral ribs. The
-other girls found unbroken clam shells and a brown one which not even
-Miss Gordon could identify.
-
-After the Brownies had wearied of searching, Miss Gordon and Mrs.
-Williams set out the food.
-
-“It will soon be time for Vevi’s bird report,” Jane reminded the group.
-“I’ll bet she doesn’t have it ready.”
-
-Vevi pretended not to hear. She had boasted that she would be able to
-tell about a special bird. Actually, the only ones she had seen were
-those on which the other girls already had reported.
-
-She ate her sandwich very fast. While the others were finishing their
-cake, she slipped off behind one of the sand dunes. Vevi thought she
-would walk toward the lighthouse. Perhaps she would see a special sea
-bird on which she could report. But if not, she would be so late in
-getting back that Miss Gordon and the Brownies might decide to postpone
-asking for her talk. Meanwhile, Miss Gordon began to tell the Brownies
-about some of the strange habits of birds. She said no one knew why
-they migrated from one part of the country to another, or how they
-found their way.
-
-“Year after year they’ll return to the same place, often the same
-nest,” she declared. “A bird is guided by keen eyesight, but also
-apparently by instinct.”
-
-Miss Gordon advised the girls to observe birds carefully, taking note
-of points that would help in making an identification.
-
-“Always notice a bird’s size,” she instructed. “Remember that male and
-female birds vary in color and marking. Notice wing motion too and
-whether the bird walks, runs or hops on the ground.”
-
-By this time waves were breaking higher and higher on the beach. Mrs.
-Williams remarked uneasily that the tide seemed to be coming in faster
-than she had expected.
-
-“Perhaps we should start back to the cottages,” she suggested.
-
-As the girls began to gather up their belongings, Miss Gordon noticed
-Vevi’s absence.
-
-“Now where has she gone?” she inquired. “She was here only a moment
-ago.”
-
-“She went off so she wouldn’t have to give her bird report,” Jane
-declared. “I see her wandering around over there behind the lighthouse.”
-
-“I’ll go after her,” offered Connie.
-
-“Call to her instead,” advised Mrs. Williams. “We really have no time
-to waste.”
-
-Connie shouted Vevi’s name several times. “Hurry up!” she yelled. “The
-tide is rolling in, and we want to start home.”
-
-“Coming,” Vevi answered.
-
-Despite the urging to hurry however, she kept loitering by a large sand
-dune. She seemed to be examining something she had found there.
-
-“That old slow poke!” Jane exclaimed. “I’ll get her!”
-
-“No, she’s coming now,” Mrs. Williams said. “I want everyone to stay
-here. Gather up everything and bring it to the car.”
-
-Connie’s mother regretted now that she had not turned her car around
-before parking it on the sand.
-
-She had not realized that the hard, firm beach which had provided her
-with a safe roadway could disappear so fast.
-
-Although ample space remained along shore for the return drive, not
-much area was left in which to turn the car around.
-
-“I’m going ahead to move the car,” Mrs. Williams said.
-
-Connie and Sunny went along with her. When they reached the car they
-noticed that the larger waves were breaking only a short distance from
-the rear car wheels.
-
-“Oh, the tide is coming in so fast!” Connie exclaimed. “Will we make
-it, Mother?”
-
-“We’ll be all right once we turn around,” Mrs. Williams replied. She
-was more worried though, than she cared to have the children know.
-
-Quickly she started the car and swung the steering wheel. The
-automobile moved slightly uphill into loose sand.
-
-Now Mrs. Williams had not intended to swing in such a wide arc. Nor had
-she realized that the sand was quite so soft.
-
-Slower and slower crept the car, its engine laboring.
-
-“Keep going, Mother!” shouted Connie. She could see that the auto was
-about ready to stop in the deep sand.
-
-Mrs. Williams shifted into another gear, but the car would not pull.
-With a gasping chug, it came to a standstill. The rear wheels kept
-spinning, but there was no traction.
-
-The car would not budge. They were stuck fast in the sand with the tide
-rolling in!
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER 9
-
-STUCK IN THE SAND
-
-
-The tires of Mrs. Williams’ car kept spinning faster and faster in the
-loose sand. They dug in deeply until the wheel was mired to its hub cap.
-
-“Oh, dear, by trying to get out, I’m only making it worse.” Mrs.
-Williams gasped. “What shall we do?”
-
-Switching off the engine, she sprang out of the car to look at the rear
-wheels.
-
-By this time, Miss Gordon and all the Brownies except Vevi had come
-running across the beach with the lunch hampers. They were very worried.
-
-“Are we really stuck?” demanded Jane breathlessly.
-
-“Will the tide wash the car away?” questioned Sunny.
-
-“Let’s all push,” suggested Connie.
-
-“We’ll have to if we are to get out,” Mrs. Williams said. She gazed
-nervously at the waves. Each one was chewing away a larger and larger
-bite of sand.
-
-By noticing the rim of dried seaweed along shore, the Brownies could
-tell that the ocean came exactly that far at high tide. The waves would
-be certain to sweep over the floor boards of the car.
-
-“Salt water ruins a car very easily,” declared Miss Gordon. “We must
-get out somehow.”
-
-She glanced hopefully toward the lighthouse. Connie offered to run
-there and ask for help. But Miss Gordon told her it would be useless as
-the lone attendant never was allowed to leave his post.
-
-Jane found several large blocks of wood which she placed under the rear
-tires. It did no good. When Mrs. Williams tried to pull forward again,
-the pieces of wood were thrown aside.
-
-“Let’s all push,” urged Rosemary. “I’m real strong.”
-
-Miss Gordon agreed that the girls might try to shove the car out. She
-warned them however, not to strain hard.
-
-At a given signal, everyone stood ready. All the Brownies, that is
-except Vevi. She was walking slowly from the lighthouse, not even aware
-that anything was wrong.
-
-“Now girls, together!”
-
-As Miss Gordon spoke, Mrs. Williams let out the clutch of the car.
-Again the rear wheels began to spin, slowly at first, then faster and
-faster.
-
-Miss Gordon applied all her strength. The Brownies pushed too, but they
-were not very strong. Their feet kept slipping in the sand.
-
-“It’s no use, no use at all,” the teacher finally gasped.
-
-She signaled for Mrs. Williams to turn off the motor again. The
-Brownies could smell rubber. By turning so rapidly in the sand, the
-rear wheels had generated a great deal of heat.
-
-“Can’t we send for a garageman to tow us out?” suggested Rosemary.
-“That’s what my mother always does when our car won’t run.”
-
-“Dear, there isn’t time,” Mrs. Williams replied. “The tide will be
-washing against the car in another ten or fifteen minutes.”
-
-Miss Gordon and Connie’s mother looked up and down the beach. Usually
-any number of cars were in view. Not one was in sight when help was so
-badly needed.
-
-Connie glanced out across the tumbling water. Not far from shore she
-saw a small motor boat chugging along. The operator was Raymond Curry,
-the hotel lifeguard.
-
-“Maybe he’ll help us!” she exclaimed.
-
-Mrs. Williams and Miss Gordon had noticed the boat at the same moment.
-
-“If we had a strong man to push, I think we might get out!” exclaimed
-Mrs. Williams. “Let’s call to him.”
-
-“He’s a lifeguard,” laughed Sunny. “He ought to help us rescue a car!”
-
-The Brownies shouted as loudly as they could and waved. Mr. Curry heard
-them, for he throttled down the engine and turned to gaze toward shore.
-
-“Help us!” yelled Connie. “Our car’s stuck in the sand.”
-
-“And the tide’s coming in fast!” screamed Jane. She cupped her hands to
-her mouth to make the words carry.
-
-Now the Brownies were certain that the lifeguard understood their
-request. Even if he couldn’t hear, how could he fail to see that they
-were in trouble?
-
-The lifeguard didn’t even wave his hand in friendly greeting. He stared
-toward shore for a minute, and then turned his head away. Speeding up
-the motor again, he cruised on past.
-
-Miss Gordon and Mrs. Williams made no comment. But they looked at each
-other in a most peculiar way.
-
-“He saw us!” Jane declared in a shrill voice. “How mean of him not to
-help!”
-
-“We’ll never get out now,” Mrs. Williams said. She was deeply
-discouraged.
-
-Each huge wave that swept in came a little closer to the car. Finally a
-big one actually lapped at one of the rear tires.
-
-“We may as well take our belongings and climb back on one of the
-dunes,” Miss Gordon said. “The sea will not rise higher than the rim of
-seaweed.”
-
-“Wait a minute!” exclaimed Connie. “I see someone coming down the
-beach!”
-
-She had noticed a man with a cane, strolling along the sand toward the
-lighthouse.
-
-“Why, it’s Captain Tarwell,” she recognized him.
-
-The old seaman came closer, gazing toward the group of Brownies.
-Observing how near their car was to the foaming sea, he began to walk
-faster.
-
-“Ahoy,” he greeted the girls. “What’s wrong here? Aground, eh, and with
-a strong tide running.”
-
-The Brownies, all talking at once, tried to explain what had happened.
-
-Captain Tarwell didn’t bother to listen for he could see for himself
-what was wrong. He knew too, that he would have to work fast to beat
-the tide.
-
-“I’m not as strong as I was in the old days when I was master of the
-_Gorchester_,” he remarked after inspecting the mired wheels. “But with
-all hands to help, I think we can heave ’er free. Lay to!”
-
-Rosemary, Jane and Miss Gordon got on one side of the car. Connie and
-Sunny stood by the other, to help the captain. Mrs. Williams started
-the engine again.
-
-“Heave-ho!” shouted the captain. “All together now! Push, maties, push!”
-
-The Brownies exerted all their strength. Slowly the car began to move.
-One tire caught firmly in the sand and then the other.
-
-Suddenly the car spurted forward so fast that Connie and Jane went
-sprawling in the sand. It did not hurt them. They were laughing as they
-scrambled to their feet.
-
-“We’re out!” cried Connie. “Just in time too!”
-
-Mrs. Williams swung the car in as narrow an arc as possible. Another
-moment and all four wheels were on firm sand again. Best of all, the
-car now was headed toward the cottage beach.
-
-“Oh, Captain, we’re so grateful!” Miss Gordon thanked him. “I hope you
-didn’t strain yourself pushing so hard.”
-
-“Not a bit,” he chuckled, picking up his cane. “Always glad to answer
-an SOS distress call.”
-
-“Can’t we give you ride to town?” Mrs. Williams offered.
-
-“I am a mite tuckered from my walk,” the captain admitted. “Aye, if you
-have room, I’ll ride along.”
-
-By this time the Brownies had piled into the back seat, leaving the
-front for Mrs. Williams, Miss Gordon and the captain.
-
-“Where’s Vevi?” demanded Mrs. Williams.
-
-Everyone looked toward the lighthouse. Vevi was coming, but very
-slowly. She seemed to be holding something in her arms, beneath her
-brown sweater.
-
-“Vevi!” shouted Jane. “You hurry up!”
-
-Mrs. Williams tooted the car horn sharply three times.
-
-Vevi began to walk faster. But despite urging by the Brownies, she
-would not hurry.
-
-“What’s she got?” Jane demanded suspiciously. “She doesn’t want us to
-see it.”
-
-Vevi, unaware of the danger the Brownies had been in, grinned from ear
-to ear as she sauntered up.
-
-“Where’ve you been so long?” Jane demanded. “And what are you hiding
-under that sweater?”
-
-Vevi answered not a word. She kept grinning and looking very wise.
-Whatever she held beneath the sweater was alive, for the girls could
-see the woolen cloth twitch.
-
-“Jump into the car, Vevi!” Mrs. Williams ordered impatiently. “We’ve
-lost too much time now.”
-
-Thus urged, Vevi leaped into the back seat. But she kept tight hold of
-the sweater.
-
-“You went off because you didn’t want to give the bird report,” Jane
-accused her.
-
-“Maybe I did,” Vevi admitted. “But let me tell you a thing or two. I’ve
-got something better than an old stupid report. I’ve got a real live
-bird!”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER 10
-
-A BIRD REPORT
-
-
-“I’ve got a beautiful gull,” Vevi announced proudly. “See!”
-
-Pulling aside the sweater, she showed the Brownies a white pigeon with
-arched wings and well-formed tail.
-
-One of the wings though, appeared to have been injured, for it hung
-limp.
-
-“Vevi calls that a gull!” scoffed Jane.
-
-“It’s a carrier pigeon and it’s been hurt!” exclaimed Sunny.
-
-By this time the car was moving swiftly along the narrow stretch of
-beach. Mrs. Williams and Miss Gordon no longer were worried for the
-sand was hard and firm. As they neared the cottages at Silver Beach,
-the roadway also became much wider.
-
-Captain Tarwell was very much interested in Vevi’s bird. He examined
-the wing, which he said was only bruised, not broken. Then he looked at
-a metal band fastened to the pigeon’s leg.
-
-The band bore the number 68971.
-
-“Is the bird carrying a message?” Connie asked eagerly.
-
-“No, only this identification number,” Captain Tarwell replied. “With
-kind treatment, the pigeon should fly again soon.”
-
-“Where did you find him, Vevi?” Rosemary questioned, eager for all the
-details.
-
-“In the dunes near the lighthouse. I think I’ll call my bird Snow
-White. Snow White tried to get away, but he couldn’t fly because of his
-wing. Is he really a messenger pigeon?”
-
-“Aye,” the seaman assured her. “A young one though. It may have run
-into trouble on its first flight.”
-
-“Maybe it came from across the ocean,” Vevi speculated.
-
-“Hardly that far,” answered the captain. “From the number, I’d judge
-this pigeon may belong to Harmon Green’s loft.”
-
-Vevi had never heard of Harmon Green. She asked where his place was
-situated.
-
-“About a quarter of a mile from Silver Beach,” Captain Tarwell replied.
-“Mr. Green breeds and races pigeons. If this isn’t his pigeon, at
-least he’ll know how to find and notify the owner.”
-
-Vevi stroked the pigeon’s plumage, not saying anything. She had hoped
-that the bird could belong to her. But she knew now that she must try
-to find its owner.
-
-“Snow White is a stupid name for a racing pigeon,” spoke up Jane.
-“Especially for one that isn’t a girl.”
-
-“I like it,” Vevi said. “Captain Tarwell, how far can a pigeon fly?”
-
-“Oh, that depends on the bird,” he returned. “The best racing homers
-have been known to wing home a thousand miles. But not young, untrained
-birds.”
-
-“I’ll bet Snow White could fly a long way if he hadn’t hurt his wing,”
-Vevi declared proudly.
-
-Soon the car approached Starfish and Oriole Cottages. As everyone
-alighted at the bathhouse, Mrs. Williams remarked that she didn’t know
-what to do about Vevi’s pigeon.
-
-“Tell you what,” offered the captain. “If you like, I’ll take the
-pigeon to Harmon Green.”
-
-Vevi spoke up quickly. “I want to go along,” she insisted. “So do I,”
-Connie added.
-
-All the other Brownies then wanted to go. However, Miss Gordon thought
-it would be unfair for Captain Tarwell to look after so many children.
-So it was decided that Vevi and Connie, having spoken first, should
-make the trip.
-
-Taking Snow White with them, the two girls walked with Captain Tarwell
-into the hills. A shady, winding street finally brought them to a gray
-shingle house. Off to one side was a small building which looked like a
-garage with a flat roof.
-
-“That’s the pigeon cote,” Captain Tarwell told the girls. “Hey, what’s
-coming off here?”
-
-From the direction of the flat-roofed building the girls heard a
-strange commotion. Birds were making a fearful clatter. They could hear
-a man talking very angrily.
-
-As Captain Tarwell and the children walked toward the pigeon cote, the
-door swung suddenly open.
-
-Out came a young man in dirty overalls and grimy white cap. His face
-was very grim.
-
-“Don’t ever come back here looking for a job,” another man in the
-doorway called after him. “You don’t know how to handle birds.”
-
-The man in the doorway, who was Mr. Green, saw Captain Tarwell and the
-two girls. He knew the seaman well, calling him by name.
-
-“Having your troubles, I see,” observed Captain Tarwell.
-
-“Operating a pigeon loft with hired help is no fun,” Mr. Green replied.
-“I had to fire young Gradbrough just now. He excites the birds and
-doesn’t handle them skillfully. He neglects to clean the cages too.”
-
-“Lose any birds?” Captain Tarwell questioned him.
-
-“I lost three in the last flight test. That looks like one of my birds.”
-
-Mr. Green’s gaze had fastened upon Snow White, snuggled in Vevi’s arms.
-
-Vevi told him where she had found the pigeon. Mr. Green briefly
-examined the leg band and confirmed that the bird belonged to him.
-
-“Frankly, I don’t think the pigeon is worth its feed,” he added. “In
-two different tests it failed miserably.”
-
-“But Snow White’s wing was hurt,” Vevi said, coming quickly to the
-bird’s defense. “How could he fly back home?”
-
-“The pigeon isn’t as strong as it should be,” Mr. Green explained.
-“I breed for profit. If a bird fails repeatedly in tests, it must be
-culled out.”
-
-The cote owner examined the pigeon very carefully and put it into one
-of the wire cages.
-
-“It will be all right in a few days,” he said. “Then I’ll make one more
-test. If the bird fails another time, out it goes.”
-
-The pigeon cote had been divided into sections set apart by mesh wire
-fence. Old birds were separated from young ones. Those that were sick
-were housed in a special pen.
-
-Mr. Green filled the water pans and placed grain in long feeding
-troughs. The birds could not crowd each other because a six-inch space
-was provided for each one.
-
-Adjoining the cote was an exercise cage. The building itself was set in
-an open place, facing south so that more sunshine would filter in.
-
-Mr. Green told the Brownies that in training pigeons one had to be very
-patient.
-
-“Food is the key to success,” he declared. “A pigeon always will return
-to the place where it has been fed.”
-
-The cote owner explained that in training racers he began by whistling
-for the birds just before he fed them.
-
-After a week, he would place the pigeon on a landing platform outside
-the loft. When another training period had elapsed, he would start
-leaving the birds a short distance away but in view of the loft.
-
-“They’ll always return to the landing platform in search of food,” Mr.
-Green said. “The first real test comes when I take the pigeons in a
-basket some distance away and release them in a group. After that test,
-I try them singly at one mile, then five and perhaps ten miles. The
-pigeon you girls returned failed both the five and the ten-mile test.”
-
-“I hope you give Snow White another chance,” Vevi said.
-
-“In the first test I thought the pigeon might have been confused by the
-fog,” Mr. Green said. “This last time, the bird may have run into other
-trouble. The others came back though. So I’m about through bothering
-with it.”
-
-As Captain Tarwell and the Brownies were ready to leave, Mr. Green
-asked the seaman if he knew of any young man who would like a job at
-the pigeon cote.
-
-“Not off hand, I don’t,” Captain Tarwell answered. “I’ll keep it in
-mind though.”
-
-“I pay good wages,” Mr. Green said. “The work is exacting though. I
-need a dependable person, one who can be trusted to handle the birds
-when my back is turned.”
-
-Vevi was a little worried about what would be done with Snow White.
-
-“You really think he’ll get well?” she asked the cote owner anxiously.
-
-“Oh, he’ll be all right in a day or two,” Mr. Green replied. “The wing
-isn’t broken. But as I said, I doubt the pigeon ever will be any good
-for racing.”
-
-“You will give him one more chance?” Vevi pleaded again.
-
-“I promised, didn’t I?” Mr. Green asked a trifle impatiently. “I’m
-testing a basketful of birds Wednesday. If your pigeon is well enough,
-I’ll include him in the lot.”
-
-“May all the Brownies watch the test?” Connie asked. “I’m sure they’d
-like to see the birds fly home.”
-
-Mr. Green said he had no objection.
-
-“We’ll be here!” Vevi declared, her eyes bright. “And I know Snow White
-will do splendidly next time. He’ll make all the Brownies very proud.”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER 11
-
-A TEST FOR SNOW WHITE
-
-
-The hours at Silver Beach were all too short for the Brownie Scouts. It
-seemed to them that they never had time to accomplish half the things
-they wanted to do.
-
-Most intriguing of all was the sea itself. Each morning it coaxed them
-in for a swim. By the time the girls had taken their sun baths and
-searched for shells it was nearly lunch time.
-
-“The days are just flying,” Connie sighed. “Before we know it, we’ll be
-returning to Rosedale.”
-
-“We haven’t learned anything more about that little ship house either,”
-Vevi replied soberly. “So many things are undone. We haven’t even found
-Miss Gordon’s wrist watch.”
-
-Now the teacher long ago had given up all thought of recovering the
-missing timepiece. The Brownies, however, kept hoping that the watch
-would be found in the sand. Nearly every day when they were on the
-beach, they would dig around, hoping to find it.
-
-Since Vevi and Connie had visited the pigeon cote, all of the Brownies
-wanted to go there. Whenever the troop went on a hike, the girls
-usually walked in the direction of Mr. Green’s loft.
-
-The pigeon breeder would not allow the Brownies inside the building
-lest they disturb the birds. It was fun though, to stand outside,
-watching the pigeons drop into the roof traps after long flights.
-
-The racers would alight on the building and walk along the eaves. When
-they stepped into one of the traps, Mr. Green could reach up and grab
-them by the legs. Then he would feed them and put them in their cages.
-
-Some of the pigeons had gray and blue plumage with black bars on each
-wing. Others had feathers in a salt and pepper effect. The less common
-birds were black, red, yellow and silver. Vevi did not see a single one
-that appeared as white as the pigeon she had found near the lighthouse.
-
-She asked Mr. Green why he did not have more white racers.
-
-“White birds are more prone to attack by hawks,” he explained. “By the
-way, your bird has recovered its strength again.”
-
-“Then it’s ready to race?” the little girl asked eagerly.
-
-“It’s as ready as it will ever be. As I said, I doubt the bird ever
-will be much good.”
-
-“But you promised to give it one more chance.”
-
-“So I did,” Mr. Green agreed. “I’m testing out a dozen birds today.
-I’ll include your pigeon in the lot.”
-
-All the Brownies wanted to watch the test and Mr. Green agreed that
-they might. He told Mrs. Williams and Miss Gordon that he would release
-the birds at a point five miles away from the pigeon cote.
-
-Everyone drove there in Mrs. William’s car. By the time they arrived,
-Mr. Green already had unloaded several wicker baskets of pigeons which
-he planned to release.
-
-Vevi went over to talk to Snow White. The pigeon was in a basket by
-himself. His feathers were smooth and glossy and he looked as if he
-were in good condition for racing. At least Vevi thought so.
-
-“Now you must do your very best today,” she said to the pigeon. “When
-Mr. Green tosses you into the air, fly straight home! Fly faster than
-any of the other birds!”
-
-“You’re goofy, talking to a pigeon!” Jane teased, coming up behind her.
-“He can’t understand you.”
-
-“Maybe he can,” Vevi insisted. “Anyway, you just wait! Snow White will
-do fine this time.”
-
-The Brownies gathered around as Mr. Green prepared to release the
-pigeons.
-
-“The birds are hungry, so they should fly directly to the loft,” he
-declared. “As soon as I’ve set them free, I’ll drive back. I want to be
-on hand to check their time as they arrive at the cote.”
-
-Mr. Green tossed all of the birds into the air. They rose and circled
-once or twice. Then one by one they flew off in the direction of the
-pigeon loft.
-
-“Snow White went with the others!” Vevi cried in delight. “I’ll bet
-he’s the first to reach the roost!”
-
-Having released the birds, Mr. Green did not waste any time. He drove
-off home immediately. Mrs. Williams, Miss Gordon and the Brownies
-followed, but at a more leisurely rate.
-
-“Can’t we drive faster?” Vevi urged impatiently.
-
-“Not on this curving road,” Mrs. Williams replied. “We’ll be there soon
-enough.”
-
-The pigeons had started to arrive by the time the Brownies finally
-reached Mr. Green’s place.
-
-As the girls alighted from the car, they saw a gray-blue bird winging
-in to alight on the rooftop.
-
-Vevi watched it fall into the trap and disappear. Then she ran to the
-door of the dove cote.
-
-“Has Snow White come yet?” she shouted to the loft owner.
-
-“Not yet,” Mr. Green replied. “Only three of the birds have come so
-far. I’m very busy now. Don’t bother me.”
-
-Through the windows, the Brownies could see the loft owner seizing each
-bird as it arrived. He would record its number and exact time in a
-little book.
-
-“Where is Snow White?” Vevi fretted as one after another of the pigeons
-arrived.
-
-“Your old bird isn’t any good,” teased Jane.
-
-“Wait and see,” Vevi retorted. “I think he’s coming now!”
-
-She was wrong though. The bird which had settled on the roof was a
-light colored pigeon which from a distance had appeared almost white.
-
-Mr. Green fed the bird and put it back in its cage. Then he appeared in
-the doorway of the pigeon cote.
-
-“Well, they’re all in now except one,” he told the Brownies. “No use
-waiting for it, because it won’t show up.”
-
-Vevi knew he meant Snow White. She was so disappointed she felt like
-crying.
-
-“I’m sure it wasn’t Snow White’s fault,” she told Mr. Green. “Maybe his
-wing wasn’t entirely healed.”
-
-“That could be,” agreed the pigeon breeder. “But I only tested the bird
-to please you. I’m through bothering with him even if he does show up
-later.”
-
-All the Brownies, even Jane, had wanted the bird to make a satisfactory
-test. They were sorry that Snow White would never be given another
-chance.
-
-So that the Brownies would not think too much about the lost bird, Miss
-Gordon proposed that everyone return to the beach for a swim.
-
-Vevi only waded through the sand while the others took their lesson
-from Barney Fulsom. Spying Jamie Curry walking along in a maroon sweat
-shirt and brown shorts, she went over to tell him about Snow White’s
-misfortune.
-
-“Say, I’d like to work for Mr. Green!” Jamie exclaimed. “I wonder how
-much he would pay?”
-
-Without waiting for Vevi to answer, he went on quickly: “My father
-wouldn’t let me work there though. He doesn’t let me do anything I
-like. One of these days--soon too--I’ll run away again. Next time he
-won’t find me.”
-
-Jamie had made the same remark before. So Vevi did not think he really
-meant it.
-
-“Oh, Jamie,” she protested, “why would you want to do such a foolish
-thing?”
-
-“You’d want to run away too if you knew what I do,” the boy hinted
-again.
-
-Then he quickly changed the subject by asking Vevi if she had found a
-turtle for the Saturday race.
-
-“Not yet,” she admitted. “I don’t know how to get one either.”
-
-“It’s easy as falling off a log,” Jamie said. “Why don’t you try the
-pond again? Maybe you’ll catch that snapper I told you about.”
-
-The boy added that if Vevi hoped to win a prize for the Brownies, she
-would have to enter the Saturday race.
-
-“That will be the last one this season,” he told her. “My father said
-yesterday he’s going to give up his job and go west.”
-
-“You’ll leave with him, Jamie?”
-
-“Maybe. Maybe not.”
-
-Vevi could not understand the boy’s strange attitude toward his father.
-Because he didn’t seem to care to talk about it, she spoke again of the
-turtle pond.
-
-“Want me to take you there?” the boy offered. “I’ll catch you a dandy
-turtle.”
-
-Vevi knew that Miss Gordon would not want her to go to the pond without
-an older person along. She realized too, that the other Brownies would
-not favor an outing there, for they were enjoying their swimming lesson.
-
-“I guess I can’t go,” she said, her face downcast.
-
-Just then, old Captain Tarwell strolled up to talk to the children.
-Hearing mention of the pond, he offered to take Jamie and Vevi.
-
-“I want to stop at the cottage on the way,” he remarked. “I’ll be glad
-to have company. That is, if you’ll promise not to walk too fast.”
-
-Miss Gordon said that Vevi might go. So off the three went, idling
-along so that the old seaman would not tire himself.
-
-On their way to the pond, Captain Tarwell stopped briefly at the little
-ship cottage. He went inside for a moment to make certain no one had
-broken in since his last visit.
-
-After snapping shut the padlock again, Captain Tarwell slipped the key
-under a loose shingle on the side of the house.
-
-“Now you know my secret,” he said, “but I’ll trust you both not to tell
-where I keep the key.”
-
-Vevi remarked wistfully that she wished the Brownie Scouts might hold
-their shell exhibition at the cottage.
-
-“We wouldn’t damage anything,” she promised.
-
-Captain Tarwell acted as if he had not heard the request. Telling the
-youngsters to come along, he started on down the road toward the pond.
-
-The captain could not walk fast on his lame leg. Out of politeness,
-Vevi and Jamie kept exact pace.
-
-“Hunting pond turtles puts me in mind of the days when I’d see giant
-tortoises roaming island beaches in the Pacific,” he remarked. “It’s
-fun to watch the big leatherbacks come out of the sea on moonlight
-nights to lay their eggs.”
-
-“I’d like to run off to sea,” Jamie said.
-
-Captain Tarwell gave the boy a quick, sidelong glance. “Better forget
-that idea, lad,” he said.
-
-Then he went on to tell how the giant turtles would come out of the
-ocean on moonlight nights to dig holes for their eggs. He explained
-that the reptiles would cover the eggs with sand and return to the
-sea. Vevi hadn’t known that turtles laid eggs. Or that they left them
-for the sun to hatch. She asked what became of the turtle babies.
-
-“As soon as they hatch, they creep down to the water,” Captain Tarwell
-explained. “There they feed on tadpoles, snails and insects.”
-
-He told the children that one could guess a turtle’s age by the rims on
-its shell. “If a shell has six rims, then the turtle is six years old,”
-he said. “But after many years, the rims wear away, so then one can
-only estimate the age.”
-
-By this time, the three had reached Cabell’s pond. Captain Tarwell sat
-down on the beach to smoke his pipe and rest. He said he would wait
-there and watch while the children caught turtles.
-
-Stripping off shoes and stockings, Jamie boldly waded in.
-
-Moving quietly into a patch of rushes, he soon caught a pancake turtle
-in his bare hands. But after he had examined it, he threw it back into
-the water.
-
-“You don’t want this old fellow,” he called to Vevi. “He’s sickly.
-You’d never win a race with him.”
-
-Jamie kept looking for other turtles. Soon he had caught three. But
-he let each one go. One had a broken shell and the other two were not
-active.
-
-“I’d like ANY turtle,” Vevi declared.
-
-Jamie paid no attention to her. He kept diving into the water with his
-hands. Now that he had stirred up the pond, the turtles were harder to
-catch. He waded farther and farther out into the pond trying to find
-them.
-
-“Be careful,” warned Vevi.
-
-“Oh, I can swim,” Jamie replied carelessly. “My father taught me how.”
-
-Just as he spoke, he stepped into a deep hole. Falling forward, the boy
-made a terrific splash. As he scrambled to his feet his clothes were
-all wet.
-
-Captain Tarwell walked down to the edge of the water.
-
-“Avast, there!” he called to Jamie. “Time we start for home, son. You
-need some dry clothes.”
-
-Jamie reluctantly waded back toward shore.
-
-“Oh, dear,” murmured Vevi. “We have to leave, and after all our work,
-we have no turtle.”
-
-“After all my work, you mean,” corrected Jamie. He grinned though, as
-he said it. Turtle hunting had been fun.
-
-The boy suddenly stopped short, gazing toward a rotted log which stuck
-up out of the water.
-
-He did not say a word for a moment. Then he whispered excitedly:
-
-“Look over there!”
-
-Vevi gazed at the log. At first she didn’t notice anything unusual.
-But as she kept looking, something moved. She caught a little flash of
-yellow.
-
-Sunning itself on the log was a big snapping turtle. On its shell had
-been printed a name in yellow paint.
-
-“That’s HIM!” whispered Jamie, moving stealthily through the water.
-“That’s Clover! Hold your breath, Vevi. I’m going to nail that old
-boy!”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER 12
-
-FOUND IN THE REEDS
-
-
-While Vevi stood perfectly still, Jamie sneaked up on the turtle.
-Clover was sunning himself on the log, barely moving his claws.
-
-Closer and closer Jamie crept, taking care not to splash in the water.
-He was almost on the turtle when it stretched its neck sideways.
-Apparently it saw the boy, for quick as a flash it flopped into the
-water.
-
-“Oh, dear, there goes my chance of winning the race Saturday,” sighed
-Vevi. “We’ll never get him now.”
-
-Jamie watched but the turtle did not reappear on the surface of the
-pond.
-
-“Time to go,” shouted Captain Tarwell. “Shake a leg, you kids.”
-
-Vevi and Jamie teased to stay a few minutes longer, but the seaman had
-grown tired of waiting. Besides, he had promised he would have them
-back at the beach by an early hour.
-
-Jamie started to wade in. He was nearly ashore when he halted again. An
-object in the reeds had drawn his attention.
-
-“Avast, there!” called the captain. “None o’ that restin’ on the oars!
-Come along with you!”
-
-“But I see something fluttering in the reeds!” Jamie exclaimed. “It’s
-not a turtle either! It’s something alive and it’s white!”
-
-“I see it too!” cried Vevi. “It looks like a duck!”
-
-Jamie started to wade over toward the reeds. Captain Tarwell let him
-go, because he wondered too what it was the boy had seen.
-
-By this time Jamie had reached the reed patch. He scooped in his hand
-and pulled a white bird from the water.
-
-“It’s a pigeon! A carrier pigeon!” he called to those on shore.
-
-Vevi became very excited.
-
-“Maybe it’s Snow White!” she exclaimed. “Is there a leg band with a
-number, Jamie?”
-
-Carrying the pigeon, the boy waded ashore. “It has a number, but it’s
-smeared with oil and I can’t read the figures,” he announced. “The
-bird’s feathers are soaked with oil. I’m getting it all over me.”
-
-Vevi was certain the moment she saw the bird that it was the missing
-Snow White. Captain Tarwell wiped oil from the pigeon’s wings and the
-leg band. With the metal plate clean again, he could read the numerals.
-They were 68971.
-
-“It’s the same pigeon all right,” the captain confirmed. “Dash my
-binnacles, if it isn’t!”
-
-“The bird’s been in a fight, maybe with a hawk,” guessed Jamie. “See,
-there’s a bloody mark on his head. He doesn’t seem much hurt though.”
-
-Captain Tarwell examined the pigeon carefully. Except for a slight head
-wound, he could find no injury.
-
-“It was the oil on his feathers that kept him from rising into the air
-again,” he told the children. “When he fell or lighted on the pond, he
-must have settled into a patch of oil. He’d have starved to death if we
-hadn’t come along.”
-
-Vevi was very pleased to have found Snow White again. She wanted to
-take the pigeon to Starfish Cottage.
-
-Captain Tarwell said they would carry the bird instead to Mr. Green’s
-loft. “It won’t be much out of our way,” he declared.
-
-When the children and Captain Tarwell arrived at the pigeon loft twenty
-minutes later, Mr. Green was very busy. He was working on his records
-which he said were not being kept up properly.
-
-“I need a likely boy to help me,” he told Captain Tarwell. “Know of
-anyone who would like a job?”
-
-“How about Jamie here?” asked the captain, half seriously and half in
-jest.
-
-“I’d like to work with pigeons!” exclaimed Jamie. “How much will you
-pay, Mr. Green?”
-
-The pigeon cote owner did not answer the question. He looked Jamie over
-carefully.
-
-“You’re too young,” he said finally. Then, seeing how disappointed
-Jamie looked, he added: “But I’ll think it over. Come around in a day
-or two.”
-
-Mr. Green had not seemed very pleased to have the lost carrier pigeon
-returned to the loft.
-
-“That bird is worthless,” he declared impatiently. “I’m through
-bothering with it. Or feeding it either!”
-
-“Won’t you give Snow White another chance?” Vevi pleaded. “He couldn’t
-rise from the water no matter how hard he tried. His wings were all
-coated with oil when Jamie rescued him.”
-
-“I know,” agreed Mr. Green. “But if it isn’t one thing, its another.
-White birds are more subject to attack than pigeons of another color.
-This bird isn’t strong enough to be a valuable racer. So I’ll cull it
-out.”
-
-“Don’t do that,” pleaded Vevi quickly. “Give the bird to me.”
-
-“You’re welcome to it. But where will you keep the pigeon?”
-
-Vevi knew that Mrs. Williams and Miss Gordon would not want her to have
-it at the cottage.
-
-“I can give you a cage for it,” Mr. Green offered. “And enough feed to
-last a week. I’m warning you though, a bird is a lot of work.”
-
-Captain Tarwell told Vevi that she might keep the cage in the yard of
-the ship cottage.
-
-“For a few days, that is,” he added. “By that time you’ll tire of
-looking after the pigeon and be willing to let it fly away.”
-
-“Oh, no!” protested Vevi. “I’ll never want to give up Snow White.”
-
-“If you decide to let the bird go, I hope it doesn’t fly back here,”
-spoke up Mr. Green.
-
-After watching the pigeon cote owner feed some of his birds, Captain
-Tarwell and the children walked back to the ship cottage.
-
-They found a sheltered place for the cage, and after feeding and
-watering the bird, left it there.
-
-“I’m afraid Snow White will be lonesome,” Vevi said anxiously.
-
-“I come here often,” the captain reassured her. “I’ll look in now
-and then to see how he’s doing. I’m not worried about the bird being
-lonesome. I’m more afraid he’ll be chilled. Pigeons need a warm, snug
-nest.”
-
-The trio walked on down the road toward the beach. A breeze was blowing
-off the sea, sending in long, rolling waves.
-
-“Lots of white horses today,” remarked the captain.
-
-Vevi didn’t know what he meant until he told her that whitecaps on the
-waves were called white horses in seamen’s slang.
-
-“A large wave is a smokehouse,” he explained. “The long rolling ones
-are beachcombers. That little wave over by the pier is a white nose.”
-
-Vevi turned her head to see the wave the captain had pointed out. The
-little “white nose” snubbed itself against the post of the pier and
-vanished even as she watched.
-
-At the shore end of the pier where a long line of cars had been parked,
-a crowd had gathered. Amid the throng, Vevi saw Miss Gordon and
-several of the Brownies.
-
-“Why, what is everyone doing there?” she asked quickly. “Maybe there’s
-been an accident!”
-
-“Something does seem to be wrong,” agreed the captain.
-
-Vevi and Jamie raced on ahead of him to learn why such a large crowd
-had gathered.
-
-Nearing the pier, they met Jane and Connie coming along the beach.
-
-“Has there been an accident?” Vevi asked the two Brownies.
-
-“That’s what we want to find out,” Connie answered.
-
-The four children hastened on, reaching the end of the pier where so
-many grownups had gathered. In the center of the crowd they saw a
-middle-aged woman in a white suit talking excitedly to the lifeguard,
-Barney Fulsom.
-
-“It happened while I was in the little curio shop,” she told the guard.
-“Why, I wasn’t gone ten minutes. When I came out, I saw a man walking
-away from the car. I thought nothing of it until I discovered that the
-glove compartment had been opened.”
-
-“What was taken, Mrs. Allison?” the guard asked her.
-
-“My coin purse. I shouldn’t have left it there with the car
-unlocked--that I realize. But I barely turned my back.”
-
-“How much did you lose, Mrs. Allison?”
-
-“A ten dollar bill and odd change. The little purse was brown leather
-set off with gold initials A.W.A.”
-
-By this time Vevi, Connie, Jane and Jamie had drawn in close to hear
-what was being said. Also in the crowd were Mrs. Williams, Miss Gordon,
-Sunny and Rosemary.
-
-“I’m certain it was a man in black bathing trunks and light brown sweat
-shirt who took the purse,” Mrs. Allison continued. “At least I saw him
-walking away from the car. He mingled with the other bathers and I lost
-sight of him.”
-
-The life guard was quite disturbed about the theft. Even though Mrs.
-Allison had left her car unlocked, he felt partly responsible.
-
-“I watch as carefully as I can,” he said. “Lately several persons have
-reported losses. We can’t seem to snare the thief.”
-
-“After this, I’ll park my car elsewhere,” Mrs. Allison declared. “I’ll
-swim at the hotel beach too. I’ve heard others say that one can’t sea
-bathe here without running the risk of losing anything left loose on
-the beach. It’s true, apparently.”
-
-Very annoyed by the loss of her purse, the woman climbed into her car
-and drove away.
-
-Barney walked among the bathers, searching for a man in black trunks
-and brown sweat shirt.
-
-“It’s no use,” he told Miss Gordon and the Brownies a little later.
-“Even if I found the fellow, I couldn’t accuse him, having no proof.
-But unless I can put an end to these thefts, the beach will lose all
-its customers.”
-
-“It’s not your fault,” Mrs. Williams commented.
-
-“No, but the management holds me responsible. I have an idea who may be
-breaking into the cars, but it’s only a theory. A wild one at that.”
-
-“Is it anyone you know?” asked Connie, who had been listening hard.
-
-“Some one I know very well,” replied the lifeguard. “I can’t convince
-myself that my suspicion could be true. And yet, Mrs. Allison’s remark
-about the black trunks and brown sweat shirt set me to thinking. Many
-bathers wear black trunks. But I know of only one hereabouts who has a
-brown sweat shirt.”
-
-“Who is he?” demanded Vevi, fairly overcome by curiosity.
-
-Barney however, would not mention a name.
-
-“I’m not sure that I have the right slant on the situation,” he
-replied. “It would be unfair and unwise to accuse anyone without
-absolute proof. What I must do is keep closer watch than ever of this
-beach.”
-
-“The thief may over-step himself,” remarked Miss Gordon.
-
-“The Brownies will help you watch the beach,” eagerly offered Vevi.
-“Jamie will too, won’t you?”
-
-Now Barney Fulsom had forgotten that the little boy was standing close
-by. He turned quickly toward him as did all the Brownies. Everyone was
-surprised to see that the youngster appeared very disturbed.
-
-“You’ll help, won’t you, Jamie?” Vevi repeated her question.
-
-The boy stared at her a moment as if he had not heard.
-
-“I--I won’t be here much longer,” he mumbled at last. “I’m going to run
-away. I’ve made up my mind!”
-
-And with that, he turned and ran off down the beach.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER 13
-
-JAMIE’S PRESENT
-
-
-Next morning after the Brownies had swept the cottages and washed the
-dishes, Miss Gordon announced that she had a delightful surprise.
-
-“Another beach picnic?” guessed Rosemary.
-
-“A treasure hunt?” laughed Sunny.
-
-Miss Gordon smiled and shook her head. Both guesses had been incorrect.
-
-“I know!” cried Vevi. “We’re all going to the pond to search for
-Clover, the turtle!”
-
-“We’re hiking in that direction, but not to the pond. Captain Tarwell
-has given us permission to visit the ship cabin. We’ll have lunch
-there, using the outdoor grill for cooking.”
-
-“I’ve been there a lot of times already,” said Vevi, a trifle
-disappointed by the announcement. “Now if he would only give us the
-key--”
-
-“But he has,” explained the Brownie Scout leader. “I was very much
-surprised. Captain Tarwell came to see me last night. He said he’d
-been thinking matters over and had decided that he was being selfish
-never to allow anyone to use the cottage. We’re to have use of it as
-long as we’re at Silver Beach.”
-
-“May we hold our exhibition of sea shells there?” asked Connie eagerly.
-
-“Yes, indeed. If we like, we may stay overnight too, using the bunks.
-Of course that would mean taking in considerable bedding.”
-
-“I wouldn’t mind!” declared Jane. “I think it would be fun!”
-
-“Captain Tarwell made one stipulation,” Miss Gordon warned the girls.
-“We must be very careful not to damage anything in the cottage. Or to
-disturb any of the possessions there.”
-
-“The Bible?” asked Connie.
-
-“The captain didn’t mention that specifically. But he probably had it
-in mind.”
-
-“We won’t hurt anything,” Sunny declared, speaking for all the Brownies.
-
-Jane demanded to know how soon they could start for the cottage.
-
-“As soon as we can assemble the makings of a lunch. If everyone
-works fast, it shouldn’t take long.” Each Brownie was assigned to a
-particular task. Connie buttered rolls. Miss Gordon looked after the
-things which would be needed to cook outdoors. Jane and Sunny filled
-the thermos bottles with milk. Vevi was sent to the corner grocery
-store to buy an additional supply of paper plates and napkins.
-
-“Do hurry dear,” Mrs. Williams advised her. “Everything will be ready
-by the time you return.”
-
-“Don’t poke along as you sometimes do,” Jane called from the kitchen.
-“Get a move on!”
-
-Vevi made up her mind not to keep anyone waiting. So she walked as fast
-she could to the store. She bought the paper plates and napkins, and
-remembered to pick up the change.
-
-On the way back to the cottage she decided to take a short cut along
-the beach. As she walked, she kept looking down at the sand, hoping
-she’d find a pretty shell for the exhibition the Brownies were to have.
-
-She was so intent upon the search that she did not see a man in black
-bathing trunks coming toward her. When she glanced up she was nearly
-face to face with the lifeguard, Raymond Curry.
-
-Vevi would have walked past him without saying a word had he not
-stopped her with a question.
-
-“Have you seen my son anywhere this morning?” he asked.
-
-“Jamie?” Vevi shook her head. “I haven’t been up very long though.”
-
-“When did you see him last?”
-
-Vevi thought it odd that the lifeguard should ask so many questions.
-
-“Why, I saw Jamie late yesterday afternoon,” she replied, thinking
-hard. “He ran off after a car was broken into.”
-
-“Did Jamie--say anything? About running away, that is?”
-
-“Why, yes he did. But I don’t think he meant it.”
-
-“He meant it,” the lifeguard replied. “Jamie never came home at all
-last night. I got in late myself and didn’t look in his bed until this
-morning when it was time to call him to get up. The bed wasn’t slept
-in.”
-
-Vevi was shocked to hear that Jamie actually had carried out his
-threat. Mr. Curry, she thought, had never shown much interest in his
-son.
-
-“My mother always tucks me into bed at night. That is, when I’m home,”
-she said. “Don’t you even say good night to Jamie before you go to
-sleep?”
-
-“Jamie’s too old to be tucked into bed,” answered the guard. “I’m not
-worried that he won’t come back in a day or so. The thing is, I’d
-intended to leave town and take him with me. Now I’m in a spot.”
-
-Mr. Curry seemed to be thinking aloud, scarcely aware of Vevi’s
-presence. In a moment he started on down the beach.
-
-“If you see Jamie anywhere, let me know,” he flung over his shoulder.
-
-By the time Vevi reached Starfish Cottage all the lunch baskets had
-been packed. The Brownies were in the yard, impatiently waiting.
-
-“It took you long enough!” Jane greeted her. “Did you bring the paper
-plates?”
-
-Vevi held up the package. “I hurried as fast as I could,” she said
-breathlessly. “Mr. Curry stopped me for a minute to ask me about his
-son.”
-
-“What about him?” Jane demanded.
-
-“He’s run away again.”
-
-All the Brownies gathered close to hear what had happened. Mrs.
-Williams and Miss Gordon were especially disturbed by the news.
-
-“Jamie seems so unhappy and upset,” remarked Connie’s mother. “I knew
-yesterday that something was dreadfully wrong.”
-
-“He and his father seem to have no understanding of each other,” agreed
-the Brownie leader. “I do hope the boy is found soon.” Jamie slipped
-from everyone’s thoughts as a start was made for the ship cabin in
-the hills. Miss Gordon drove slowly so that the girls might enjoy the
-beautiful view of the ocean front from the higher level.
-
-Presently, the car came within view of the little cottage. Miss Gordon
-parked just off the highway and the girls walked the remainder of the
-way, carrying the lunch baskets.
-
-“It’s really almost the same as our cottage now!” declared Vevi,
-prancing up the path. “I guess it was lucky Connie and I lost ourselves
-that day in the fog!”
-
-Miss Gordon unlocked the front door with the key Captain Tarwell had
-given her.
-
-“Now remember,” she cautioned the Brownies. “We mustn’t disturb
-anything. But we’re free to use this cottage as a meeting place while
-we’re at Silver Beach. We can have our exhibition of shells here too.”
-
-The girls moved from room to room, admiring the clever carpenter work.
-Rosemary noticed that the floors were all pegged instead of having been
-nailed together.
-
-“Want to see the old Bible?” Connie asked the other Brownies. “With
-the notation about Captain Tarwell’s son?”
-
-The girls all were eager to read what had been written so many years
-before. However, when Connie searched for the Bible she could not find
-it.
-
-“I guess Captain Tarwell must have taken it away,” she said at last.
-“He probably didn’t want strangers reading about his son being lost at
-sea.”
-
-Miss Gordon, Vevi and Jane had wandered on into the tiny kitchen. It
-had been built very neatly with high shelves on three of the walls. The
-stove was an old fashioned wood burner.
-
-The Brownie Scout leader noticed at once that wood had been burned
-there recently. When she touched one of the stove lids it was faintly
-warm.
-
-“Captain Tarwell may have been here last night,” she remarked. “He
-likely burned a little wood to take off the chill.”
-
-“Someone slept here again too,” Connie declared. She had noticed a
-mussed blanket lying on a bunk in an adjoining room.
-
-“That’s odd,” remarked Miss Gordon. “Captain Tarwell has a very
-comfortable room at Silver Beach. I shouldn’t think he would care to
-stay here at night.” “Especially when the cottage is so dusty,” added
-Vevi. “I don’t think it was Captain Tarwell at all!”
-
-“It may have been the same person who was in the cottage that day of
-the fog!” added Connie. “But who was he?”
-
-As the Brownies went from room to room they found other evidence that
-someone had been there ahead of them.
-
-Dried bread crumbs had been left on the top of the kitchen table. On
-the floor near the wall bunk Connie discovered muddy shoe tracks.
-
-“Why, these prints are no larger than if I’d made them myself!” she
-exclaimed. “They’re much too small to have been made by Captain
-Tarwell’s shoes!”
-
-Miss Gordon and Mrs. Williams were inclined to agree with Vevi and
-Connie that someone other than the captain had been making use of the
-cabin.
-
-“Whoever the person is, I hope he does no damage here,” Miss Gordon
-said anxiously. “If Captain Tarwell is unaware his cottage is being
-used, he might blame the Brownies for anything amiss.”
-
-Although the cottage had been kept locked, an extra key had been left
-hidden beneath the shingle by the front door. Vevi and Connie thought
-Captain Tarwell was taking risks in leaving it there.
-
-“This place is too dirty,” declared Rosemary. “Let’s clean it up for
-Captain Tarwell.”
-
-“I had intended to suggest that very thing,” said Miss Gordon. “In
-fact, you’ll find a broom, dustpan and dusting cloths in the car. I
-also brought window cleaning spray if anyone feels industrious.”
-
-“I’ll help dust!” Sunny offered quickly.
-
-“I’ll sweep,” volunteered Connie.
-
-Jane said she would dust also, which left Rosemary and Vevi to
-volunteer for the window washing job.
-
-“I have to see about my pigeon,” Vevi suddenly recalled. “I’ll bet he
-hasn’t had anything to eat or drink yet today.”
-
-“You thought that up to get out of work!” Jane accused. “You don’t want
-to wash windows.”
-
-“Vevi will have time to feed the pigeon while Mrs. Williams is bringing
-the cleaning things from the car,” Miss Gordon said. “Let’s all see how
-Vevi’s bird is getting along.”
-
-The Brownies trooped out of the cottage into the yard. Vevi was
-relieved to see the pigeon cage where it had been left in a sheltered
-place.
-
-“Why, someone already has fed Snow White!” she exclaimed.
-
-“This morning too,” agreed Connie, noticing the uneaten grain in the
-pigeon’s basket.
-
-“It must have been Captain Tarwell,” declared Sunny. “He probably was
-afraid you’d forget to look after the bird, Vevi.”
-
-Now Miss Gordon knew that Captain Tarwell had not been at the ship
-cottage that morning. She had talked with him on the beach shortly
-after breakfast. However, she did not mention this to the Brownies.
-
-Vevi removed Snow White from his wicker cage, gently stroking his
-glossy feathers.
-
-“He needs exercise,” she remarked. “But if I let him fly free, he might
-return to Mr. Green’s loft.”
-
-“No chance of that!” teased Jane. “He’d just get lost again.”
-
-Miss Gordon remarked that she did not know what to do about Vevi’s
-bird. The Brownies soon would be leaving Silver Beach to return to
-their homes at Rosedale. She did not think Vevi’s mother would want the
-little girl to bring a carrier pigeon with her.
-
-“We must try to find a good home for the bird,” she declared. “We can’t
-keep it here at the cottage more than another day. The pigeon shouldn’t
-be so closely confined. Besides, it needs a warmer place.”
-
-“Couldn’t we keep it inside the cottage?” Vevi suggested. “It would be
-warm there.”
-
-“No, dear,” Miss Gordon replied firmly. “Captain Tarwell would not want
-a pigeon flying around in his house. Of that I am certain. If Mr. Green
-won’t take the bird back, we must find a new home for it or let it go
-free.”
-
-“A hawk might get him,” Vevi said, close to tears. “I want to keep Snow
-White.”
-
-Miss Gordon merely shook her head and said no more. Vevi understood
-though, that when the time came she would have to let the pigeon go.
-
-“Don’t you mind, Snow White,” she whispered to the bird. “I’ll find
-someone who will want you. I promise.”
-
-“Say, what’s this over here in the bucket?” Connie suddenly demanded.
-
-She had wandered over to the back of the ship cottage, noticing a tin
-pail which someone had placed there. A board half-covered the top.
-
-As Connie curiously lifted off the board, a piece of paper fell from
-it to the ground. Seeing that something had been written on the torn
-sheet, she dropped the board and picked up the paper. “Why, it’s
-addressed to Vevi!” she cried. “A note!”
-
-“A note for me?” demanded Vevi very much surprised.
-
-Forgetting Snow White, she hastily thrust the pigeon back in his basket.
-
-“What does it say?” she questioned, running over to where Connie stood.
-
-“It’s very poor writing,” Connie replied, trying hard to make out
-the words. “All it says is, ‘For Vevi and the Brownies.’ It’s signed
-‘Jamie.’”
-
-“What has he left for us?” Vevi asked. “Is the present in that pail?”
-
-“It’s something alive,” declared Rosemary, joining the group of
-Brownies.
-
-The girls peered down into the pail which was three-quarters filled
-with water. A turtle was swimming slowly around.
-
-“Jamie calls that a present!” scoffed Jane in disappointment.
-
-“But it is!” cried Vevi. “It’s a wonderful gift! Just look at that old
-turtle’s shell. See what’s painted on it!”
-
-“C-L-O-V-E-R,” Rosemary spelled out the yellow letters.
-
-“The fastest turtle at Silver Beach!” Vevi laughed in sheer delight.
-“Now the Brownies will be able to enter the race at the hotel Saturday!
-With Clover we can’t lose!”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER 14
-
-HIDDEN IN THE SAND
-
-
-Vevi lifted the snapping turtle out of water and set him on the ground.
-
-He started off as fast as he could toward the road.
-
-“Look at him go!” shouted Vevi. “Why, he must be the fastest turtle in
-the world!”
-
-“He’ll be gone if you don’t catch him,” Connie warned.
-
-Vevi quickly ran after Clover. When she tried to pick him up he snapped
-at her.
-
-“Do be careful, Vevi,” Miss Gordon warned anxiously. “He seems to be a
-very lively fellow.”
-
-“I know how to handle him. He can’t bite if I hold him right.”
-
-Vevi pretended that she wasn’t a bit afraid of the turtle.
-Nevertheless, she dropped him as quickly as she could back into the
-pail of water.
-
-“Isn’t Jamie the little boy who ran away from home?” remarked Miss
-Gordon thoughtfully. “He must have been here since his father
-discovered him missing.”
-
-“Maybe he slept in the bunk last night,” suggested Connie. “And ate his
-sandwiches on the kitchen table.”
-
-“The boy certainly has been here,” Miss Gordon agreed. “He may return.
-His father must be notified as soon as we return to Silver Beach.”
-
-Vevi felt sorry that Jamie would get into trouble because of the
-turtle. She realized though, that he had made a serious mistake in
-running away from home.
-
-“Let’s forget pets for awhile and clean up the cottage,” Miss Gordon
-proposed briskly. “After that we’ll cook lunch.”
-
-The girls went to work with a will. Vevi and Rosemary washed the
-windows, polishing them until they shone like diamonds. By the time
-they had finished, the other Brownies had made the inside of the
-cottage spic and span.
-
-“How nice everything looks now!” exclaimed Rosemary, gazing about
-proudly. “I should think Captain Tarwell would want to live here
-instead of in a stuffy old room.”
-
-With work out of the way, Miss Gordon built a fire in the outdoor
-fireplace overlooking the cliffs. Soon the air became fragrant with
-the odor of sizzling hamburgers.
-
-“I’m starved,” Vevi announced, hovering over the frying pan. “I could
-eat six of ’em myself.”
-
-Lunch finally was ready. The girls made their own sandwiches and sat
-down on the grass to eat them. From the high cliff, they could see the
-ocean, the beach and the yacht club basin.
-
-Presently, it was time to leave. Vevi took a last look at her pigeon
-and turtle while Miss Gordon locked up the cottage.
-
-“We must tell Captain Tarwell that someone besides ourselves has been
-here,” the Brownie Scout leader remarked.
-
-As soon as the group reached Starfish Cottage, Miss Gordon took Vevi,
-Connie and Sunny with her and went in search of both Mr. Curry and the
-old sea captain.
-
-At the hotel where the lifeguard worked, the teacher was informed that
-he had not been seen that day. Although he regularly was assigned to
-guard the bathing beach, he had failed to appear for work.
-
-Nor could Miss Gordon find Captain Tarwell. However, later in the
-day as she searched with Connie for shells, Vevi spied the elderly
-gentleman taking his daily stroll along the beach.
-
-“Captain Tarwell!” she shouted, running toward him.
-
-“Blow me down!” he greeted her with a friendly chuckle.
-
-“Captain Tarwell, the Brownies were at your cottage today!” Vevi
-informed him breathlessly. “We cleaned it for you.”
-
-“Why, that’s fine, splendid, Vevi.”
-
-“Someone had fed my pigeon, Captain Tarwell. Was it you?”
-
-“Not I,” returned the captain. “Fact is, I haven’t been up to the
-cottage this day. On my way now.”
-
-“Did you know someone slept in the cottage last night?”
-
-“What makes you think that, Vevi?”
-
-“Because the bunk had been used. And there were crumbs on the kitchen
-table. If you weren’t at the cabin, then it must have been--”
-
-“Don’t give it any thought,” broke in the captain before Vevi could
-finish what she had intended to say. “Let me worry about the house.”
-
-“Then you knew someone was staying there?” Vevi asked quickly. “You
-told him he could?”
-
-“No! No!” exclaimed the captain. He spoke rather impatiently. “Please
-don’t worry about it, Vevi. And please don’t talk about it--to others,
-I mean.”
-
-“About anyone staying at the cabin, you mean?” Vevi could not
-understand why the captain seemed so annoyed.
-
-“There are some things I can’t tell you about,” Captain Tarwell said.
-“You wouldn’t understand, and other folks might not either. Just enjoy
-the use of the cottage.”
-
-Then, as if afraid that Vevi might ask other questions, the old seaman
-walked on down the beach.
-
-It was time for the Brownies’ swimming lesson, so Vevi ran home to
-Starfish Cottage to change into her bathing suit.
-
-“You’re late,” Connie greeted her as she ran across the sand. “Mr.
-Fulsom started in early and we’re all through now.”
-
-“It’s getting too cold to swim anyhow,” said Vevi. “I’d rather play in
-the sand. I’m going to hunt for Miss Gordon’s lost wrist watch.”
-
-“You’re silly,” said Jane, who came splashing out of the waves in time
-to hear the remark. “You know very well that Miss Gordon’s watch was
-stolen. So how could you hope to find it in the sand?”
-
-“Maybe it wasn’t stolen. We don’t know that it was. Anyhow, it won’t do
-any harm to look for it.”
-
-Vevi sat down and began to dig sand into her pail.
-
-“You’re not even sitting where Miss Gordon lost her watch,” Jane went
-on. “You’ll never find anything there--or anywhere.”
-
-“Oh, won’t I?”
-
-With a shriek of triumph Vevi pounced upon something in the sand.
-
-“What did you find?” Jane demanded coming quickly over to see.
-
-“A penny!”
-
-“And you get excited over that!” scoffed Jane.
-
-“Maybe I’ll find more money.” Vevi began throwing up sand at a furious
-rate.
-
-Seeing her so hard at work, the other Brownies came hurrying up to
-learn why she was so excited.
-
-“You’re wasting your time, Vevi,” Jane insisted. “One could hunt all
-day and never find any more money.”
-
-“Oh, is that so?” Laughing gleefully, Vevi held up another copper she
-had discovered in the sand.
-
-This second discovery fired all the Brownies with a fever to search for
-coins. Miss Gordon and Mrs. Williams stood nearby, smiling as they
-watched the children.
-
-Only a short time before they had observed Captain Tarwell place a few
-coins along the beach where he knew the Brownies would play. He had
-thought that a treasure hunt would be good fun for the girls.
-
-“Here’s a nickel!” suddenly cried Sunny. “I’m rich!”
-
-Connie found a penny. By now, everyone was digging, even Jane.
-
-Then a long while went by without any of the Brownies turning up a
-coin. The beach became dotted with little holes and mounds of sand.
-
-“I’m getting tired,” sighed Rosemary. “I don’t think we’ll find any
-more money.”
-
-Miss Gordon told the girls that they must level off the holes before
-leaving the beach. Jane, Connie and Rosemary began to smooth out the
-sand immediately. Vevi and Sunny kept digging, hoping to find another
-coin or two.
-
-“Was it Captain Tarwell who hid the money for us?” guessed Vevi.
-
-“Yes, dear,” Miss Gordon replied. “He’s enjoyed watching the Brownies
-and talking to them since they’ve been at Silver Beach.”
-
-“Are there any more coins?” inquired Sunny.
-
-“I think you’ve found most of them now. There may be another penny or
-two.”
-
-“I’m quitting,” announced Sunny, brushing sand from her hands.
-
-“So am I,” agreed Vevi with a tired sigh. “Anyway, I have two pennies.
-And it was fun.”
-
-“Don’t forget to smooth out all the holes you have made,” the Brownie
-Scout leader reminded her. “We owe it to Mr. Fulsom to keep the beach
-looking nice.”
-
-Vevi began to shovel sand back into the holes. It was nearly as much
-fun filling them up as it had been searching for the coins. The others
-finished ahead of her.
-
-“Hurry up, pokey,” Jane urged her. “It’s time to get dressed.”
-
-“I’m hurrying,” sighed Vevi.
-
-She had one more hole to fill. She shoveled sand into it, patting it
-down with her hands. Then because the hole still wasn’t quite filled,
-she reached for a little more sand.
-
-As she dug down with her shovel, the edge struck a soft object.
-
-Vevi thought she had uncovered a wadded up handkerchief or a piece of
-cloth. But as she pulled the article out of the sand, she saw that it
-was neither.
-
-“See what I’ve found now!” she shouted. “An old faded purse! One with
-gold initials on it!”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER 15
-
-A FACE AT THE WINDOW
-
-
-Hearing Vevi shout that she had found something in the sand, the other
-Brownies quickly gathered about her.
-
-“Why it _is_ a purse!” exclaimed Connie in astonishment. “It’s been on
-the beach several days too, because it’s water stained!”
-
-“What are the initials on it?” Sunny asked, trying to make them out.
-
-“A-W-A,” Vevi read the letters. “Or maybe its A-M-A.”
-
-“No, it’s A-W-A,” Jane decided. “Say! This pocketbook must belong to
-Mrs. Allison!”
-
-“That’s right,” agreed Rosemary. “I think her first name is Alice. She
-lost a purse. Or at least it was stolen from her car.”
-
-By this time, Mrs. Williams and Miss Gordon had joined the group. They
-too, were very much interested in the purse and agreed that it might
-indeed belong to Mrs. Allison.
-
-“Maybe the money she lost is still here!” Vevi declared. She felt quite
-pleased with herself for having made such an important discovery.
-
-“Open it and see,” urged Jane impatiently. “Or hand it over to me.”
-
-Vevi unfastened the zipper which was clogged with sand. Inside was a
-smaller coin purse, a comb and a vanity case. In addition, there were
-four keys on a metal ring.
-
-“There’s no money here,” Vevi reported, opening the coin container.
-“Not a penny.”
-
-“Mrs. Allison lost ten dollars,” Connie recalled. “But the purse was
-taken from her car. How did it get here in the sand?”
-
-Miss Gordon told the Brownies it was her theory that the thief had
-discarded the pocketbook. After taking it from Mrs. Allison’s car, he
-had kept the money, throwing the purse away.
-
-“I’d return it to the lady, Vevi,” Mrs. Williams suggested. “Even
-though the purse is ruined, the vanity case isn’t tarnished. Besides,
-the keys will be needed.”
-
-“I’ll take it to her just as soon as I get dressed,” Vevi promised.
-“My, I’m good at finding things! I wish I could find your wristwatch,
-Miss Gordon!”
-
-“I wish you could too, dear,” smiled the Brownie leader. “However, I
-never expect to see the watch again. I’m sure it was stolen by the same
-person who’s been breaking into cars. Even if the watch were found in
-the sand, it would be ruined after all this time.”
-
-The Brownies soon ran to the beach house to take showers and dress.
-Vevi and Connie were the first ones to finish wringing out their suits.
-
-“Let’s take the purse to Mrs. Allison now,” Vevi proposed to her little
-friend. “I know where she lives.”
-
-“So do I,” agreed Connie. “She has a place right on the water.”
-
-Miss Gordon and Mrs. Williams told the girls they might go, but not to
-be gone long.
-
-Mrs. Allison’s rented house was on Flower Street overlooking the bay.
-All along the wharf sailboats and cruisers had been tied up. Gulls and
-terns were flying about, now and then alighting on the water or diving
-into it in search of food.
-
-“That’s Mrs. Allison’s house,” Connie said, pointing to a two-story
-building which extended out a short distance into the water.
-
-“And it must be her boat tied up beside it!” added Vevi.
-
-The craft which had drawn her gaze was a large cabin cruiser of
-mahogany. In the sunlight the brasswork gleamed like pure gold.
-
-“My I’d like to take a ride in that boat!” Vevi said wistfully,
-“wouldn’t it be fun?”
-
-“I wish all the Brownies could go for a spin,” Connie replied.
-
-A plank walk led from shore out over the water to the side of the
-house. A railing guarded it so that one could not fall.
-
-Before knocking on the door, the children paused to gaze again at the
-beautiful cruiser. The name “Adventurer” had been painted on it in gold
-letters. As the waves lolloped gently against the wharf, the boat rose
-up and down as if it were breathing.
-
-“Let’s climb down there and look at it,” Vevi proposed. “I’d like to
-see the inside of the cabin.”
-
-“Oh, no!” Connie protested firmly. “It wouldn’t be polite.”
-
-She rapped on the door. Almost at once it was opened by the same lady
-the children had seen many times on the beach. She was wearing a
-housedress this time and looked different.
-
-“We’ve found your purse,” Connie told her quickly. “Or rather, Vevi
-did.”
-
-“But the money’s gone,” Vevi added.
-
-“Why, that is the pocketbook that was taken from my parked car!” Mrs.
-Allison exclaimed as she saw the faded cloth.
-
-Vevi and Connie told her how they had chanced to come upon the purse
-buried in the sand.
-
-“It doesn’t matter about the money,” the lady assured them. “I’m happy
-though, to recover my keys. Wait here, please.”
-
-Leaving the door open, Mrs. Allison went back into the house. When she
-returned a moment later, she had another pocketbook in her hand.
-
-“I can’t thank you enough for finding my keys,” she said. “Please
-accept this for your trouble.”
-
-She offered the girls a dollar bill.
-
-“Oh, no!” exclaimed Connie, moving back a step. “We couldn’t take it.”
-
-“We’re Brownie Scouts,” explained Vevi. “Our motto is ‘HOP.’”
-
-“That means, ‘Help Other People,’” explained Connie. “We were glad to
-help you.”
-
-“I see,” smiled Mrs. Allison, putting away her money. “Well, I
-certainly appreciate the trouble you’ve gone to in bringing my purse
-here. Won’t you come in for awhile?”
-
-“Miss Gordon told us not to stay,” Connie replied reluctantly.
-
-“It must be fun living right on the water,” Vevi remarked, unwilling to
-leave so soon.
-
-“One always has a cool breeze here,” Mrs. Allison returned.
-
-“And you can step right into your boat,” added Vevi. “I’ll bet that
-would be exciting. If I lived here, I’d go for a boat ride every day.”
-
-Mrs. Allison seemed to guess that Vevi was hinting she would like to go
-for a spin in the _Adventure_, for she asked:
-
-“Would you children care to ride in my boat sometime?”
-
-“Oh, yes!” cried Vevi. “When?”
-
-“Not this afternoon, I’m afraid,” the lady replied regretfully. “My
-husband isn’t here and I hesitate to take the boat out alone. Perhaps
-we could make it Saturday.”
-
-“Saturday would be fine!” exclaimed Vevi. “Only we’re entering our
-turtle in the race that day.”
-
-“And the Brownie Scouts may go on a hike in the afternoon,” added
-Connie.
-
-Mrs. Allison said that Monday or Tuesday would be equally satisfactory.
-
-“We may not be here then,” Vevi told her. “Our vacation is almost over.
-All the Brownies must return to Rosedale soon. I think we’re starting
-back Monday.”
-
-“And we do want to ride in your beautiful boat,” Connie declared
-earnestly. “It would be more fun than anything we’ve done.”
-
-Mrs. Allison asked the children about the time of the turtle race and
-the hike.
-
-“I know!” she exclaimed. “If you can get up early, we’ll go for a
-before-breakfast spin. My husband and I will serve breakfast on the
-boat.”
-
-“Oh, grand!” laughed Connie. “What time shall we come?”
-
-Mrs. Allison asked if seven o’clock would be too early.
-
-“We can get here even earlier,” Connie promised.
-
-“Seven will be early enough,” Mrs. Allison smiled. “You may bring your
-other friends too, if you like.”
-
-“All the Brownies?” Vevi questioned.
-
-“Yes, and your leaders. We’ll make a party of it.”
-
-“We’ll all be here,” Connie promised.
-
-“By the way, on Saturday the boat probably will be tied up near the
-pier,” Mrs. Allison said. “So instead of coming here, come to Wharf 5.
-Do you know where it is?”
-
-“Oh, yes,” Vevi assured her. “Anyway, we know the boat and its name.
-We’ll be there.”
-
-“Seven o’clock,” Mrs. Allison reminded them again.
-
-Thrilled by the invitation, Vevi and Connie ran back to the cottage to
-tell the other Brownies of the wonderful outing awaiting them.
-
-“Why, that will make a very nice climax to our vacation,” Miss Gordon
-declared. “We’ll enjoy the boat ride in the morning. In the afternoon
-we’ll watch the turtle race. Sunday we’ll have an all-day exhibition of
-our shells at the ship cottage. Then Monday morning we start for home.”
-
-“Don’t mention that part,” groaned Sunny. “We never want to leave
-Silver Beach.”
-
-“Not without catching that thief who took your wrist watch,” added
-Jane. “Can’t we stay just a few days longer?”
-
-“I’m afraid not,” Miss Gordon smiled. “All good things come to an end,
-you know. But let’s enjoy to the full these last few days.”
-
-“I know one thing I’m going to do before we leave,” Vevi announced
-mysteriously. “What?” demanded Jane.
-
-“I’m not telling,” Vevi laughed. “It has something to do with turtles
-though.”
-
-Now the little girl had been very much interested in Captain Tarwell’s
-story of how huge sea turtles came up on the beach to lay their eggs.
-Before she left Silver Beach, she very much wanted to see one of the
-huge creatures. She had made up her mind that on Friday night, when the
-moon was full, she would slip out of the cottage and watch. But she did
-not tell anyone what she intended to do.
-
-The next morning after breakfast while the other Brownies gathered
-shells, Vevi and Connie walked to the ship cottage to feed the pets.
-
-“Animals and birds are a lot of work,” Vevi sighed. “After tomorrow
-I’ll let Snow White fly away. And as soon as Clover wins the race for
-the Brownies I’ll put him back in the pond.”
-
-“Maybe Clover won’t come in first,” Connie replied. “I hear some of
-those hotel boys and girls have some fast turtles. Besides, Clover has
-been cooped up too long.”
-
-“He should have more exercise,” agreed Vevi, frowning. “It’s hard to
-look after him properly when he’s here, and I’m at the cottage. But
-I’ll give him a good work-out today.”
-
-The little girl removed the cover from the dish pan. Clover was sitting
-on a pile of wooden blocks which had been fixed for him. He stuck out
-his head and snapped at Vevi when she poked a stick at him.
-
-“He still has plenty of pep, Connie. I think he will win first place in
-the race, don’t you?”
-
-“I don’t know,” returned Connie. “But I’m sure of one thing.”
-
-“What’s that?”
-
-“Someone has been taking care of him for you. See! The water has been
-changed and he’s been fed too.”
-
-“That’s so, Connie! Do you suppose Captain Tarwell did it?”
-
-“Maybe, but I wouldn’t think he would want to walk so far uphill just
-to feed a turtle or a pigeon.”
-
-“Let’s look at Snow White,” Vevi proposed quickly.
-
-The pigeon was in his wicker cage, pecking at a scattering of grain.
-
-“See!” Connie exclaimed. “Snow White has been fed too.”
-
-“Not very long ago either.”
-
-“Then maybe Captain Tarwell is still here.”
-
-Vevi glanced quickly toward the cottage. The front door was closed.
-
-However, as she gazed toward one of the tiny porthole windows which
-overlooked the back yard, she was startled to see someone standing
-there inside the house.
-
-For a moment a face was pressed against the thick pane of glass.
-
-Even as Vevi stared, it was withdrawn. For a second, she was a little
-confused. Had she really seen a face or had she imagined it?
-
-“Someone’s watching us from the house!” Connie exclaimed. She too had
-seen the shadowy face.
-
-“It wasn’t Captain Tarwell,” whispered Vevi. “It was someone else.”
-
-“Someone we both know,” added Connie. She had seen the face quite
-plainly. “I don’t think he has any right to be here either. Let’s find
-out about it, Vevi!”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER 16
-
-A MOONLIGHT SWIM
-
-
-Connie started directly for the front door of the ship cabin. Vevi
-followed close behind, though she was a trifle nervous.
-
-“Aren’t you afraid to walk in there?” she whispered. “We don’t know who
-may be hiding inside.”
-
-“I know!” Connie answered. “At least I think I do. Captain Tarwell gave
-us permission to be here. So we have a right to go inside if the door
-is unlocked.”
-
-At the front entrance to the cottage the two children paused to listen.
-The door was slightly ajar. But they could not hear anyone moving about
-inside.
-
-Vevi pounded on the door and called: “Is that you, Captain Tarwell?”
-
-There was no answer. But the girls were certain they heard someone
-tiptoeing away from the front room.
-
-“Someone is hiding in there!” Connie said grimly.
-
-“Let’s not go inside,” Vevi murmured, holding back.
-
-“You may stay here if you like,” Connie answered. “I’m going in.
-Captain Tarwell would want us to find out who is sneaking in and out of
-his cottage.”
-
-“Maybe he already knows, Connie. He acted funny when I tried to tell
-him about it.”
-
-Connie paid no heed to Vevi’s protests. She turned the knob, slowly
-pushing open the door.
-
-“Who’s there?” she called.
-
-Her own voice echoed through the empty house, but there was no answer.
-
-“I’ll go one way and you go the other,” she directed Vevi. “Then we’ll
-be sure to catch him.”
-
-Vevi did not want to set foot inside the cottage. She was unwilling,
-though, to admit to Connie that she was afraid, so she reluctantly
-followed her friend over the threshold.
-
-“You go to the left and I’ll go to the right,” Connie instructed in a
-whisper. “We’ll meet in the kitchen.”
-
-Vevi’s heart began to pound as she tiptoed across the empty living
-room. She reached the corridor opening into the kitchen just as Connie
-entered it from the opposite direction.
-
-“Ha!” cried Connie. “Just as I thought!”
-
-Jamie Curry stood there in his faded jeans, fairly trapped. His hair
-had not been combed and his eyes were red from lack of sleep.
-
-“So you’re the one who has been sneaking into Captain Tarwell’s
-cottage!” accused Vevi.
-
-“I am not either a sneak,” the boy denied.
-
-“You were in here the day of the heavy fog,” Connie insisted. “When we
-came in, you ran away.”
-
-“All right, maybe I was here that day without permission. But that was
-because the door was open.”
-
-“Captain Tarwell put a new lock on,” Vevi reminded him.
-
-“And he knows I’m sleeping here too,” Jamie insisted stubbornly. “It’s
-the only place I have to stay.”
-
-Jamie’s face puckered up and the girls thought he was going to cry. He
-fought back the tears and said defiantly:
-
-“Girls are tattle tales. I suppose you’ll run to my father and tell him
-you saw me here.”
-
-“You shouldn’t have run away,” Connie replied severely. “Your father
-has been trying to find you. You must go back home.”
-
-Jamie thrust his feet apart, glaring at the two girls.
-
-“Not on your life!” he announced. “I’ll never go back--not even if I
-starve.”
-
-“Does your father make you work too hard?” asked Vevi. “Is that why you
-don’t want to go home?”
-
-“No,” Jamie answered sullenly. “That’s not the reason.”
-
-“Is he mean to you?”
-
-“No-o,” Jamie replied, dragging out the word. “He treats me all right
-most of the time.”
-
-“Then what is wrong?”
-
-“I can’t tell you,” the boy muttered. “Don’t ask me. Go away and leave
-me alone.”
-
-“We have a perfect right to be here,” Connie told him firmly. “Captain
-Tarwell gave the Brownies permission to hold a shell exhibition here
-Sunday. We’re going to fix up the cottage and invite a lot of people.”
-
-“Then everyone will be coming here.” Jamie was aghast. “I won’t be able
-to stay?”
-
-“Not unless you want to be seen,” Connie informed him.
-
-Jamie was silent awhile, thinking matters over.
-
-“I won’t go back home,” he announced. “Mr. Green has promised me a job
-at his pigeon loft. I start in there tomorrow morning. Maybe he will
-let me sleep at his house.”
-
-“Your father won’t like it,” Connie said severely. “We can’t promise
-not to tell him we’ve seen you either.”
-
-“Tell if you want to,” Jamie shrugged. “He can’t make me go back
-because I know--”
-
-The boy broke off quickly, acting as if he had said too much.
-
-As Jamie started to leave, Vevi remembered to thank him for finding
-Clover.
-
-“It was nothing,” the boy answered. “I caught him easy. He ought to win
-the race Saturday for the Brownies. Just be careful you don’t scare him
-when you start him off.”
-
-“I’ve never raced a turtle,” Vevi said anxiously. “Why don’t you come
-and show me how?”
-
-Jamie shook his head. “Turtle races are old stuff to me,” he said.
-“Besides, I’m not going back. Goodbye.”
-
-He moved off again, intending to leave.
-
-“Jamie, it was you, wasn’t it, who fed Clover and Snow White?”
-
-“Sure,” the boy admitted. “You didn’t want ’em to die, did you? I’ll
-give you a tip. I won’t be here tonight, and it’s too cold outside for
-your pigeon. Unless you want him to get sick, you’d better take him
-somewhere that’s warm.”
-
-Then, although Connie and Vevi tried to persuade Jamie to stay, he
-sauntered off. The girls locked the cottage, hiding the key under the
-shingle.
-
-“We’ll have to take Snow White and Clover with us,” Vevi decided.
-
-“I’ll carry Snow White’s cage,” Connie said quickly. “You look after
-Clover.”
-
-Vevi was a little afraid of the turtle, but she drained off all the
-water in the pan and carried him in that. Clover did not like it very
-well. He kept clawing at the sides of the container, trying to crawl
-out.
-
-At Starfish Cottage, Miss Gordon and Mrs. Williams were none too happy
-to see the pets arrive. However, they said Vevi might keep the pigeon
-over-night and the turtle until after the Saturday race.
-
-“I hope Clover wins,” Vevi declared. “Just think of winning ten dollars
-for the Brownies!”
-
-“You haven’t won it yet,” Jane reminded her. “What time is the race?”
-
-“Two o’clock.”
-
-“How can you enter Clover in the race if the Brownies are going for a
-ride in Mrs. Allison’s boat?”
-
-“Oh, we’ll be back in plenty of time,” Vevi said. “The boat ride is at
-seven.”
-
-The Brownies’ vacation at Silver Beach fast was drawing to a close.
-Everyone hated to leave, even Mrs. Williams and Miss Gordon. Vevi
-especially, had a million things she wanted to do. And one in
-particular.
-
-Ever since the little girl had been told that giant turtles sometimes
-came up on the beach at night to lay their eggs, she had wanted to view
-the strange sight.
-
-Starfish Cottage was only a few steps from the beach, so close that
-Vevi could hear the roar of the surf. Often at night she would lie
-awake in her bed, listening to the pounding of each wave on the sand.
-Several times, when she was not too sleepy, she looked out the bedroom
-window. But she never had seen even one of the huge turtles.
-
-Now Vevi knew that if ever the big loggerheads came out of the sea it
-would be on a moonlight night. On this particular evening the moon
-would rise early. It would be a full one too, for she had heard Mrs.
-Williams tell Sunny so.
-
-As the afternoon wore on, Vevi became more and more quiet, thinking
-over her plans.
-
-“You’re not ill, are you, dear?” inquired Mrs. Williams.
-
-“Oh, no! I feel fine!”
-
-Vevi had made up her mind not to tell anyone of her plan to watch for
-the big turtles.
-
-After dinner, the Brownies all gathered for a songfest at Starfish
-Cottage. Later, they arranged shells, printing cards for each one.
-
-Vevi began to squirm restlessly.
-
-“How long before we go to bed?” she asked, looking at the clock.
-
-“Why, it’s only ten minutes after eight,” Rosemary protested. “You
-don’t look a bit sleepy either, Vevi McGuire!”
-
-“We have to get up early tomorrow for the boat ride,” Vevi answered
-quickly.
-
-“Yes, seven o’clock will be tapping on our door almost before we know
-it,” Mrs. Williams agreed. “‘Early to bed, early to rise.’”
-
-“This is the first time I ever heard Vevi ask to go to bed early,”
-grumbled Jane.
-
-Vevi paid no attention to the teasing of the other Brownies. After Mrs.
-Williams had taken Jane, Rosemary and Sunny to Oriole Cottage, Vevi
-undressed as fast as she could. Before she leaped into bed though, she
-folded her clothes carefully, leaving them where they could be found
-easily even in the dark.
-
-It took Connie a long while to get ready for bed. She spent ten minutes
-brushing her hair. Finally though, the light was turned out.
-
-Vevi lay perfectly still, pretending to be asleep. At first she felt
-very wide awake. The bed covers were pleasantly warm. The little girl
-snuggled deeper into them, closing her eyes.
-
-When she opened them again with a start, Vevi knew she had fallen
-asleep by mistake. The bedroom she shared with Connie was very quiet.
-In the next room Mrs. Williams was sleeping soundly. It was late, for
-moonlight streamed in the open window.
-
-Dismayed to have slept so long, Vevi crept from bed. Connie stirred but
-did not awaken.
-
-The bedroom floor was cold and a chill wind came in from the sea.
-
-Her teeth chattering, Vevi put on all her clothes except her shoes.
-Then she took a blanket from the bed, and wrapping it around her,
-sat down by the window. From where she watched, Vevi could see a
-long stretch of deserted beach. The sand gleamed ghostly white in the
-moonlight. Not a person was astir.
-
-“I wish the turtles would hurry and come,” Vevi thought. “I don’t want
-to sit and wait all night.”
-
-The little girl did not have a watch but she thought it must be at
-least midnight. Only a few automobiles were parked along the beach
-beside some of the cottages. Often renters who had no garages, left
-them there all night.
-
-Vevi kept her gaze on the roaring surf, watching the fringe of foam.
-She began to feel very drowsy. Finally a shoe which she held in her
-hand, slipped from her fingers. It struck the floor with a loud thump.
-
-Hearing the noise, Connie sat up in bed. She rubbed her eyes. As the
-cobwebs of sleep cleared away, she saw Vevi huddled in her blanket.
-
-“Why, Vevi!” she exclaimed. “What are you doing out of bed?”
-
-“Sh!” warned Vevi. “Don’t wake anyone. I’m watching for turtles.”
-
-Connie threw off the covers and came over to the window.
-
-“Vevi McGuire! You’re walking in your sleep!”
-
-“I am not,” Vevi whispered hotly. “I’m not even sitting in my sleep.
-I’m just watching.”
-
-“You won’t be able to get up in time for the boat ride tomorrow,”
-Connie predicted. “Get back into bed this minute.”
-
-“But I want to see a big turtle lay its eggs on the beach.”
-
-“You might watch all night and not see one, Vevi.”
-
-“I s’pose so,” Vevi admitted unwillingly. Already she had grown tired
-of sitting so long in a chair. “I’ll come to bed--say! What’s that?”
-
-Greatly excited, she reached out in the darkness to grasp Connie’s hand.
-
-Vevi’s sharp eyes had detected movement on the beach. A dark object had
-emerged from the sea.
-
-Connie began to giggle, smothering the sound with her hand.
-
-“You think that’s a turtle?” she teased. “Why, it’s only a man swimming
-in the ocean.”
-
-By this time Vevi too was able to see that the dark object was a
-bather. The man had come from the direction of the pier and now was
-moving across the sand toward the row of cars.
-
-“It’s Raymond Curry,” Connie recognized him. “Why does he swim so late
-at night?”
-
-“And on our beach instead of his own,” whispered Vevi. “He’s acting
-awfully queer. Let’s watch and see where he goes.”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER 17
-
-MRS. ALLISON’S CRUISER
-
-
-From the bedroom window, the children saw Raymond Curry walk directly
-across the sand toward the roadway. His black bathing trunks were
-dripping wet, but he did not seem to mind the chill air.
-
-“What a funny time to swim,” Connie whispered. “It must be long after
-midnight.”
-
-“Everyone has gone from the beach too,” added Vevi.
-
-The lifeguard had paused at the roadside where three or four cars had
-been parked for the night. Vevi and Connie saw him glance up and down
-the beach as if to see if anyone were watching.
-
-Then, one by one, he began trying the car door handles to see if they
-were unlocked.
-
-“I guess he’s just checking the automobiles,” Connie said, losing
-interest. She stiffled a yawn. “I’m going back to bed.”
-
-“Wait!” Vevi commanded. “Why would Mr. Curry check automobiles at this
-time of night?”
-
-“It does seem queer, Vevi.”
-
-“On Mr. Fulsom’s beach too. I think he’s trying to break in.”
-
-“Mr. Curry?” Connie exclaimed in disbelief.
-
-“Then maybe he’s trying to find his son,” Vevi speculated. “He may
-think Jamie is sleeping in one of the parked cars.”
-
-“That must be it,” Connie agreed, her mind relieved. “But he won’t find
-Jamie here at the beach. If he didn’t go to Mr. Green’s place, he’s
-still at the captain’s cottage.”
-
-“We ought to tell Mr. Curry where he can find his son.”
-
-“You mean now?”
-
-“We may not see him tomorrow, Connie. We go boat riding so early. After
-that, there’s the turtle race.”
-
-“Maybe you’re right,” Connie agreed unwillingly.
-
-“I’ll tell him now,” Vevi decided. “It will take only a minute. I hate
-to go outdoors alone though.”
-
-“I’ll dress and go with you,” Connie offered. “Help me find my shoes.”
-
-In the dark bedroom the girls had to search for a minute or two before
-they found all of Connie’s clothes. She dressed as fast as she could.
-“Hurry!” Vevi urged. “Mr. Curry’s still trying car doors, but he’s
-almost out of sight up the beach.”
-
-“I’m hurrying as fast as I can,” Connie gasped. “My shoe strings are
-all tied in knots.”
-
-“Don’t bother about that. Unless we catch him right away, he’ll be
-gone.”
-
-“Shouldn’t we tell Mother we’re leaving the cottage?”
-
-“No time,” Vevi insisted. “We’ll be back in a minute anyway. Come on.”
-
-The two girls groped their way to the front door. It was locked.
-However, the key was in the lock.
-
-Vevi turned it as far as she could, but it seemed to be stuck.
-
-“It won’t open, Connie.”
-
-“Let me try, Vevi.”
-
-Connie pushed hard on the key. At first she could not make it turn far
-enough either. Then she gave the door a quick shove with her hip. The
-jolt made the key click all the way over.
-
-“There, it’s unlocked!” Connie exclaimed.
-
-Shoving open the door, the girls stepped outside. The beach, bathed in
-soft moonlight, looked ghostly and unreal.
-
-“It’s c-cold,” Vevi shivered. “And I’m scared.”
-
-Connie felt rather frightened too though she could not have explained
-why.
-
-“Maybe we should wait--” she began, but Vevi cut her short.
-
-“No, let’s tell him now,” she urged. “Come on, before he gets too far
-away.”
-
-Already Mr. Curry was some distance from the cottage. He was standing
-beside a parked sedan, checking to see if one of the glass windows
-could be pushed down from the top.
-
-“Oh, Mr. Curry!” called Vevi.
-
-In the still night air her voice carried very clearly.
-
-The lifeguard heard, for he turned around quickly. Then he did an
-odd thing. Instead of answering Vevi, or waiting for the girls, he
-deliberately walked away from them.
-
-They saw him dash into the surf. Wading out to shoulder depth, he swam
-off toward his own beach.
-
-“Now, why did he do that!” Vevi exclaimed in disappointment. “He didn’t
-give us a chance to tell him about Jamie.”
-
-“He acted as if he didn’t want to talk to us,” agreed Connie.
-
-The girls had not taken time to put on sweaters or jackets. Teeth
-chattering, they crept back into the cottage and into their beds. They
-had lost all interest in lifeguards and turtles.
-
-Vevi was awakened next morning by the clatter of an alarm clock.
-
-She rubbed her eyes drowsily. Then realizing that it was six o’clock,
-she leaped out of bed.
-
-“Time to get up!” she aroused Connie, giving her a hard shake. “We want
-to beat the girls at Oriole Cottage. If we don’t hurry, we’ll be late
-for the motorboat ride.”
-
-Connie mumbled drowsily and burrowed deeper into the covers. Vevi
-jerked them off.
-
-“Get up, sleepy head!” she ordered. “We want to be the first to get to
-the wharf.”
-
-As Vevi gave her another hard shake, Connie really came awake. She
-leaped out of bed and dressed so fast she was ahead of everyone.
-
-For a while all was hubbub in the cottage as the girls from Oriole
-Cottage began to arrive. Connie and Vevi though, were the first to get
-their beds made and have their room straightened.
-
-“We’ll go on ahead to the wharf,” Vevi told Miss Gordon.
-
-“Isn’t it rather early?” asked the teacher. “Mrs. Allison doesn’t plan
-to leave the dock before seven-thirty.”
-
-“It won’t do any harm to be there a little early,” Vevi said. “That
-way, Mrs. Allison will be sure the Brownies haven’t forgotten.”
-
-Miss Gordon smiled and told the two girls they might walk on ahead if
-they liked. “We’ll come as quickly as we can,” she promised.
-
-In leaving the cottage, Vevi recalled that she had not fed her pets
-that morning.
-
-“I must keep up Clover’s strength, or he won’t win the race this
-afternoon,” she declared.
-
-Vevi fed the turtle, and then dropped a little grain in Snow White’s
-cage.
-
-“Your pigeon needs exercise,” Connie said. “Why not let him fly away,
-Vevi? You know you can’t take him home when we leave here Monday.”
-
-“Maybe Miss Gordon will let me.”
-
-“You know she won’t, Vevi. Besides, you have no place where you could
-keep a bird except for a few days. Let him go now, Vevi.”
-
-“He might get lost again.”
-
-“You’ll have to let him go by tomorrow at the latest,” Connie said
-severely. “So why not now?”
-
-Vevi stubbornly shook her head. “Maybe I will find a good home for
-him.”
-
-“Where?”
-
-“Captain Tarwell might take Snow White.”
-
-“He can’t be bothered with a bird and you know it.”
-
-“Jamie would like to have my pigeon.”
-
-“We don’t know what has become of Jamie. So you know he can’t look
-after the bird.”
-
-“Maybe Mrs. Allison would like Snow White,” Vevi said hopefully. “She
-could keep him at her house on the water and he’d be happy there. I
-know! I’ll take him along this morning and ask her!”
-
-“He’ll be in the way,” Connie said, trying to discourage her friend.
-
-“I don’t care,” Vevi insisted. “I want Snow White to have a nice boat
-ride. Anyway, we won’t have much longer to be together.”
-
-Connie said no more. So Vevi picked up the cage. On the way to the
-wharf, she carried it very carefully so as not to jar the pigeon.
-
-“There’s the boat!” Connie exclaimed a few minutes later as they came
-within view of the _Adventurer_, tied up at the wharf.
-
-“But where is Mrs. Allison and her husband?” asked Vevi. “I guess we
-are here too early.”
-
-The cabin cruiser was completely deserted. Dew lay heavy on its decks
-and the canvas covers had not been removed.
-
-“I hope Mrs. Allison didn’t forget,” Vevi said anxiously as she and
-Connie walked out on the dock.
-
-“Oh, she’ll be along. It’s early. We’re the only persons anywhere
-around.”
-
-“Let’s go aboard,” proposed Vevi.
-
-Connie hung back. “Oh, should we? Maybe Mrs. Allison wouldn’t like it.”
-
-“She won’t care, Connie. We won’t hurt anything. I want to peek inside
-the cabin before the other Brownies get here.”
-
-“Oh, all right,” Connie consented reluctantly. “We’ll get on for just a
-minute. Then we’ll get right off and wait for Mrs. Allison.”
-
-Still carrying the pigeon cage, Vevi scrambled aboard. The boat was
-rocking gently up and down on the waves.
-
-“I’m tired of carrying this basket around,” Vevi announced as Connie
-joined her on deck. “I’m going to leave it in the cabin.”
-
-“Mrs. Allison may not like it, Vevi.”
-
-“Oh, she won’t mind. We aren’t hurting anything. Aren’t the seats
-grand?”
-
-Vevi plumped herself down in one, bouncing up and down.
-
-“Vevi, let’s get off,” Connie said anxiously. “We might damage
-something.”
-
-“I’m not hurting this seat one bit.”
-
-“I don’t like to be here unless Mrs. Allison says it’s all right.”
-
-“We aren’t doing any harm,” Vevi insisted.
-
-“I’m going to get off.”
-
-“Oh, all right, so will I,” Vevi grumbled. “But first I’m going to put
-Snow White inside.”
-
-She disappeared into the cabin with the pigeon cage. A moment later,
-Connie heard her call for her to come in too.
-
-“It’s darling inside, Connie! You ought to see!”
-
-Connie could not resist taking a quick look at the cabin’s interior.
-The room had been made very attractive with red draperies at the
-portholes. Bunks lined one side of the wall. A galley or kitchen unit
-filled the other side. The third wall was taken up by a leather seat.
-
-“Why, one could live on this boat!” Vevi cried. “See! The cupboard is
-stocked with groceries!”
-
-“We’re staying aboard too long,” Connie said uneasily. “Let’s go before
-Mrs. Allison finds us here.”
-
-Even as she spoke, the girls heard soft footsteps on the dock.
-
-“Someone’s coming now!” Connie declared, moving quickly to the window.
-“It’s probably Mrs. Allison or her husband.”
-
-Peering out the porthole window, the girls tried to see who approached.
-At first they could see no one, although they kept hearing the soft
-tread of bare feet.
-
-But as they watched, a man came into view. He wore only black bathing
-trunks and evidently had been swimming for his suit was wet.
-
-“It’s Mr. Curry again,” said Vevi in a whisper. “Why does he swim so
-often? And so early in the morning?”
-
-“At our beach too,” added Connie. “He’s coming here, I think.”
-
-Now, although the girls had done nothing wrong they felt very uneasy.
-Not saying a word, they remained by the window, watching.
-
-The lifeguard had not seen them. He came on down the dock toward the
-_Adventurer_ and the other cruisers tied up alongside.
-
-Vevi and Connie saw him pause beside a mahogany craft which bore the
-name _Miss Lady_. It was one of the most expensive boats at Silver
-Beach, owned by a very wealthy man.
-
-Mr. Curry glanced quickly around to be certain no one was watching.
-Then he leaped lightly aboard the vessel.
-
-“Let’s tell him about seeing Jamie,” Vevi suggested.
-
-She started to leave the cabin. Connie caught her by the hand, drawing
-her back to the porthole.
-
-“Don’t make a sound,” she advised. “Just watch! He’s up to something!”
-
-Vevi could not imagine why Connie had become so excited.
-
-Then, peering through the window, she understood the reason. Although
-no one appeared to be aboard _Miss Lady_, the lifeguard was trying to
-force open the cabin door!
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER 18
-
-ADRIFT
-
-
-At first, Connie and Vevi could not guess what the lifeguard was trying
-to do. They saw him push hard against the cabin door.
-
-When it did not open, he brought forth a small metal tool from inside
-his bathing trunks.
-
-“Why, he must have a deep pocket inside his bathing suit!” Vevi
-exclaimed in amazement. “How funny!”
-
-“Imagine trying to swim with a heavy piece of metal,” added Connie. “I
-never heard of such a thing before!”
-
-As the girls watched from behind the curtains, they were shocked to see
-the lifeguard deliberately break the door lock of the nearby cruiser.
-
-“He shouldn’t have done that!” Vevi declared. “The owner of _Miss Lady_
-won’t like it.”
-
-Connie gave the Brownie sign for complete silence.
-
-Vevi realized then that something was dreadfully wrong. Connie, she
-noticed, looked rather frightened.
-
-Unaware that anyone was near, Raymond Curry had entered the cabin of
-_Miss Lady_.
-
-Vevi and Connie could see him going hurriedly through drawers and
-boxes. Most articles he threw on the floor. But the girls saw him stuff
-two small items into the inner pocket of his bathing trunks.
-
-Vevi no longer could remain silent.
-
-“Connie, he’s a thief!” she whispered tensely. “He’s taking something
-that doesn’t belong to him!”
-
-“And last night we saw him trying car doors,” added Connie. “He must
-have been trying to get in.”
-
-“He’s been doing his stealing at our beach, so no one would suspect
-him! Oh, Connie, I’ll bet he was the one who took Miss Gordon’s wrist
-watch!”
-
-“We saw him swimming on our beach that day! He may have been the one
-who took Mrs. Allison’s purse too!”
-
-By this time the girls were so excited they scarcely could contain
-themselves. In trying to see, Vevi accidentally scratched her hand
-against the window glass.
-
-Though the noise was slight, it was heard on the next boat. Mr. Curry
-whirled around, seeing the children watching him from the cabin of the
-_Adventurer_.
-
-The lifeguard came quickly out of the cruiser, closing the door behind
-him.
-
-“He’s going to go away with all that stuff he took!” Vevi cried. “Let’s
-stop him, Connie.”
-
-Both girls remembered that once at the circus when a pickpocket had
-tried to get away, all the Brownie Scouts had surrounded him. But now
-there was no one to help them.
-
-Without stopping to think, Vevi ran out of the cabin.
-
-“Stop!” she shouted at Mr. Curry, who had leaped off the _Lady_.
-“You’re a thief! We saw you take something from that boat.”
-
-Mr. Curry paused. He looked up and down the waterfront, not seeing
-anyone. Then he came over to where the _Adventurer_ was tied up. He was
-smiling, but not in a friendly way.
-
-“So I’m a thief, am I?” he asked pleasantly. “You saw everything?”
-
-“Yes, we did!” Vevi retorted. “You put back what you stole or we’ll
-tell the police! You took Miss Gordon’s watch too!”
-
-“Well, well, what clever little girls you are!” Mr. Curry said. “So
-you saw everything? And you’ll run straight to the police with it?”
-
-As the lifeguard talked, he bent down by the dock post. Vevi and Connie
-did not realize what he was doing until it was too late.
-
-Then they saw that the man deliberately had untied the rope which held
-the _Adventurer_ fast.
-
-“You’ll not tell the police anything for an hour or so,” said Mr.
-Curry. “You’re taking a little ride out into the bay.”
-
-As he spoke, he gave the cruiser a hard shove. It shot several feet
-away from the wharf, barely clearing another boat tied on the other
-side.
-
-“You’ll not be carried too far out,” Mr. Curry called. “The drifting
-boat will be sighted eventually by the lighthouse keeper or from shore.
-So relax and have a nice time, kiddies. You’ll not be seeing me again!”
-
-Mr. Curry stood a moment, watching the boat drift slowly away. Then he
-turned and was lost to view behind another cruiser.
-
-Connie and Vevi were so frightened that for a moment or two they could
-not speak.
-
-Already the cruiser was so far from the wharf that they could not leap
-ashore. The water was much too deep for them to jump off and try to
-wade in.
-
-“What’ll we do?” Vevi wailed.
-
-“Scream for help!” Connie advised. “Yell as loudly as you can.”
-
-Both girls called for help, over and over again. Although it now was
-nearly seven o’clock, no one seemed to be on the beach. Captain Tarwell
-was not in sight either, nor were any of the Brownies.
-
-“Oh, Connie, we’re being carried out to sea!” Vevi gasped.
-
-“And Mr. Curry will get away from Silver Beach with everything he’s
-stolen,” added Connie in despair. “That’s why he cut our boat loose! So
-we wouldn’t be able to tell anyone what we saw, until after he’s safely
-away!”
-
-“Oh, we’ve got to do something--quick! Let’s yell for help again.”
-
-Cupping hands to their lips, the girls shouted until they were nearly
-hoarse. Although the cruiser had not as yet drifted far from shore, no
-one was abroad to hear or see them.
-
-“It’s no use,” moaned Vevi, grasping the _Adventurer’s_ railing for
-support. “We’re going to be carried way out into the ocean. I’m
-getting seasick too! I feel just awful.”
-
-Big tears splashed down the little girl’s cheeks. Running into the
-cabin, she flung herself on the cushioned seat and buried her head in a
-pillow.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER 19
-
-SNOW WHITE WINGS HOME
-
-
-Now Vevi was more frightened than ill. The _Adventurer_ was bobbing up
-and down on the waves. But the motion was a gentle one, and the girls
-had not been aboard long enough to really become seasick.
-
-It was the fear of being carried out to sea that worried Vevi and
-Connie more than anything else. They were troubled too, lest the
-drifting cruiser crash into one of the other boats which had been tied
-up to buoys in the bay.
-
-Connie followed her little friend inside the _Adventurer’s_ cabin.
-
-“Don’t cry, Vevi,” she comforted her. “We’re still in the bay. Mr.
-Curry said we’ll be sighted before we drift very far out.”
-
-“Mr. Curry doesn’t care what becomes of us,” Vevi said, lifting her
-head out of the pillow. “He was mean and deceitful!”
-
-“Mr. Curry is afraid we’ll tell what we saw,” Connie declared. “Oh, I
-wish we could get off this boat in time to catch him!”
-
-Far across the bay the girls heard the muffled roar of a motorboat
-engine.
-
-Hopeful of a rescue, they darted out of the cabin. The boat they had
-heard was a long distance away, moving not toward them, but in the
-opposite direction.
-
-Nevertheless, Vevi and Connie screamed and screamed for help.
-
-Their cries were useless. The boat kept on, soon disappearing in the
-direction of the distant lighthouse.
-
-“Why doesn’t someone see us?” whimpered Vevi. “Why doesn’t Mrs. Allison
-come? Or the Brownies?”
-
-Connie was becoming more worried by the moment. The _Adventurer_, she
-noted, was drifting faster and faster.
-
-No longer was it close to shore or other boats. If once it passed the
-mouth of the bay, they would truly be at sea.
-
-“If only we’d drift past one of those red buoys, maybe we could grab
-onto it,” she said.
-
-The buoys which marked the harbor channel ran almost in a straight line
-out from shore. But the _Adventurer_ did not drift very close to any
-of them.
-
-In reaching out, trying to grasp one of the markers, Connie lost her
-brown Beanie cap. It fell into the water and was caught by a wave. For
-a minute she could see it floating on the foamy crest. Then it was gone.
-
-Hopefully, the girls gazed toward shore. They could see the long rows
-of cottages, the pier, the town dock and two church spires.
-
-“It’s almost seven o’clock,” Connie said. “Don’t worry, Vevi. Mrs.
-Allison, my mother or Miss Gordon will be coming down to the beach soon
-now. They’ll see that the boat is missing and send help.”
-
-“But they won’t know what’s become of the _Adventurer_, Connie. We’ve
-drifted so you can’t see the dock where the boat was tied up.”
-
-“Let’s tie a white cloth to the railing,” Connie suggested. “Maybe
-someone will see that and know we’re in trouble.”
-
-Going into the cabin, the children searched for a suitable object.
-Finally they found a towel they were able to use. But they did not have
-much hope it would attract anyone’s attention.
-
-Vevi’s gaze presently fell upon Snow White’s basket. The pigeon was
-drowsing.
-
-“Say! Why didn’t we think of it before, Connie?”
-
-“Think of what?”
-
-“We can send a message for help by carrier pigeon!”
-
-“Send it where, Vevi?”
-
-“Why, to Mr. Green’s pigeon loft. Snow White would fly there.”
-
-“You mean he would if he didn’t get lost.”
-
-“Let’s try it anyhow,” Vevi urged. “It’s our only chance.”
-
-“All right,” Connie agreed quickly.
-
-Writing materials were found in the built-in desk inside the cabin.
-Vevi urged Connie to print the message so it could be more easily read.
-
-Connie picked up the pen, thought hard for a moment and then wrote:
-
-“Carried out to sea on the _Adventurer_. Send help quick!”
-
-She signed the message, “Vevi and Connie.”
-
-“Underline that word ‘quick’ three times,” Vevi advised.
-
-Connie marked under the word and folded the paper until it was very
-small. Removing Snow
-
-White from his basket, the girls then placed the message in the
-carrying cartridge on his leg.
-
-“Oh, Snow White, do your best,” Vevi pleaded as she bore the pigeon to
-the railing. “Fly straight home!”
-
-She stroked the pigeon’s glossy feathers for a bit. Then she tossed him
-into the air.
-
-“He’s going to settle on that rock beyond the buoy!” Connie gasped.
-“Oh, that Snow White! He’s just no good.”
-
-“Yes, he is too!” Vevi insisted logically. “He’s just getting his
-bearings. Give him a minute or two to get started.”
-
-Snow White had circled the big black rock as if intending to settle on
-it. Vevi and Connie watched anxiously. They knew if the pigeon stopped
-to rest, he would never fly back to his home loft.
-
-“There he goes!” cried Vevi jubilantly.
-
-As if suddenly making up his mind, the pigeon winged off toward shore.
-He flew in a dead straight line.
-
-“He’s going toward Mr. Green’s place!” Vevi shouted. “Oh, I knew Snow
-White could do it.”
-
-“He isn’t there yet,” Connie reminded her. “He may meet a hawk on the
-way and get into a fight.”
-
-“It isn’t far to Mr. Green’s place though. And Snow White’s flying
-fast.”
-
-The girls watched at the railing until they no longer were able to see
-the bird. Then as the cruiser began to wallow heavily in the waves,
-they went back inside the cruiser.
-
-“At least we won’t starve even if we are carried out to sea,” said
-Connie, looking around.
-
-The _Adventurer_ evidently had been stocked for a long cruise. In
-addition to tins of meat, vegetables and miscellaneous items, there
-were sacks of fresh fruit and cookies.
-
-“I’m awfully hungry,” said Connie, her mouth watering at sight of a big
-juicy pear. “I don’t think we should eat any of Mrs. Allison’s food
-though, unless we’re almost starving.”
-
-“I am now,” declared Vevi. “I’m thirsty too.”
-
-Though the girls looked everywhere they could not find any drinking
-water.
-
-Time passed very slowly. Thinking that at least an hour had elapsed,
-Connie went outside to try to learn what time it was.
-
-However, the _Adventurer_ had drifted so far that she could not see the
-town clock. “It must be at least eight o’clock,” she declared. “And we
-never were missed!”
-
-“What could have become of everyone?” speculated Vevi. “Why didn’t the
-Brownies come down to the wharf? Don’t they care what becomes of us?”
-
-“Surely in all this time, they’d have missed us.”
-
-“Something must have happened,” Vevi said gloomily. “I’m really getting
-scared, Connie.”
-
-Her face puckered up and she looked as if she were about to cry again.
-
-“Listen!” commanded Connie suddenly.
-
-In the distance, a clock had begun to strike.
-
-Anxiously, the girls counted the strokes.
-
-“Eight o’clock!” exclaimed Vevi. “Or was it nine? I got mixed up.”
-
-“I counted only seven. But can that be right?”
-
-“We’ve been drifting for hours, Connie.”
-
-Connie squinted at the rising sun and shook her head.
-
-“I don’t think so,” she said. “If it were eight o’clock, we’d be
-farther out from shore. And people would be on the beach taking their
-sun baths.”
-
-Vevi dropped a piece of paper into the water. A moment later the
-cruiser had drifted past it.
-
-“We must be in a current,” Vevi said. “We’re moving awfully fast.”
-
-“Away from the lighthouse too. The waves are getting bigger and bigger.”
-
-The breeze which blew across the deck was rather cold. Spray from the
-higher waves dampened the girls’ hair and made them feel chilly.
-
-“I’m going to stay inside,” Vevi said, her teeth chattering. “I don’t
-think we’ll ever be picked up. We’ll be washed clear out to sea and
-never see our folks or the Brownies again.”
-
-“Don’t talk like that,” Connie scolded her friend. “You’re a Brownie
-Scout, aren’t you? Brownies are supposed to be cheerful and always look
-at the bright side.”
-
-“I’m trying to be brave but--oh!”
-
-The cruiser had given a sudden lurch which nearly flung Vevi from her
-feet.
-
-“Something hit us!” she wailed, clutching Connie’s hand.
-
-“It was only a big wave. When the boat engine isn’t on, you feel ’em
-more. That one hit us broadside.”
-
-“I’m going inside,” Vevi repeated. “It’s not safe out here on deck. We
-might be thrown overboard.”
-
-She dived into the cabin. Connie took another look around to see if
-help might not be near. Seeing no one or any moving boat, she followed
-her friend into the cabin.
-
-Vevi had huddled down on one of the bunks, wrapping a blanket about
-herself. Connie joined her there, sharing the warmth of the cover.
-
-“I wish we’d never decided to go for a ride on this stupid old boat,”
-Vevi murmured.
-
-“What I wish is that we hadn’t gone on ahead of the other Brownies,”
-declared Connie.
-
-The two girls felt very miserable and discouraged. They were beginning
-to fear they never would be missed. Although they were not really
-seasick, the steady rolling of the boat made them feel uncomfortable.
-
-“I’m going to be sick,” announced Vevi, lying down on the bunk.
-
-Connie curled up beside her under the blanket. For a long while
-they kept very quiet, listening to the slap of the waves on the
-_Adventurer’s_ hull.
-
-“It’s hours since we started to drift,” Vevi whispered. “We must be way
-out in the ocean now.”
-
-Connie arose and went to the porthole window. Looking out, she saw only
-an empty stretch of water.
-
-Badly frightened, she moved across to the other side of the cabin.
-From this window she was relieved to be able to see the shore.
-
-As she watched, the cruiser swung slightly, so that Connie saw a huge
-mound of piled up rocks. She knew that it marked one side of the harbor
-entrance.
-
-Once the cruiser passed that point, it really would be out at sea.
-
-“Where are we?” demanded Vevi, swinging her legs over the side of the
-bunk.
-
-Before she could start across the cabin, she felt a hard jar as
-something struck the _Adventurer_ amidship.
-
-“Was that a log?” she gasped. “Or another boat?”
-
-The girls were afraid to hope that anyone had come to their rescue.
-
-“Ship ahoy!” they heard someone call. “Anyone aboard?”
-
-Laughing in sheer joy, Vevi and Connie rushed out of the cabin.
-
-“We’re here!” they shouted.
-
-Captain Tarwell had come alongside in another cruiser. Aboard were Mrs.
-Allison, Connie’s mother, Miss Gordon and all the Brownies.
-
-“Thank goodness, you’re both safe,” cried Mrs. Williams. Captain
-Tarwell hooked the two boats together so that Mrs. Williams and Miss
-Gordon could step aboard the _Adventurer_.
-
-Mrs. Williams held Connie tightly in her arms while the Brownie leader
-gave Vevi an affectionate hug.
-
-“How did you find us?” Connie asked when she could catch her breath.
-“Did you see our drifting boat?”
-
-“The report came from several places almost at the same time,” Miss
-Gordon explained. “The Brownies were a little late getting to the
-wharf. Before we arrived, a telephone call came to Captain Tarwell from
-Mr. Green.”
-
-“From the pigeon loft?” Vevi demanded, her face lighted up. “Then Snow
-White got through with our message!”
-
-“Yes, Jamie was feeding the pigeons when the carrier alighted on the
-roof. He read the message and called Mr. Green.”
-
-“Mr. Green didn’t know what to make of it,” Mrs. Williams went on
-with the story. “So he telephoned Captain Tarwell, asking him to
-investigate.”
-
-“About that same time,” Miss Gordon resumed, “Mrs. Allison reached
-the dock and couldn’t find her cruiser. While she was wondering if it
-had been stolen, another telephone call came in from the lighthouse
-keeper. He’d sighted the drifting boat.”
-
-“We really caused a lot of excitement, didn’t we?” grinned Vevi.
-
-“You certainly did,” agreed Miss Gordon. “You frightened us half out of
-our wits. What in the world possessed you to untie the _Adventurer_?”
-
-The question astonished Vevi and Connie.
-
-“But we didn’t!” they cried together.
-
-“Then how did the boat get loose?”
-
-Vevi was so excited that her words came out in a rush.
-
-“It was Raymond Curry who set the boat adrift!” she informed the
-startled adults. “We saw him steal from another cruiser. He didn’t want
-us to tell so he untied the rope.”
-
-“He wanted to get away from Silver Beach before anyone caught him,”
-added Connie earnestly. “Miss Gordon, he was the one who stole your
-wrist watch! If you call the police right away, maybe you can get it
-back!”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER 20
-
-BROWNIE OF THE DAY
-
-
-Connie’s declaration that Raymond Curry should be arrested as a thief
-astonished Miss Gordon and Mrs. Williams.
-
-However, after asking a few questions, they were convinced that there
-was no mistake. Captain Tarwell also had heard Vevi and Connie make the
-accusation.
-
-“It doesn’t surprise me--not one whit!” he announced. “I’ve had my eye
-on that young fellow all season. If I could have dug up proof, he’d
-have been thrown in irons long ago.”
-
-“But he’s a lifeguard at the hotel,” murmured Miss Gordon. “It hardly
-seems possible he’d stoop to such a low thing.”
-
-“I’ve been watching him for quite a while but never could catch him at
-it,” replied the captain. “Jamie himself gave me a clue, not meaning
-to, of course. I’ve felt mighty sorry for that lad. That was why I let
-him sleep in my cabin after he ran away.”
-
-“Then you knew it all the time!” exclaimed Vevi.
-
-“Aye, I guessed the lad was there. I’d have sent him packing back to
-his father, but I couldn’t make up my mind Jamie ought to be returned
-without Juvenile Court looking into the situation. So I arranged for
-him to get a job for a few days with Mr. Green.”
-
-“What’s to be done about Raymond Curry?” asked Mrs. Williams.
-
-She told the captain she felt that even if it could not be proven he
-had stolen anything, he should be severely punished for setting the
-_Adventurer_ adrift.
-
-“Aye, and he shall be,” promised the captain grimly. “It’s plain he
-figured by untying the boat, he’d gain time enough to get out of town.”
-
-In the glare of sunlight, the old seaman studied his watch.
-
-“It’s only 7:35,” he announced. “That gives him roughly forty-five
-minutes start.”
-
-Now both Vevi and Connie were amazed to learn that so little time had
-elapsed. They were certain they had spent hours in the drifting boat.
-“Curry couldn’t catch a train out of Silver Beach at this hour,” went
-on the captain. “He has no car. My guess is he’d head for the airport.
-A westbound plane is due out at 7:55.”
-
-“Then we’ll never stop him!” gasped Mrs. Williams.
-
-“Maybe we can if we move fast,” replied the captain. “I’ll take
-this little boat in and call police. The rest of you follow in Mrs.
-Allison’s cruiser.”
-
-This plan suited everyone except Vevi and Connie. After their
-unpleasant experience, they would have felt safer in the captain’s boat.
-
-The old seaman waited only long enough to make sure Mrs. Allison could
-start the _Adventurer’s_ powerful motor. Then he headed for shore in
-the smaller boat, traveling at top speed.
-
-Once the engine of the _Adventurer_ began to purr, the cruiser no
-longer drifted. Mrs. Allison headed it so that the waves would not slap
-so hard.
-
-“Shall we go on with our morning cruise or return to shore?” she asked
-the Brownies.
-
-Jane was all for continuing the ride. The other Brownies, however,
-voted to return to the wharf.
-
-“Never mind,” Mrs. Allison said to Jane. “Later in the day we’ll have
-our cruise. Just now we’re anxious to learn what has become of Raymond
-Curry.”
-
-Events moved very rapidly, once the Brownie Scouts were ashore.
-
-However, it was more than two hours later before the girls learned all
-the details of what happened at the airport.
-
-Shortly before noon, Captain Tarwell reappeared on the beach to report
-that police had arrested Mr. Curry as he prepared to board a plane west.
-
-“He denied everything,” the captain told the Brownies. “But in
-searching his luggage, police came upon valuables taken from one of the
-cruisers. They also found a pawnticket which has been redeemed.”
-
-The seaman then showed Miss Gordon the wristwatch she had lost on the
-beach.
-
-“Mr. Curry pawned it for a trifling sum, along with several other
-items,” Captain Tarwell explained. “You can identify the watch?”
-
-“Oh, yes, it is mine! I’m so happy to get it back again. But what of
-Mr. Curry?”
-
-“He is under arrest. In searching his luggage police found his bathing
-trunks. A deep inside pocket had been sewed into them. It provided a
-pouch where Curry could carry small items. Sometimes, he swam off with
-them. At other times, if carrying articles that might be damaged by
-water, he merely walked back to the hotel.”
-
-“And because he was the lifeguard there, no one suspected him of wrong
-doing!”
-
-“Connie and I did!” interposed Vevi quickly. “We saw him trying to
-break into cars last night on the beach. Only then we weren’t sure what
-he was doing.”
-
-Miss Gordon asked Captain Tarwell what was to become of Jamie.
-
-“The court will direct his future. For the time being, he’ll stay on
-with Mr. Green, helping with the birds. By fall, when it’s time for the
-lad to start school, I’m hoping the court will turn him over to me. I’d
-like to adopt the boy and make a home for him at the cottage. Time I’m
-opening that place and forgetting the past.”
-
-“I guess Mr. Curry never would have been caught if it hadn’t been for
-Snow White,” Vevi declared proudly. “I guess that bird proved he was
-some good after all!”
-
-“He certainly did,” agreed the captain heartily. “Oh, yes, Vevi, I have
-a message for you from Mr. Green.”
-
-“For me?”
-
-“Aye, he said to tell you not to worry about Snow White anymore. He’ll
-keep him at the loft with his other pigeons. Even if he never proves to
-be a fast racer, he’ll always give him a home.”
-
-“He’ll be known as a hero pigeon, won’t he?” Vevi laughed. “That’s a
-lot more important than winning a race.”
-
-Her mention of a race reminded the Brownies of the turtle contest which
-had been scheduled for that afternoon. With Mr. Curry under arrest,
-they were quite certain it never would be held.
-
-“I guess the Brownies won’t have their chance to win prize money,”
-sighed Sunny. “We need cash badly in our treasury too.”
-
-Directly after lunch, Mrs. Allison took the Brownies for a long ride
-in her cabin cruiser. While they were aboard, she showed them a fine
-collection of shells she had gathered the previous winter in Florida.
-
-The shells were larger and more beautiful than any the Brownies had in
-their collection.
-
-“I want you girls to have them for your exhibition tomorrow at the
-cottage,” Mrs. Allison declared. “Furthermore, you may keep them after
-the show is over.”
-
-Now it seemed to the Brownies that everyone was trying to help them.
-
-“It’s our motto ‘Help Other People,’ working for us!” Rosemary laughed.
-“I guess that was because we helped other folks first.”
-
-When the Brownies returned from the cruise, another pleasant surprise
-awaited them.
-
-Mr. Fulsom told the girls that the turtle race was to be held on the
-hotel lawn just as scheduled.
-
-“The hotel people have asked me to run it off for them,” he added.
-“From now on I’m to work there as a lifeguard. I’ll take Raymond
-Curry’s place and make a much better salary.”
-
-The Brownies were sorry to know that their friend no longer would be
-at the cottage beach. Of course, it did not really matter, for after
-Sunday they would be in Rosedale again. They were happy that he was to
-have a better job, and especially pleased that the turtle race was to
-be run.
-
-“How soon does it start?” Vevi demanded, fairly beside herself with
-excitement.
-
-“Sharp at two o’clock.”
-
-“It’s almost that now,” Vevi gasped. “I must get Clover right away. I
-hope he’s feeling well.”
-
-All the Brownies ran with her to the cottage to fetch the turtle. When
-they lifted Clover out of the pan, he snapped and tried to get away.
-
-“He’s feeling well, all right!” laughed Vevi.
-
-By the time the Brownies reached the hotel lawn, many other children
-had gathered there. Nearly everyone had a turtle to race.
-
-A large white circle had been drawn on the grass. Mr. Fulsom explained
-the rules. He said the turtles would start from the center of the ring.
-The one which first crossed the chalk line would be declared the winner.
-
-All the children, including Vevi, carried their entries to the center
-of the ring. After the turtles were set down on the grass, Mr. Fulsom
-told the children to step back.
-
-“You may cheer your favorite,” he said, “but no one must frighten a
-turtle.”
-
-Now a turtle race was much slower than the Brownies had expected. The
-entries did not start off very fast. Some of the turtles didn’t seem to
-know they were in a race. A few failed to move.
-
-“Come on Clover!” shouted Connie.
-
-The snapper started to crawl very fast toward the sea.
-
-At the same time, several other turtles moved in other directions
-toward the chalk line. A turtle with the name “Elmer” painted on its
-shell, crawled even faster than Clover.
-
-“Look at him go,” said Jane anxiously. “He’s going to win!”
-
-“Come on, Clover!” pleaded Vevi. “Come on!”
-
-In her excitement she jumped up and down, clapping her hands. So much
-noise seemed to frighten Clover. He halted and twisted his long neck,
-looking at the crowd.
-
-“Oh, he’s stopped,” groaned Connie. “Now we’ll never win!”
-
-“I’ll give him a push!” cried Jane.
-
-Vevi seized her hand, holding her back. “No! That’s against the rules!
-He’ll be put out of the race entirely if you do.”
-
-“Anyway, Elmer has stopped too!” exclaimed Rosemary. “That other turtle
-called Pete is ahead now.”
-
-For the next few minutes, it was hard to tell which turtle was winning.
-First one would crawl and then another. Sometimes they would go very
-fast toward the finish line and then slow down.
-
-“Clover never will win,” Jane said in despair. “He’s too lazy.”
-
-“He is not,” Vevi defended her entry. “Look at him go now! Why, he’s
-almost running!” It was true. Clover had suddenly come to life again.
-He crawled faster and faster toward the finish line.
-
-On the opposite side of the circle, Elmer also was moving rapidly. No
-one could tell which turtle would reach the chalk line first.
-
-“Elmer wins--” the lifeguard started to say, and then he corrected
-himself. The turtle had stopped short just a half inch from the finish
-line.
-
-“Clover is the winner!” Mr. Fulsom shouted. “An entry by the Brownie
-Scouts of Rosedale!”
-
-Vevi ran to recapture Clover before he reached the water. He did not
-want to be picked up and tried to snap at her.
-
-“Let him go, Vevi,” urged Connie, running up. “He wants to be free.”
-
-“And you can’t take him with you to Rosedale,” added Rosemary, joining
-the girls.
-
-Vevi held Clover for a minute, hating to let him go. She knew though,
-that Connie and Rosemary were right.
-
-Without a word, she set the turtle on the grass. He crawled very fast
-down the slope, across the sand and into the water.
-
-“Goodbye, Clover,” Vevi said then. “Maybe next summer, if the Brownies
-come here again, we’ll find you once more.”
-
-Mr. Fulsom gave Miss Gordon a ten dollar bill for the Brownie
-organization. She promised the girls to keep it safe until it could be
-put in the bank at Rosedale.
-
-After the turtle race the Brownie Scouts had a great deal of work to
-do. Not only was it necessary to pack their suitcases, but they also
-had to fix their shell exhibition at the ship cottage.
-
-“The Brownies aren’t too well known at Silver Beach,” Connie said
-anxiously to her mother. “Do you think anyone will come to our show
-tomorrow?”
-
-“I’m sure they will,” replied Mrs. Williams. “Besides, the Brownies are
-better known than you think. You see, the newspapers carried stories of
-your adventure and Vevi’s aboard the cruiser.”
-
-Early Sunday morning after church, the girls were at the cottage ready
-for visitors. Their shells all had been neatly classified and arranged
-in attractive patterns on tables.
-
-“It will be awful if we’ve gone to so much trouble and no one comes,”
-sighed Sunny. “I couldn’t bear it.”
-
-Just then a car drove up. Mrs. Allison was at the wheel, but with her
-were several ladies.
-
-“At least we’ll have someone!” laughed Sunny, greatly relieved.
-
-After that a number of friends Miss Gordon had made at the beach began
-to arrive. Mr. Fulsom came, bringing two other men. Then there followed
-a steady stream of visitors, persons the Brownies never before had seen
-or knew only slightly.
-
-“I guess everyone at Silver Beach heard about our exhibition!” Jane
-declared happily.
-
-“Everyone except Captain Tarwell,” said Vevi. “I thought he would
-surely come.”
-
-The afternoon wore on and still the old seaman did not appear. All the
-Brownies were disappointed, for more than anyone else, they wanted him
-to see their shells.
-
-“We may as well put everything away,” Jane said at last. “It’s getting
-late.”
-
-“Let’s wait just a few more minutes,” pleaded Vevi. “I’m sure Captain
-Tarwell will come.”
-
-“I think he will too,” agreed Miss Gordon. “We can’t wait too long
-though. Now, does the organization have any unfinished business,
-anything to be done before we leave Silver Beach?”
-
-“Vevi never gave her bird report,” Jane reminded the group.
-
-“You would bring that up,” muttered Vevi.
-
-She felt rather annoyed at Jane. That was because she had forgotten all
-about making a report, and did not know of a bird she could tell about.
-
-“Vevi’s worse than a tail-ender!” Jane teased. “She doesn’t have any
-report. Today’s the last chance to make it too.”
-
-“Who says I haven’t a report?” Vevi retorted. “Just wait!”
-
-“That’s what you always say!” twitted Jane.
-
-“I’ll give my report in just a minute,” Vevi said, stalling for time.
-“First, I want to see if Captain Tarwell is coming.”
-
-Quickly, she ran out of the cottage. Now Vevi hoped that outdoors she
-might see a bird upon which she could report.
-
-Not a bird was to be seen. As luck would have it though, Captain
-Tarwell came walking up the path.
-
-“Am I too late for the big show?” he inquired.
-
-“Oh, no, you’re just in time,” Vevi told him.
-
-Captain Tarwell noticed the little girl’s downcast face.
-
-“Storm clouds?” he chuckled. “What’s the trouble, Vevi? Have you lost
-one of your pets?”
-
-Vevi told him then how Jane was teasing her because she had been
-unable to make her bird report.
-
-“I’ve thought and thought and I can’t think of a single one the other
-girls haven’t told about,” she said sadly. “I guess I’m just no good.”
-
-“Now if I were a little girl with a report to make, I’d use my eyes,”
-chuckled the captain. “I’d tell about a bird that lives in this very
-cottage.”
-
-“Here?” Vevi asked in disbelief. “Oh, I’m sure you must be mistaken,
-Captain Tarwell. No bird except Snow White ever lived here.”
-
-“No?” inquired the old seaman.
-
-Without saying more, he raised his eyes to gaze up into the sky. Vevi
-saw then that he was watching a short, fat bird that was wheeling
-overhead.
-
-Its wings were beating swiftly and in such stiff fashion that the
-creature appeared to be a mechanical toy rather than living.
-
-As Vevi watched, the bird dived down into the chimney of the cottage.
-
-“Oh, won’t it be killed?” Vevi asked anxiously.
-
-“Not that bird,” answered the captain. “A chimney swift always builds
-its nest in a chimney. I’ll tell you all about it.”
-
-The old seaman recounted everything he knew about the bird, which was a
-great deal, indeed.
-
-“Oh, thank you!” Vevi said gratefully. “Now I’ll be able to make my
-report!”
-
-She raced into the cottage ahead of the captain to tell the Brownies
-what she had learned.
-
-“My bird lives right here in the chimney!” she declared. “He’s soot
-colored. He’s called a swift because he’s so fast on the wing. When he
-eats insects he keeps his mouth wide open, snapping at them as he flies
-through the air.”
-
-“Where did you learn all that so fast?” Jane demanded suspiciously.
-
-“The chimney swift is the most active in cloudy weather and in the
-evening,” Vevi recited. “Their nests are cup-shaped, made of tiny
-twigs. There’s one in the chimney now!”
-
-“Why, Vevi, that’s a fine report,” praised Miss Gordon.
-
-“But it’s not about a water bird,” Jane insisted. “It doesn’t count.”
-
-Vevi did not know what to say. Captain Tarwell came to her rescue.
-
-“Many’s the time I’ve seen a swift dip down into the surface of the
-water in full flight,” he informed the group. “The creature feeds on
-the wing, drinks on the wing and bathes that way too.”
-
-“So I guess that makes it a water bird!” Vevi declared triumphantly.
-“Doesn’t it, Miss Gordon?”
-
-“I’m inclined to accept the report,” smiled the teacher. “Besides, Vevi
-has produced two live birds, one on the beach, and now another in our
-chimney.”
-
-“Vevi helped the Brownie Scouts win ten dollars too,” Connie reminded
-the girls.
-
-“She found a home for Snow White when his owner didn’t think he wanted
-to keep the pigeon,” added Rosemary.
-
-“And she found a son for me,” said Captain Tarwell quietly. He went on
-to explain: “It’s just been decided that Jamie will live with me here
-at the cottage. Frankly, I never would have reopened my home if it
-hadn’t been for Vevi, Connie and all the Brownies.”
-
-“Vevi’s really our Brownie of the Day,” laughed Connie, very proud of
-her friend.
-
-“She deserves a Brownie salute!” cried Sunny. “Let’s give it to her.”
-
-The girls clustered about Vevi. Smartly they raised their right hands
-to their temples, two fingers extended. Vevi returned the salute.
-
-“Speech! Speech!” teased the Brownies.
-
-“I--I don’t know what to say,” mumbled Vevi, deeply embarrassed.
-“Isn’t it nice being chosen Brownie of the Day?” prompted Connie.
-
-“Oh, yes,” laughed Vevi. “I’d rather be a Brownie forever though!
-That’s because it’s the nicest organization in the whole wide world!”
-
-
-THE END
-
-
-
-
-Transcriber’s Note:
-
-Punctuation has been standardized; inconsistent spelling retained.
-Changes to the original publication have been made as follows:
-
- Page 37
- friend into the litttle ship _changed to_
- friend into the little ship
-
- Page 64
- down to the cliffs which overloooked _changed to_
- down to the cliffs which overlooked
-
- Page 153
- can get up early. We’ll go _changed to_
- can get up early, we’ll go
-
- Page 162
- Connie said severly _changed to_
- Connie said severely
-
- Page 185
- added Connie in dispair _changed to_
- added Connie in despair
-
- Page 205
- hotel lawn just as sheduled _changed to_
- hotel lawn just as scheduled
-
-
-
-
-
-End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Brownie Scouts at Silver Beach, by
-Mildred A. Wirt
-
-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE BROWNIE SCOUTS AT SILVER BEACH ***
-
-***** This file should be named 51696-0.txt or 51696-0.zip *****
-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
- http://www.gutenberg.org/5/1/6/9/51696/
-
-Produced by Stephen Hutcheson, Dave Morgan and the Online
-Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
-States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive
-specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
-eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook
-for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
-performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given
-away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks
-not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the
-trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country outside the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
- most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
- restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
- under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
- eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
- United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you
- are located before using this ebook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
- works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The
-Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org
-
-
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the
-mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its
-volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous
-locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt
-Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to
-date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and
-official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-For additional contact information:
-
- Dr. Gregory B. Newby
- Chief Executive and Director
- gbnewby@pglaf.org
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works.
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
-
diff --git a/old/51696-0.zip b/old/51696-0.zip
deleted file mode 100644
index 6917af6..0000000
--- a/old/51696-0.zip
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/51696-h.zip b/old/51696-h.zip
deleted file mode 100644
index 466abca..0000000
--- a/old/51696-h.zip
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/51696-h/51696-h.htm b/old/51696-h/51696-h.htm
deleted file mode 100644
index beefd18..0000000
--- a/old/51696-h/51696-h.htm
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6742 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
- "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">
- <head>
- <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" />
- <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" />
- <title>
- The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Brownie Scouts at Silver Beach, by Mildred A. Wirt
- </title>
- <link rel="coverpage" href="images/cover.jpg" />
- <style type="text/css">
- body {margin: 0 10%;}
-
- h1,h2 {text-align: center; clear: both;}
- h2 {line-height: 2em; font-size: 1.4em;}
- h2 span {font-family: sans-serif;}
- p {margin-top: 1em; text-align: justify; margin-bottom: 1em; text-indent: 1em;}
- .p120 {font-size: 1.2em;}
- .p130 {font-size: 1.3em;}
- .p150 {font-size: 1.5em;}
- .p180 {font-size: 1.8em;}
- .p200 {font-size: 2em;}
-
- /* General */
- .chapter {page-break-before: always;}
- .noi {text-indent: 0;}
- .center {text-align: center; text-indent: 0;}
- .smcap {font-variant: small-caps;}
- .mt3 {margin-top: 3em;}
- .wordspacing {word-spacing: 3em;}
- em {font-style: italic;}
-
- /* Table */
- table {margin: auto; border-collapse: collapse;}
- th {font-size: .8em;}
- td, th {padding: .2em;}
- .tdl {text-align: left;}
- .tdr {text-align: right; padding-right: 1em;}
- .tdr2, .thr2 {text-align: right; padding-left: 1em;}
-
- /* Notes */
- ins {text-decoration: none; border-bottom: 1px dotted #dcdcdc;}
- .tn {width: 60%; margin: 2em 20%; background: #dcdcdc; padding: 1em;}
- ul {list-style: square;}
- ul.nobullet {list-style: none; text-align: left;}
- li {margin-bottom: .5em;}
-
- /* Horizontal rules */
- hr {width: 60%; margin: 2em 20%; clear: both;}
- hr.short {width: 10%; margin: 1em 45% 0em;}
- hr.divider {width: 65%; margin: 4em 17.5%;}
- hr.divider2 {width: 45%; margin: 4em 27.5%;}
-
- /* Page numbers */
- .pagenum {position: absolute; right: 2%; text-indent: 0em;
- text-align: right; font-size: x-small;
- font-weight: normal; font-variant: normal; font-style: normal;
- letter-spacing: normal; line-height: normal;
- color: #999; border-top: 1px solid; border-bottom: 1px solid;
- background-color: inherit; padding: .01em .4em;}
-
- /* Images */
- .figcenter {clear: both; margin: 2em auto; text-align: center; max-width: 100%;}
- img {max-width: 100%; width: 100%; height: auto;}
- .width400 {width: 400px;}
- .caption {margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em; line-height: 1.5em;}
-
- /* Poetry */
- .poetry-container {text-align: center; margin: 0;}
- .poetry {display: inline-block; text-align: left;}
- .poetry .verse {margin: 1em 0em 1em 0em;}
- .poetry .line {text-indent: -3em; padding-left: 3em;}
- .poetry .outdent {text-indent: -3.4em;}
-
- @media handheld {
- body {margin: .5em; padding: 0; width: 98%;}
- p {margin-top: .1em; text-align: justify; margin-bottom: .1em; text-indent: 1em;}
- hr.divider, hr.divider2 {border-width: 0; margin: 0;}
- hr.short {width: 10%; margin: 2em 45%;}
- img {max-width: 100%; width: auto; height: auto;}
- table {width: 96%; margin: 0 2%;}
- .tn {width: 80%; margin: 0 10%; background: #dcdcdc; padding: 1em;}
- a {color: inherit; text-decoration: inherit;}
- .hidehand {display: none; visibility: hidden;}
- }
- </style>
- </head>
-<body>
-
-
-<pre>
-
-Project Gutenberg's The Brownie Scouts at Silver Beach, by Mildred A. Wirt
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
-other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of
-the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have
-to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook.
-
-Title: The Brownie Scouts at Silver Beach
-
-Author: Mildred A. Wirt
-
-Release Date: April 8, 2016 [EBook #51696]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: UTF-8
-
-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE BROWNIE SCOUTS AT SILVER BEACH ***
-
-
-
-
-Produced by Stephen Hutcheson, Dave Morgan and the Online
-Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
-
-
-
-
-
-
-</pre>
-
-
-<div class="hidehand">
-<div class="figcenter width400">
-<img src="images/cover2.jpg" width="400" height="570" alt="Cover" />
-</div>
-</div>
-
-
-<hr class="divider" />
-<h1>The Brownie Scouts<br />
-at Silver Beach</h1>
-
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<hr class="divider2" />
-<a name="frontis" id="frontis"></a>
-<div class="figcenter width400">
-<img src="images/frontis.jpg" width="400" height="631" alt="" />
-<div class="caption">Soft wisps of mist enfolded the shadowy building.<br />
-<i>(See Page 34)</i>
-“<span class="smcap">Brownie Scouts at Silver Beach</span>”
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<hr class="divider" />
-</div>
-
-<div class="figcenter width400">
-<img src="images/title.jpg" width="400" height="646" alt="Title page" />
-</div>
-
-<p class="center p200"><cite>The Brownie Scouts<br />
-at Silver Beach</cite></p>
-
-<p class="center p120 mt3"><i>by</i><br />
-<span class="p150"><i>Mildred A. Wirt</i></span></p>
-
-<p class="center p120 mt3"><i>Illustrated</i></p>
-
-<p class="center mt3"><span class="p130">CUPPLES AND LEON COMPANY</span><br />
-<span class="p120"><i><span class="wordspacing">Publishers New</span> York</i></span></p>
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<hr class="divider" />
-</div>
-<p class="center">Copyright, 1952, by<br />
-CUPPLES AND LEON COMPANY</p>
-
-<hr class="short" />
-
-<p class="center">ALL RIGHTS RESERVED</p>
-
-<hr class="short" />
-
-<p class="center">THE BROWNIE SCOUTS AT SILVER BEACH</p>
-
-<p class="center mt3">Printed in the United States of America</p>
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<hr class="divider" />
-</div>
-<h2><a name="contents" id="contents">CONTENTS</a></h2>
-
-
-<table summary="Contents">
-<tr>
-<th><i>Chapter</i></th>
-<th>&nbsp;</th>
-<th class="thr2"><i>Page</i></th>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td class="tdr">1</td>
-<td class="tdl">Sand Dollars</td>
-<td class="tdr2"><a href="#chapter_1">1</a></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td class="tdr">2</td>
-<td class="tdl">A Turtle Race</td>
-<td class="tdr2"><a href="#chapter_2">11</a></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td class="tdr">3</td>
-<td class="tdl">Fog</td>
-<td class="tdr2"><a href="#chapter_3">21</a></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td class="tdr">4</td>
-<td class="tdl">The Ship House</td>
-<td class="tdr2"><a href="#chapter_4">32</a></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td class="tdr">5</td>
-<td class="tdl">An Old Sea Captain</td>
-<td class="tdr2"><a href="#chapter_5">41</a></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td class="tdr">6</td>
-<td class="tdl">House in the Mist</td>
-<td class="tdr2"><a href="#chapter_6">52</a></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td class="tdr">7</td>
-<td class="tdl">The Locked Door</td>
-<td class="tdr2"><a href="#chapter_7">64</a></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td class="tdr">8</td>
-<td class="tdl">High Tide</td>
-<td class="tdr2"><a href="#chapter_8">79</a></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td class="tdr">9</td>
-<td class="tdl">Stuck in the Sand</td>
-<td class="tdr2"><a href="#chapter_9">87</a></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td class="tdr">10</td>
-<td class="tdl">A Bird Report</td>
-<td class="tdr2"><a href="#chapter_10">95</a></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td class="tdr">11</td>
-<td class="tdl">A Test for Snow White</td>
-<td class="tdr2"><a href="#chapter_11">103</a></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td class="tdr">12</td>
-<td class="tdl">Found in the Reeds</td>
-<td class="tdr2"><a href="#chapter_12">115</a></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td class="tdr">13</td>
-<td class="tdl">Jamie’s Present</td>
-<td class="tdr2"><a href="#chapter_13">125</a></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td class="tdr">14</td>
-<td class="tdl">Hidden in the Sand</td>
-<td class="tdr2"><a href="#chapter_14">138</a></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td class="tdr">15</td>
-<td class="tdl">A Face at the Window</td>
-<td class="tdr2"><a href="#chapter_15">147</a></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td class="tdr">16</td>
-<td class="tdl">A Moonlight Swim</td>
-<td class="tdr2"><a href="#chapter_16">158</a></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td class="tdr">17</td>
-<td class="tdl">Mrs. Allison’s Cruiser</td>
-<td class="tdr2"><a href="#chapter_17">170</a></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td class="tdr">18</td>
-<td class="tdl">Adrift</td>
-<td class="tdr2"><a href="#chapter_18">181</a></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td class="tdr">19</td>
-<td class="tdl">Snow White Wings Home</td>
-<td class="tdr2"><a href="#chapter_19">187</a></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td class="tdr">20</td>
-<td class="tdl">Brownie of the Day</td>
-<td class="tdr2"><a href="#chapter_20">199</a></td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<hr class="divider" />
-<p class="center p180">THE BROWNIE SCOUTS AT SILVER BEACH</p>
-</div>
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<hr class="divider2" />
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_1" id="Page_1">1</a></span>
-</div>
-
-<h2><a name="chapter_1" id="chapter_1"></a>CHAPTER 1<br />
-<span>SAND DOLLARS</span></h2>
-
-
-<p class="noi">“WATCH me dive into that big wave! I’m a fish!”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi McGuire shouted the words as she ran along the sandy beach toward
-the ocean. In her red bathing suit, the dark-haired, freckled little
-girl made a bright flash of color against the blue sky.</p>
-
-<p>“Be careful, Vevi!” called Connie Williams. “The tide is coming in, and
-those waves are strong.”</p>
-
-<p>Now Vevi did not heed the warning of her friend. In fact, she didn’t
-even hear what Connie had said. That was because she was thinking only
-of being the first Brownie Scout to get into the water.</p>
-
-<p>Flinging her arms wide, she ran to meet a big saucy wave. Icy cold, it
-slapped hard at her knees.</p>
-
-<p>Vevi squealed and turned her head to see if the other girls were
-watching.</p>
-
-<p>“Last one in is a sissy!” she challenged the group of Brownie Scouts.
-“Who says the water is cold?”</p>
-
-<p>“Watch out!” shouted Connie.</p>
-
-<p>Another big foam-flecked wave came rolling<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_2" id="Page_2">2</a></span> slowly in. Vevi did not
-turn quickly enough to see it.</p>
-
-<p>Before she could brace herself, a great wall of water washed over her.</p>
-
-<p>Now Vevi was very much surprised, for she had not known that a wave
-could be so rough. Her feet were swept from beneath her and she fell
-flat on her knees.</p>
-
-<p>Spluttering and choking, Vevi clawed at the sand. For a second she
-could not get her breath and was very frightened. She was afraid she
-might drown.</p>
-
-<p>Then the wave was gone, and Vevi found herself lying in a puddle of
-salt water. When she scrambled to her feet, her bathing suit was gritty
-with sand. Her elbow had been skinned too.</p>
-
-<p>“My, if you didn’t look funny when that big wave slapped you!” laughed
-Connie Williams.</p>
-
-<p>Connie was Vevi’s very best friend, and a leader in the Rosedale
-Brownie Scout troop. Her blue eyes twinkled, for she always enjoyed a
-joke.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s not funny,” Vevi protested, rubbing the skinned place on her
-elbow.</p>
-
-<p>“Look out, or you’ll be knocked flat again,” warned Jane Tuttle,
-another Brownie Scout. She<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_3" id="Page_3">3</a></span> had long yellow braids which shone in the
-bright sunlight.</p>
-
-<p>This time, Vevi saw the wave coming and raced to safety. She did not
-feel nearly so brave now that she knew how hard water could slap.</p>
-
-<p>The five Brownies, Vevi, Connie, Jane, Sunny Davidson and Rosemary
-Fritche, were spending their very first day on Silver Beach along the
-Atlantic Coast.</p>
-
-<p>All the girls were looking forward to ten wonderful days as guests of
-Miss Gordon, the troop leader. Rosemary, Jane and Sunny were staying at
-the teacher’s vine-covered cottage overlooking Silver Beach. Vevi and
-Connie bunked at Starfish Cottage rented by Connie’s mother.</p>
-
-<p>Now as Vevi shook sand from her bathing suit, the other girls waded
-into the water. They were careful though, not to get knocked down by a
-wave.</p>
-
-<p>Nearby, Connie’s mother, Mrs. Williams, and Miss Gordon sat watching
-from beneath the shade of a yellow beach umbrella.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, see what I’ve found!” cried Jane Tuttle suddenly.</p>
-
-<p>She stooped to pick up something from the sand.</p>
-
-<p>“What is it?” demanded Rosemary, running up.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_4" id="Page_4">4</a></span> Jane showed her an
-odd-appearing, round, gray object. “It doesn’t look like a shell,” she
-said, “and it isn’t alive either.”</p>
-
-<p>“Let’s ask Miss Gordon,” proposed Rosemary.</p>
-
-<p>The Brownies ran over to the beach umbrella where the two women were
-reading magazines.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, Jane, you’ve found a sand dollar!” the Brownie leader exclaimed
-when she saw the gray-purplish colored disc.</p>
-
-<p>“A sand dollar!” echoed Jane, greatly excited. “Is it real money?”</p>
-
-<p>“Dear me, no,” laughed the teacher. “It is only called by that name
-because of its shape. Sand dollars really are like sea urchins, having
-five parts to their shells. They have many hair-like spines or legs,
-and eat tiny pieces of seaweed.”</p>
-
-<p>“I’m going to find a sand dollar!” announced Vevi. “A dozen of ’em!”</p>
-
-<p>All the Brownies joined in the search. No one, however, could find
-another sand dollar. Connie picked up a pretty clam shell and Rosemary
-found one of pure white which Miss Gordon told her was called an
-angel’s wing.</p>
-
-<p>“I wish the Brownies could gather shells every day we’re here,” Connie
-declared. “And then maybe have an exhibition of them.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_5" id="Page_5">5</a></span>
-Miss Gordon nodded approval.</p>
-
-<p>“Perhaps we can, Connie,” she replied. “I thought too that we might
-study sea life and perhaps learn a little about the birds.”</p>
-
-<p>“And the ocean,” broke in Vevi. “I want to know where it came from and
-how it got its salt.”</p>
-
-<p>“The story of how the ocean became salty must wait until tomorrow,”
-Miss Gordon said, smiling. “This afternoon we are to have a swimming
-lesson. Barney Fulsom, the life guard, has promised to give the
-Brownies a few pointers.”</p>
-
-<p>“Is that Barney coming now?” asked Connie.</p>
-
-<p>A deeply-tanned, broad-chested young man was walking briskly toward the
-group of Brownies. The girls knew he was a life guard for he wore a Red
-Cross emblem on his black bathing trunks.</p>
-
-<p>“That’s Barney,” agreed Miss Gordon. “Now we must all do exactly as he
-tells us.”</p>
-
-<p>Barney carried a rubber sea horse under his arm.</p>
-
-<p>“Hi, kids,” he greeted the Brownies. “All set for your first lesson?”</p>
-
-<p>“I want to ride the sea horse,” announced Vevi. “I already know how to
-swim&mdash;at least a little.”</p>
-
-<p>“It didn’t look like it a minute ago when that wave smacked you,”
-teased Connie.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_6" id="Page_6">6</a></span>
-Barney told the Brownies that the one who did the best in the swimming
-lesson would be the first to ride the sea horse.</p>
-
-<p>Mrs. Williams and Miss Gordon decided they would go into the ocean too.
-The teacher removed her wrist watch, slipping it into the pocket of her
-beach robe. She left the robe lying in plain view on the sand.</p>
-
-<p>“Now kiddies,” said Barney when the Brownies had gathered in a circle
-about him. “We’re going to pretend to be jellyfish. Watch me!”</p>
-
-<p>Wading out a few feet into deeper, smoother water, he flung himself
-face downward in the water.</p>
-
-<p>The Brownies were surprised to see that although he didn’t move arms or
-legs, he floated easily on the water’s surface.</p>
-
-<p>“How do you breathe?” Connie asked when the life guard stood up again.</p>
-
-<p>“Just hold it,” Barney instructed. “And lie perfectly still on the
-water. It’s easy.”</p>
-
-<p>One by one the Brownies tried to float like jellyfish. Connie and Jane
-weren’t afraid to put their faces in the water. They learned to float
-quite easily.</p>
-
-<p>Sunny, Rosemary and Vevi didn’t like to get their<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_7" id="Page_7">7</a></span> feet off the sand
-even when Barney held their hands and pulled them along.</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t like being a jellyfish,” Vevi complained. “Whenever I put my
-face in the water, I taste salt.”</p>
-
-<p>“You’ll soon get used to it,” Barney told her. “Only the Brownies who
-do as I say may ride my sea horse.”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi wanted very much to ride the rubber steed, so she gritted her
-teeth and ducked her head into the water. After the first time or two
-it was easy.</p>
-
-<p>“Lesson’s over for today,” Barney announced after the Brownies had
-practiced for awhile. “Connie did the best so she may ride the horse
-first.”</p>
-
-<p>Connie tried to climb on the back of the rubber pony. She could not get
-on until Barney lifted her up.</p>
-
-<p>“Kick your feet,” he advised. “That will make the old boy go.”</p>
-
-<p>Connie thrashed her legs back and forth and the horse moved with little
-jerks through the water.</p>
-
-<p>“This is fun!” she cried.</p>
-
-<p>“Let me try next,” pleaded Vevi.</p>
-
-<p>Just then a wave upset the horse, and Connie fell off. Barney picked
-her up and sat Jane astride the rubber steed.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_8" id="Page_8">8</a></span>
-“I’m going to stay on a long while,” she boasted.</p>
-
-<p>Even as she spoke, a wave struck the horse, and over she went!</p>
-
-<p>One by one the Brownies took their turn. Vevi was the last one to ride.
-When a wave upset the horse, she clung to his neck for a long while.
-But finally she ran out of breath and had to let go.</p>
-
-<p>“That was fine!” approved Barney. “You stayed under water a long time,
-Vevi.”</p>
-
-<p>Connie stood watching a swimmer far out near the pier. She was afraid
-he might be in danger for she could see he was in very deep water.</p>
-
-<p>“Oughtn’t you to save him?” she asked the lifeguard anxiously.</p>
-
-<p>“That’s Raymond Curry, a guard at the hotel beach,” Barney told her.
-“He’s an expert swimmer. Each day he swims from the hotel beach over
-here, a distance of nearly a quarter of a mile.”</p>
-
-<p>“My, he must have strong muscles!” exclaimed Rosemary. “Will we be able
-to swim that far after we’ve had a few more lessons?”</p>
-
-<p>“I’m afraid not,” Barney smiled. “Raymond has been swimming all his
-life and has won several medals.”</p>
-
-<p>The children watched the lifeguard for awhile.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_9" id="Page_9">9</a></span>
-He was swimming very smoothly away from Silver Beach. At times his head
-would disappear from view. But a moment later, it would pop up again
-between the waves.</p>
-
-<p>“I wish we could take lessons from <em>him</em>,” remarked Vevi.</p>
-
-<p>“Raymond doesn’t care too much about teaching youngsters,” Barney told
-her. “Figures it’s too hard work. He has a son of his own only a little
-older than you girls.”</p>
-
-<p>The Brownies were starting to shiver, so Miss Gordon sent them to get
-their beach robes.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s time to dress now,” she said. “But before you race to the
-showers, I must tell you of our plans for tomorrow.”</p>
-
-<p>“Another swimming lesson?” pleaded Connie.</p>
-
-<p>Miss Gordon nodded. “We’ll have an early beach breakfast,” she
-promised. “I’ll tell the Brownies how the ocean got its salt.
-Meanwhile, I want you all to watch the sea birds. Learn the name of at
-least one and be prepared to report on its habits at the meeting.”</p>
-
-<p>“I already have my bird!” cried Connie. “The gull.”</p>
-
-<p>“And I’m going to tell about the sand piper,” added Rosemary.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_10" id="Page_10">10</a></span>
-“My report will be on the tern,” declared Sunny Davidson, quick as a
-flash.</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll tell about egrets,” announced Jane. “I wrote a paper on them last
-year in school.”</p>
-
-<p>Now all the girls except Vevi had named a bird on which they would
-report.</p>
-
-<p>“Maybe I’ll tell about a robin,” she said.</p>
-
-<p>“A robin isn’t a sea bird,” Jane reminded her. “Anyway, we know all
-about robins.”</p>
-
-<p>“Vevi will think of a bird before our meeting tomorrow,” said Mrs.
-Williams kindly.</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll think of the best one of all,” Vevi boasted.</p>
-
-<p>Miss Gordon reminded the girls again that it was time to dress. She
-and Mrs. Williams began to gather up their sun glasses and other
-possessions.</p>
-
-<p>“What time is it?” inquired Connie’s mother.</p>
-
-<p>Miss Gordon had slipped on her beach robe. She reached into a pocket
-for the wrist watch she had left there.</p>
-
-<p>A strange expression came over her face. The Brownies knew at once that
-something was wrong.</p>
-
-<p>“What is it?” questioned Vevi. “What’s happened?”</p>
-
-<p>“I can’t find my wristwatch,” Miss Gordon murmured. “It’s gone!”</p>
-
-
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<hr class="divider" />
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11">11</a></span>
-</div>
-
-<h2><a name="chapter_2" id="chapter_2"></a>CHAPTER 2<br />
-<span>A TURTLE RACE</span></h2>
-
-<p class="noi">AT first, Miss Gordon and the Brownie Scouts could not believe that
-anyone had stolen the wrist watch.</p>
-
-<p>“I must have dropped it somewhere in the sand,” murmured the teacher.</p>
-
-<p>Mrs. Williams and the Brownies looked carefully beneath the beach
-umbrella. Miss Gordon removed her beach robe and shook it. But the
-missing watch could not be found.</p>
-
-<p>“I’m certain I put it in the pocket of this robe not a half hour ago,”
-the teacher declared. “When I went in swimming I left it lying on the
-sand. Oh, dear, I should have checked the watch at the bathhouse. I
-kept it because I wanted to keep track of the time.”</p>
-
-<p>“I can’t believe anyone would steal the watch,” insisted Connie’s
-mother. “Certainly not while we were so close by.”</p>
-
-<p>Miss Gordon declared that the robe never had<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">12</a></span> been out of her sight.
-“I’ll admit though,” she added, “that during the swimming lesson, I
-seldom glanced in this direction.”</p>
-
-<p>Connie, who had been poking about in the sand, suddenly shouted: “See
-what I’ve found!”</p>
-
-<p>The other Brownies thought that she had come upon Miss Gordon’s missing
-watch. Instead, Connie pointed to a large footprint in the loose sand.</p>
-
-<p>“It was made by a man with wet feet!” she exclaimed. “See, here’s
-another&mdash;and another! Maybe the person who left these prints stole your
-watch, Miss Gordon!”</p>
-
-<p>“I think not,” replied the teacher, examining the prints. “These marks
-plainly were made by a bather. See, the trail goes directly down to the
-sea.”</p>
-
-<p>“And one wouldn’t take a wrist watch into the water,” said Rosemary.
-“That would be stupid.”</p>
-
-<p>Just then Barney Fulsom, the lifeguard, came over to the group to ask
-if anything were wrong. Miss Gordon told him about losing her watch.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s been stolen, all right,” Barney said. “That thief gets bolder
-every day.”</p>
-
-<p>“Then you’ve had other articles stolen here?” inquired Mrs. Williams.</p>
-
-<p>“We’ve had at least a dozen thefts reported<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">13</a></span> during the summer. Several
-cars have been broken into too, and a couple of cruisers. It’s giving
-the beach a bad reputation.”</p>
-
-<p>“Can’t police catch the thief?” asked Vevi. “Once when Connie and I
-traveled with a circus we helped the circus people trap a pickpocket.”</p>
-
-<p>“I wish the Brownies would help me catch this fellow,” replied Barney
-soberly. “So far we haven’t a single clue.”</p>
-
-<p>Mrs. Williams inquired how long the beach thefts had been going on.</p>
-
-<p>“All summer,” the life guard answered. “Almost from the day I started
-to work here. That’s what makes it look so bad for me. Folks are
-starting to shun the cottage beach and use the one by the hotel.”</p>
-
-<p>“The thefts never occur there?”</p>
-
-<p>“None has been reported so far. Raymond Curry guards at the hotel
-beach. He likes to twit me and make out that it’s my fault so many
-things are taken here. He says I don’t keep close enough watch.”</p>
-
-<p>“My loss certainly wasn’t your fault,” Miss Gordon said. “I never
-should have left jewelry in the pocket of a beach robe. I blame only
-myself.”</p>
-
-<p>Barney told the teacher that it would be most<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">14</a></span> unwise in the future
-to leave any item of value on the beach. Lockers were provided in the
-bathhouse for the safekeeping of all valuables.</p>
-
-<p>“Your watch may turn up later,” he said. “I doubt it though.”</p>
-
-<p>“Maybe the Brownies can catch that thief,” suggested Vevi. “We’ll all
-keep watch for ’spicious characters.”</p>
-
-<p>Miss Gordon felt her loss most keenly. However, she told the Brownies
-they were not to worry about it.</p>
-
-<p>“Scamper to the bath-house now and dress,” she advised them. “You’ll
-have an hour or so to play before dinner time.”</p>
-
-<p>Miss Gordon told the girls that if they liked they might use the free
-period to watch the sea birds and learn their habits.</p>
-
-<p>The teacher did not think to warn the Brownies that they were to stay
-close to Starfish Cottage. Anyway, she knew all the girls could be
-trusted to use good judgment.</p>
-
-<p>Now none of the Brownies lived at Silver Beach. Instead, their homes
-were at Rosedale, a town many miles away.</p>
-
-<p>At Rosedale, Connie and Vevi were next door neighbors. Always they had
-been close friends,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">15</a></span> enjoying many good times together even before both
-had joined the Brownie troop.</p>
-
-<p>Miss Gordon’s unit was a very active one. With her as the leader, the
-girls had spent several exciting days at Snow Valley.</p>
-
-<p>Another time, Vevi and Connie had been carried away with a circus.
-However, that had been an accident.</p>
-
-<p>On one occasion the Brownies had taken part in a wonderful cherry
-festival. At Rosedale, the troop met either in private homes or their
-own little tree house which had been built in the metropolitan park. If
-you wonder how they ever acquired a tree house, read the book called,
-“The Brownie Scouts and their Tree House.”</p>
-
-<p>The Brownies now raced off to the bathhouse to dress.</p>
-
-<p>Connie and Vevi dressed faster than the other girls. They both took
-showers, washing salt water from their bathing suits. Then they put on
-their pinchecked brown gingham uniforms with white stitching. On the
-right side of each collar was a tiny Brownie pin.</p>
-
-<p>Vevi gave her dark hair a quick brush and put on her brown felt
-beanie.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">16</a></span> “Come on, slow poke,” she said to Connie. “Let’s walk up to
-the hotel beach.”</p>
-
-<p>The girls left their bathing suits with Connie’s mother and started off.</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t be gone long,” Mrs. Williams called after them. “Dinner at six.”</p>
-
-<p>Hand in hand, the two girls skipped along the beach. They kept watching
-for birds but the only ones they saw were gulls.</p>
-
-<p>Before long, Vevi and Connie came within view of the big Beach House
-hotel. The waterfront was dotted with colored umbrellas and many
-bathers were in the sea.</p>
-
-<p>An even larger crowd had gathered in a huge circle on the lawn in front
-of the hotel.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, what are all those folks doing?” Vevi demanded, stopping short.</p>
-
-<p>“Let’s find out,” proposed Connie.</p>
-
-<p>The children approached the group of people, who were laughing and
-having a good time. In the center of the circle were a number of
-turtles. The creatures were crawling toward the rim which had been
-chalked on the grass.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s a turtle race!” cried Vevi. “Let’s watch!”</p>
-
-<p>She and Connie crowded into the front line. A<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">17</a></span> tiny turtle with a
-yellow painted stripe across its back, was coming directly toward them.</p>
-
-<p>“Come on, yellow!” shouted Vevi. She wanted the little turtle to win.</p>
-
-<p>Instead of coming on toward the edge of the circle, it stopped short,
-raising up its head to look and listen.</p>
-
-<p>A spotted pond turtle went around it. Vevi and Connie thought it would
-be the winner. But a moment later a snapper went around both turtles.
-It was crawling very fast, much like a creeping baby.</p>
-
-<p>Suddenly everyone began to shout. The snapper had crossed the chalk
-line, winning the race.</p>
-
-<p>Raymond Curry, the hotel life guard, had been conducting the race.</p>
-
-<p>“No. 10 wins,” he announced in a loud voice. “Who owns him?”</p>
-
-<p>A boy of ten years stepped forward to claim a prize for having the
-winning turtle.</p>
-
-<p>“Ten dollars for you, son,” said the lifeguard. “Nice going! Now
-remember, folks, we’ll have another race here Saturday afternoon. The
-hotel again will offer ten dollars to the winner, and a second prize
-consisting of a free motor boat ride.”<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">18</a></span> Vevi pinched Connie so hard
-that it hurt. “Did you hear that?” she whispered.</p>
-
-<p>“Ten dollars,” murmured Connie. “That’s a lot of money!”</p>
-
-<p>“Maybe we could win it for our Brownie troop!”</p>
-
-<p>“But we have no turtle.”</p>
-
-<p>“There must be a way to get one,” Vevi declared. “Let’s ask.”</p>
-
-<p>The girls sidled over toward the lifeguard. He was busy and did not act
-as if he wanted to be bothered.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, what is it?” he asked impatiently.</p>
-
-<p>“Please,” said Connie politely, “may anyone enter the race?”</p>
-
-<p>“That’s right.”</p>
-
-<p>“We have no turtle,” Vevi informed him. “How do we get one?”</p>
-
-<p>“You’ll have to hunt,” replied the lifeguard. He spoke rather crossly,
-snapping out his words.</p>
-
-<p>“But where does one find a turtle?”</p>
-
-<p>“That’s up to you,” the guard returned, shrugging his powerful
-shoulders. He walked away before the girls could ask another question.</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t like him one bit,” said Vevi. “His name should be ‘Snapper.’
-He snaps just like a turtle.”</p>
-
-<p>Picking up a stick, she poked it at one of the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">19</a></span> turtles which was
-crawling across the lawn. It huffed up and bit fiercely at the stick.</p>
-
-<p>“Careful,” warned the man who owned the turtle. “That old boy is a
-biter. The only safe way to handle him is to pick him up by the tail.”</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t think I want a racing turtle,” said Connie, backing away.</p>
-
-<p>“Only the snappers are cross,” the man explained. “They’re safe enough
-if you handle them right. If you youngsters want to enter the race,
-better get yourselves a pair of nice pond turtles. Most of them are
-good-natured.”</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t think Mr. Curry wants us to be in the race,” declared Vevi.
-“He wouldn’t tell us anything about it.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, Curry’s out of sorts this morning,” the man replied. “It seems his
-son has run away again.”</p>
-
-<p>Now Vevi and Connie had forgotten that Barney Fulsom had told them the
-hotel lifeguard had a son. In fact, they did not know anything about
-him, except that he was a fine swimmer.</p>
-
-<p>“Curry and his son, Jamie, can’t seem to get along well,” the man went
-on. “Every so often, the youngster chases off somewhere for a day or
-two. It makes his father very angry.”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi and Connie now understood why the lifeguard<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">20</a></span> had spoken so crossly
-to them. They thought though, that he might have taken time to tell
-them more about the race.</p>
-
-<p>“I’d give you youngsters this snapper, only I’m afraid you couldn’t
-handle him,” continued the friendly man. “Better get a pond turtle.”</p>
-
-<p>“But how do we find one?” asked Vevi eagerly.</p>
-
-<p>“Try Cabell’s pond. That place should be thick with them.”</p>
-
-<p>Without telling the children how to reach the pond, the man walked away
-with his snapping turtle.</p>
-
-<p>“I guess we may as well forget about the race,” sighed Connie, deeply
-discouraged.</p>
-
-<p>“And not win ten dollars for our troop? Why, Connie Williams!”</p>
-
-<p>“I’d like to win a race. But how can we ever find Cabell’s pond?”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi had sighted Barney Fulsom far down the beach near Starfish Cottage.</p>
-
-<p>“Let’s ask <em>him</em>,” she proposed. “He’s much more friendly than Mr.
-Curry. I’m sure he’ll tell us how to reach the turtle pond.”</p>
-
-
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<hr class="divider" />
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">21</a></span>
-</div>
-
-<h2><a name="chapter_3" id="chapter_3"></a>CHAPTER 3<br />
-<span>FOG</span></h2>
-
-<p class="noi">BARNEY Fulsom was raking papers and seaweed from the beach when Vevi
-and Connie hurried up. They were quite breathless from hurrying so fast.</p>
-
-<p>“Please, Mr. Lifeguard,” began Vevi, “can you tell us how to get a
-turtle?”</p>
-
-<p>Barney leaned on his rake, smiling down at the girls. “What kind of
-turtle?” he inquired. “A huge one that lives in the sea?”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, no, we want a little turtle,” explained Connie, “One that won’t
-bite. And one we can enter in the hotel beach race next Saturday.”</p>
-
-<p>“If you want to win you probably will need a fast-moving snapper,” the
-life guard replied. “You never can make a pet of it though. The same is
-true of a pancake, musk or mud turtle. Other kinds of pond turtles are
-more friendly.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">22</a></span>
-“How do we reach Cabell’s pond?” Vevi questioned eagerly.</p>
-
-<p>Barney told the girls to take the main paved road leading away from the
-beach. When they reached Bus Stop 23, they were to turn off onto a dirt
-road and keep walking until they came to the pond.</p>
-
-<p>“Is it far?” Connie asked.</p>
-
-<p>“Less than a half mile. It’s a pretty walk through the trees. Once you
-reach the pond, you’ll see plenty of turtles.”</p>
-
-<p>Connie asked if the turtles were hard to catch.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, there’s a trick to it,” the lifeguard answered. “Turtles are
-fast in the water. If they see you coming, they’ll duck down to the
-bottom of the pond. I’ll lend you my net and that should make it
-easier.”</p>
-
-<p>From the bathhouse Barney brought a long-handled net. He warned the
-children to be very careful at the pond.</p>
-
-<p>“The water is shallow there,” he said, “but if you should tumble in,
-you’d ruin your clothes.”</p>
-
-<p>“We won’t fall in,” laughed Vevi. “When we come back, we’ll have a lot
-of racing turtles!”</p>
-
-<p>Carrying the net, the two girls went first to<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">23</a></span>
-Starfish Cottage to tell Mrs. Williams where they were going. They
-could not find her or Miss Gordon, so they left a note saying they
-would be gone for an hour.</p>
-
-<p>“It looks sort of misty,” Connie said, glancing at the sky. “Do you
-think we should go, Vevi?”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, we’ll be back in an hour,” Vevi replied. “Come on.”</p>
-
-<p>They started off along the main highway. Cars whizzed past very fast.
-One driver stopped for a moment, offering the girls a ride. Vevi and
-Connie did not know him, so they turned down the offer.</p>
-
-<p>Presently, they came to Stop 23 and the winding dirt road.</p>
-
-<p>“It can’t be much farther now to the pond,” Vevi sighed. She was
-feeling a little tired.</p>
-
-<p>The road wound through low ground, in among the tall, whispering trees.
-Soon Vevi and Connie found their shoes coated with dust. The air seemed
-chilly too for the sun had disappeared under a thickening blanket of
-clouds.</p>
-
-<p>“Maybe we shouldn’t have come,” Connie said anxiously. “I didn’t think
-it would be so far.”</p>
-
-<p>“Neither did I,” admitted Vevi. “We can’t turn back now though. We must
-be almost there.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">24</a></span>
-The children trudged on. And then, as they were becoming very
-discouraged, they glimpsed an expanse of blue through the trees.</p>
-
-<p>“There’s the pond!” cried Vevi. “We’ll get our turtle yet, Connie!”</p>
-
-<p>Although small, the pond was very attractive. It was rimmed with trees
-and shrubs and at one point had a tiny sand beach. An old boat was tied
-to the end of a sagging dock.</p>
-
-<p>Vevi and Connie walked out on the planks, taking care not to slip
-through any of the yawning holes.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, look!” cried Connie. She stopped so suddenly that Vevi who was
-directly behind, bumped into her.</p>
-
-<p>“What do you see, Connie? A turtle?”</p>
-
-<p>Connie shook her head. Without saying a word, she pointed toward a bird
-with a striking feather pattern of orange-red, jet black and white.</p>
-
-<p>Amazingly, the little fellow was digging and pushing in the mud,
-turning over small stones in a search for food.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, I wish I knew the name of that bird,” Connie whispered. “I’d
-report on it at our next Brownie Scout meeting.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">25</a></span>
-“It looks like a dove with bright orange legs and feet,” added Vevi in
-awe.</p>
-
-<p>Her words startled the bird. Frightened, it took wing.</p>
-
-<p>In the air, the colors merged, giving the bird the appearance of a
-flying marble cake.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, we must tell Miss Gordon about this place,” Connie declared
-happily. “Why, it’s simply alive with birds!”</p>
-
-<p>Overhead, gulls were winging in graceful flight. Sandpipers twinkled at
-the water’s edge on their fast-moving, tiny black legs.</p>
-
-<p>Vevi, however, was more interested in finding a turtle she could race.</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t think this old pond has any turtles,” she complained. “I don’t
-see a single one.”</p>
-
-<p>“I do!” exclaimed Connie whose eyes were keen.</p>
-
-<p>“Where, Connie?”</p>
-
-<p>In her excitement, Vevi nearly fell off the dock.</p>
-
-<p>“Out there in the middle of the pond. See that log!”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi gazed where Connie pointed. Sure enough, a small spotted turtle
-was perched on the log, drying his shell.</p>
-
-<p>“Let’s get him!” she cried.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">26</a></span>
-“How? We can’t wade out into the middle of the pond.”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi went quickly to inspect the old boat. There were no oars. Besides,
-several inches of water had seeped in over the floor boards.</p>
-
-<p>“We can’t use that old boat either,” said Connie quickly. “It would be
-too risky.”</p>
-
-<p>“There must be other turtles in this pond,” Vevi declared. “We’ll find
-’em.”</p>
-
-<p>Leaving the sagging dock, the girls started around the pond. The water
-was very still. Several times they saw bubbles rising to the surface.</p>
-
-<p>“Turtles must be down there,” Vevi declared. “But I can’t see a single
-one.”</p>
-
-<p>The girls walked until they were tired. Finally they sat down on a
-little bank to rest.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s getting late,” said Connie, glancing at the murky sky. “We ought
-to be starting back to the cottage.”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi shivered, for the air had turned damp and chilly. She would not
-admit, though, that she was the least bit cold.</p>
-
-<p>“Let’s not go just yet,” she pleaded. “I want to catch a turtle.”</p>
-
-<p>“So do I,” agreed Connie. “But since we aren’t having any luck&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">27</a></span>
-Vevi at that moment grasped her friend’s arm. She pointed toward a
-clump of reeds and lily pads directly below where they sat.</p>
-
-<p>A tiny head was peeping out of the water. For a minute, Vevi and Connie
-both thought that the creature was a snake. Then, in the clear water,
-they made out a round, curving body and four claws.</p>
-
-<p>“A turtle!” whispered Vevi. “Watch me get him.”</p>
-
-<p>“Be careful or you’ll scare him away,” Connie warned.</p>
-
-<p>Carrying the net in her right hand, Vevi slipped down the grassy bank.</p>
-
-<p>Just as she was about to reach out and scoop up the turtle, his head
-disappeared from view.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, he’s gone!” she wailed. “How mean!”</p>
-
-<p>A moment later, however, the turtle’s head popped up again farther from
-shore.</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll get him yet!” Vevi announced grimly.</p>
-
-<p>She stripped off her shoes and stockings. Then, moving carefully so
-that she would not splash, she stole toward the turtle.</p>
-
-<p>“Now!” whispered Connie.</p>
-
-<p>Vevi made a quick sweep with the fish net. She felt something heavy hit
-the circular rim.</p>
-
-<p>“I’ve got him!” she declared triumphantly.</p>
-
-<p>“Where?” demanded Connie.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">28</a></span>
-Vevi had raised the net. The turtle had not been trapped.</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll get him next time!” Vevi said crossly. “He’ll stick his old head
-up in a minute and then I’ll net him.”</p>
-
-<p>Patiently, the girls waited. But the minutes went by and not a glimpse
-of the turtle did they obtain.</p>
-
-<p>Vevi began to feel very chilly without her shoes and stockings.</p>
-
-<p>“We can’t wait any longer,” Connie told her. “It’s late and the sky
-looks funny.”</p>
-
-<p>“Sort of smoky,” Vevi agreed.</p>
-
-<p>Wisps of fog were filtering in over the treetops. The girls could feel
-dampness everywhere.</p>
-
-<p>“Fog is coming in from the ocean,” Connie said uneasily. “We must leave
-right away.”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi began to pull on her shoes and stockings. She had lost interest
-in turtles. The heavy mist went through her light clothing making her
-quite uncomfortable.</p>
-
-<p>“It won’t take us long to get back to Starfish Cottage,” she declared.
-“My, I’m hungry!”</p>
-
-<p>The girls walked very fast along the dirt road. However, before they
-had gone far, Vevi stopped short. A look of dismay came over her
-freckled face.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">29</a></span>
-“Oh, Connie,” she wailed. “I left the fish net lying on the shore!
-What’ll we do?”</p>
-
-<p>“We’ll have to go back,” Connie decided. “Barney wouldn’t like it if we
-lost his net. Oh, Vevi, why didn’t you think about it?”</p>
-
-<p>“I&mdash;I just didn’t. Connie, you wait here. I’ll get the net. It won’t
-take me long, if I run.”</p>
-
-<p>“All right, but hurry,” Connie agreed. “Fog is coming in fast. I’m cold
-already.”</p>
-
-<p>Leaving her friend to wait along the roadside, Vevi hurried back to
-the pond. It took her a long while to get the net. By the time she
-returned, mist was swirling everywhere.</p>
-
-<p>“It took you an age,” Connie said.</p>
-
-<p>“I hurried as fast as I could,” Vevi puffed.</p>
-
-<p>Hand in hand, the girls hastened on down the road. Fog was settling
-everywhere, blotting out all but the closest trees.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s like being in a forest fire&mdash;only colder,” Vevi murmured
-uneasily. “Oh, Connie, what if we couldn’t find our way home?”</p>
-
-<p>Connie had been afraid of the same thing. But she spoke bravely.</p>
-
-<p>“We’ll come to the main road any minute now,”<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">30</a></span> she said to encourage
-Vevi. “After that it will be easy. We’re not far from Starfish Cottage.”</p>
-
-<p>The dirt road dipped down into a small, winding valley. Here the fog
-had gathered even heavier. Hurrying along, the girls could see only a
-few yards in front of them.</p>
-
-<p>Presently, to their relief, they saw a ribbon of dark pavement ahead.</p>
-
-<p>“The highway!” Connie exclaimed. “Well be all right now.”</p>
-
-<p>At the exit to the dirt road, the girls paused. Landmarks did not look
-familiar.</p>
-
-<p>“Do we turn right or left?” Connie asked in perplexity. “Which way is
-toward Starfish Cottage?”</p>
-
-<p>“I remember passing a large white house,” Vevi recalled. “We should be
-able to see it from here.”</p>
-
-<p>“The trouble is we can’t see anything in this fog, Vevi. Nothing looks
-right.”</p>
-
-<p>Connie’s voice quavered. Cold and tired, she longed to be snug at
-Starfish Cottage. Even now, the other Brownies would be preparing for a
-warm supper.</p>
-
-<p>“I guess we turn left,” Vevi said after a moment.</p>
-
-<p>“Left? Why, I’m sure the ocean is the other way.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">31</a></span>
-Connie and Vevi stared at each other, truly alarmed.</p>
-
-<p>The fog was settling about them like a damp rain cloak. Nothing looked
-familiar.</p>
-
-<p>“We can’t be far from home,” Connie murmured. “But this mist is getting
-worse.”</p>
-
-<p>“And we’re lost,” Vevi added in a frightened voice. “Oh, Connie,
-what’ll we do?”</p>
-
-
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<hr class="divider" />
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">32</a></span>
-</div>
-
-<h2><a name="chapter_4" id="chapter_4"></a>CHAPTER 4<br />
-<span>THE SHIP HOUSE</span></h2>
-
-<p class="noi">NOW Connie was as worried as she could be, but she tried not to show
-it. She remembered that a Brownie Scout always must be calm in an
-emergency.</p>
-
-<p>“We can’t really be lost,” she told the frightened Vevi. “Not as long
-as we stay on the main road.”</p>
-
-<p>“We can turn the wrong direction though,” Vevi insisted. “If we do,
-we’ll be hours getting home.”</p>
-
-<p>With the mist settling more closely about them, the girls stood for a
-moment trying to get their bearings.</p>
-
-<p>In either direction, the road ahead was like a gray, dim tunnel.</p>
-
-<p>“Listen!” commanded Vevi. “What was that?”</p>
-
-<p>She had heard a strange, deep-throated sound which seemed to come from
-a long distance away.</p>
-
-<p>“The fog horn out on the bay!” Connie exclaimed. “That means it’s
-really getting bad. Ships are being<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">33</a></span> warned so they won’t run into the
-rocks along shore.”</p>
-
-<p>The girls could not decide which direction to walk. Connie thought they
-should go one way, while Vevi was in favor of the other.</p>
-
-<p>As they debated, Connie heard a car coming from far up the road.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, we can stop the driver and ask directions!” she exclaimed, greatly
-relieved. “Maybe too, we can catch a ride to Starfish Cottage.”</p>
-
-<p>Soon the children caught a glimpse of headlights boring through the
-mist.</p>
-
-<p>Stepping out into the roadway, Connie and Vevi shouted for the driver
-to stop. In the thick fog they scarcely could be seen. Their voices
-apparently did not carry.</p>
-
-<p>Without glancing toward the girls, the driver of the car went on.
-A moment later the red taillight of his automobile had completely
-vanished.</p>
-
-<p>Vevi and Connie were too discouraged to say a word. They stood at the
-roadside a moment, cold and miserable.</p>
-
-<p>“Another car will come along in a minute,” Connie said at last.</p>
-
-<p>Huddling together, the girls waited and waited.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">34</a></span> Finally, because they
-didn’t know what else to do, they started walking along the paved road.
-To find their way, they had to watch closely lest they wander off the
-pavement.</p>
-
-<p>“Connie, I’m sure we didn’t come this way,” Vevi murmured after they
-had gone a short distance. “Didn’t we pass a house just before we
-turned off onto the dirt road?”</p>
-
-<p>“I think so, Vevi. I’m not sure. We didn’t pay enough attention.”</p>
-
-<p>The girls trudged over a little hill. Ahead, the fog seemed a trifle
-lighter. Instead of being dense and thick, it rolled in clouds.</p>
-
-<p>“I think I see something over there to the right,” Vevi declared
-hopefully. “It looks like a house!”</p>
-
-<p>Soft wisps of mist enfolded the shadowy building, giving it an eerie,
-almost ghostly appearance.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s a house of some sort,” Connie admitted. “But I don’t see any
-light. It&mdash;it doesn’t look lived in, Vevi.”</p>
-
-<p>“Let’s find out, Connie.”</p>
-
-<p>Hand in hand, the girls left the pavement and stumbled up a gravel
-path. The fog was lighter and they could trace the outline of a low,
-rambling shingle and timber building.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, it’s not a house at all!” Connie exclaimed.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">35</a></span>
-“It’s a little ship! But how could a ship be here on dry land?”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi squeezed her friend’s hand nervously. Through the mist the
-building had a most unreal appearance. Was her imagination playing
-tricks?</p>
-
-<p>“Pinch me, Connie,” she whispered.</p>
-
-<p>Connie obeyed, nipping Vevi’s arm so hard she squealed.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s real, all right,” Vevi said, satisfied that she was wide awake.</p>
-
-<p>Cautiously, the girls inched closer. Now they could see that the
-building really was a house. It had been built though, to resemble an
-old ship.</p>
-
-<p>The windows were round like portholes. Just inside a picket fence stood
-a huge anchor, painted white. An old ship’s lantern dangled by the
-cottage door. Just above it was a battered sign.</p>
-
-<p>Moving in close, the children were able to read the lettering on the
-carved piece of board. It said: “WELCOME.”</p>
-
-<p>“Friendly people must live here,” declared Vevi, feeling less afraid.</p>
-
-<p>Connie looked carefully about the yard. Weeds had grown very high and
-flower beds were untended.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">36</a></span>
-“This old ship house looks deserted to me,” she said in awe. “Another
-thing&mdash;I’m sure we never came this way before, Vevi.”</p>
-
-<p>“That’s so. We must have turned the wrong direction when we left the
-dirt road. What’ll we do?”</p>
-
-<p>“Let’s knock,” Connie suggested. “Someone might live here, but I don’t
-think so.”</p>
-
-<p>The front door was made of heavy wood and appeared to have been removed
-bodily from an old sea vessel. Door knob and hinges were of iron.</p>
-
-<p>Raising her hand to knock, Connie made a startling discovery.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, the door’s unlocked!” she exclaimed. “See, it’s partly open!”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi saw that Connie was right. The door stood slightly ajar.</p>
-
-<p>“Then someone must live here after all!” she cried.</p>
-
-<p>Connie knocked twice and waited. The girls thought they heard a flurry
-of footsteps inside. But no one came to let them in.</p>
-
-<p>“Try again, Connie.”</p>
-
-<p>Once more Connie rapped on the door, this time so hard that it opened a
-trifle wider. But still no one came.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">37</a></span>
-“Someone must live here,” Vevi reasoned. “Otherwise, the door wouldn’t
-be unlocked. Unless the place is owned by a ghost,” she added with a
-nervous giggle.</p>
-
-<p>Connie rapped twice more. “It’s no use,” she said at last.</p>
-
-<p>“But I’m sure I heard someone inside, Connie. Let’s peek in for a
-second.”</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t think we should, Vevi.”</p>
-
-<p>“Why not?” her companion argued. “The sign says ‘Welcome.’ That must
-mean we’re to walk right in if no one answers.”</p>
-
-<p>“I hate to, Vevi.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, I’m going to do it,” Vevi announced boldly.</p>
-
-<p>Before Connie could stop her, she gave the door a little push with her
-foot. It swung back with a loud, screeching sound.</p>
-
-<p>“Just like on a radio serial,” Vevi giggled. “Come on! Who’s afraid?
-Not I!”</p>
-
-<p>Connie followed her friend into the <a name="little" id="little"></a><ins title="Original has litttle">little</ins> ship house. In
-the front hallway, they stood very still, listening.</p>
-
-<p>Not a whisper of sound disturbed the quiet. Yet Connie had a dreadful
-feeling that they were not alone in the house.</p>
-
-<p>“Is&mdash;is anyone here?” she called.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">38</a></span>
-Her voice sounded so strange and weak that she scarcely recognized it
-as her own.</p>
-
-<p>“No one is home,” Vevi declared, looking around. “I don’t think anyone
-has lived here for a long, long while. Everything’s so dusty.”</p>
-
-<p>“But it’s a darling place,” Connie said, becoming a trifle excited.
-“Just like a ship inside. Or a club house!”</p>
-
-<p>The girls had tiptoed from the hallway to a main living room.</p>
-
-<p>There were no rugs on the floor or curtains at the porthole windows.
-The furniture was all built into the walls. At one end of the long room
-there were two double-deck bunks.</p>
-
-<p>“Someone must live here!” cried Connie. “At least that lower bunk has
-been slept in. See, the blanket is mussed!”</p>
-
-<p>A desk had been built into the opposite wall. Connie went over to
-inspect it.</p>
-
-<p>Almost at once she came upon a dusty old Bible. She turned slowly
-through the yellowing pages. Toward the back of the huge book, her
-exploring fingers encountered a photograph.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s a picture of a young man,” she informed Vevi. “There’s writing on
-the back of it.”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi quickly crossed the room to see what Connie<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">39</a></span> had found. Taking the
-picture to the window where a little light filtered through, they were
-able to make out the writing. Connie read it aloud.</p>
-
-<p>“Jerry R. Tarwell, 19, lost at sea, Dec. 25, 1934.”</p>
-
-<p>“Why, that was on Christmas Day,” Vevi said, staring at the picture.
-“He’s nice looking.”</p>
-
-<p>“This old Bible hasn’t been opened in a long while,” Connie added,
-brushing dust from her hands. “It’s queer.”</p>
-
-<p>“What is, Connie?”</p>
-
-<p>“Why everything. This ship house. The open door. This picture. This
-bunk that’s been slept in.”</p>
-
-<p>“That part is the queerest of all, Connie. This house looks deserted,
-and yet someone appears to be living here. You don’t suppose&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>“A ghost?” Connie interposed with a quick laugh. “Don’t be silly, Vevi.
-You know there aren’t any such things.”</p>
-
-<p>“I know, but I was sure I heard footsteps&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi broke off, listening hard.</p>
-
-<p>“What was that?” she whispered.</p>
-
-<p>“I&mdash;I didn’t hear anything. Yet, I do too!”</p>
-
-<p>Distinctly, both girls could hear a tiptoeing sound. They were certain
-someone was moving about in the adjoining room.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">40</a></span>
-“I’m scared,” Vevi whispered. “Let’s get out of here!”</p>
-
-<p>Connie nodded. Clinging together, she and Vevi started toward the
-hallway.</p>
-
-<p>The corridor connected with another room, apparently a kitchen. But the
-girls had no desire to explore further. Their one thought was to leave
-this strange old house and be on their way.</p>
-
-<p>As they reached the doorway opening into the hall, they stopped short.</p>
-
-<p>At the outside door they saw the flash of clothing. A boy in blue jeans
-and a rough, cloth jacket turned toward them in a fleeting instant. He
-uttered a choked cry as if sharing their fright.</p>
-
-<p>Then, he darted through the door and was gone.</p>
-
-<p>“Wait!” Connie called impulsively. “Don’t run away!”</p>
-
-<p>“We want to find out how to get to Starfish Cottage!” Vevi shouted.
-“Wait!”</p>
-
-<p>But the boy did not turn back. Leaving the door wide open, he fled into
-the fog and quickly was swallowed by the gray mist.</p>
-
-
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<hr class="divider" />
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">41</a></span>
-</div>
-
-<h2><a name="chapter_5" id="chapter_5"></a>CHAPTER 5<br />
-<span>AN OLD SEA CAPTAIN</span></h2>
-
-<p class="noi">THOUGH Vevi and Connie called after the boy several times, he did not
-return.</p>
-
-<p>“Do you think he was real?” Vevi asked anxiously. “We didn’t imagine we
-saw him?”</p>
-
-<p>“Of course not,” replied Connie. “He was real enough.”</p>
-
-<p>“But why did he run away?”</p>
-
-<p>“We must have frightened him, Vevi. Maybe he had no right to be inside
-this little house. So when we came in, he waited for a chance to sneak
-away without being seen.”</p>
-
-<p>“Whoever he was, I wish he’d waited, Connie. Maybe he could have told
-us how to get to Starfish Cottage.”</p>
-
-<p>Feeling that they had no more right to be in the little ship cottage
-than the runaway boy, the girls decided to leave. Connie took care to
-close the front door firmly behind them.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">42</a></span>
-“I wish we knew who owns this cute little place,” she remarked.
-“Perhaps the owner doesn’t know that the door is unlocked.”</p>
-
-<p>The fog horn was tooting again as the two girls picked their way down
-the path. Vevi shivered, for the damp air had chilled her through.</p>
-
-<p>“What’ll we do now?” she asked in a discouraged voice. “I can’t even
-see the main road.”</p>
-
-<p>“Listen!” Connie commanded suddenly.</p>
-
-<p>Vevi stopped short. For a minute she thought her friend wanted her to
-listen to the wail of the fog horn. Then, she too heard the sound that
-Connie’s keen ears had detected&mdash;a crunch, crunch, crunch of gravel.</p>
-
-<p>“Someone’s coming,” whispered Connie.</p>
-
-<p>The girls huddled motionless by the trunk of a huge hard maple, peering
-into the mist. Gradually they made out a shadowy, moving figure.</p>
-
-<p>“A man,” whispered Vevi, half afraid.</p>
-
-<p>Through the mist, the figure appeared very large, almost a giant.</p>
-
-<p>The man was very close to the little girls before he saw them. He
-pulled up quickly, exclaiming with a hearty laugh:</p>
-
-<p>“Avast, there! Nearly ran you down in this pea-soup fog, didn’t I?”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">43</a></span>
-The elderly man had such a friendly voice that Connie and Vevi lost all
-fear. He was tall, with broad, slightly stooped shoulders.</p>
-
-<p>Walking seemed hard for him, for he carried a stout cane. Perched
-jauntily atop his head was a seaman’s cap.</p>
-
-<p>“Aren’t you young ladies afraid to be walking alone in this dense fog?”
-he asked with concern. “You might get lost.”</p>
-
-<p>“We are already.” Connie gravely informed him.</p>
-
-<p>“We’re trying to get back to Starfish Cottage,” added Vevi. “We don’t
-know which way to go. Please help us.”</p>
-
-<p>“Lost, eh?” chuckled the friendly old seaman. “This fog put me in
-mind o’ the day we were running from Halifax to New York on the <em>John
-Horner</em>. The fog was so thick you could have cut it with a knife.”</p>
-
-<p>“Are you a sea captain?” Connie asked. She had noticed that the old man
-wore a uniform with gold braid.</p>
-
-<p>“Aye,” the stranger chuckled. “An old sea dog that’s coiled up his
-cables. I’ve been in dry dock so many years all my hinges are rusty.”</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t you sail any more?” asked Vevi.</p>
-
-<p>“Haven’t set foot on a deck since my son was<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">44</a></span> lost at sea. I’m an old
-salt that’s quit the sea&mdash;swallowed the anchor, so to speak. But what
-were you saying about looking for a starfish?”</p>
-
-<p>“Not a fish&mdash;a cottage by that name,” explained Connie.</p>
-
-<p>“Starfish Cottage?” the old man repeated. “Never heard of it, but it
-must be one of those little places along the beach.”</p>
-
-<p>“We can’t even find the beach,” Vevi declared. “Everything is all mixed
-up and nothing looks right.”</p>
-
-<p>“Now don’t you fret,” soothed the captain. “Just grab my hand, and I’ll
-steer you through the shoals. We’ll be at Starfish Cottage before you
-can say Davey Jones Locker.”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi and Connie felt quite safe now that they were with the captain.
-They fell into step on either side. The captain noticed that Vevi was
-shivering and made her put on his warm jacket. After that she felt very
-comfortable.</p>
-
-<p>Tapping along the gravel walk with his cane, the captain led the
-Brownies to the paved highway.</p>
-
-<p>“Now, we could follow this road to the beach,” he said. “But I know a
-shorter way that cuts off a quarter of the distance.”</p>
-
-<p>The captain walked along the pavement only a short distance. Presently
-he chose a path which<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">45</a></span> wound in between clumps of tall trees. Vevi and
-Connie never would have known that it was there. Their guide, however,
-seemed familiar with every inch of the trail.</p>
-
-<p>“We’ll be at Starfish Cottage quick as the wind,” he encouraged the
-girls. “Now tell me how it was that you lost your way.”</p>
-
-<p>Trudging along beside the old seaman, Vevi related how she and Connie
-had started for the pond to find a racing turtle. She told also of
-coming to the strange ship cottage and of seeing a boy run out of the
-dwelling.</p>
-
-<p>“The door was open?” The captain seemed quite disturbed. “Are you sure?”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, yes,” insisted Vevi. “Connie saw him too. We shouted to him to
-wait, but he wouldn’t.”</p>
-
-<p>“Now how do you suppose that door came open?” the captain muttered,
-talking to himself. “I must look into it right away.”</p>
-
-<p>The path had become very steep. Vevi and Connie had to step carefully
-not to slide and fall.</p>
-
-<p>“Doesn’t anyone live at the little ship house?” Vevi asked as she
-paused an instant to catch her breath.</p>
-
-<p>“Not any more.”</p>
-
-<p>“It’s such a darling little house,” sighed Connie.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">46</a></span> “I wish the Brownie
-Scouts could hold meetings there.”</p>
-
-<p>“And who are the Brownie Scouts?” inquired the old captain.</p>
-
-<p>Vevi and Connie told him about the Rosedale Troop and of the good times
-they were having at the beach.</p>
-
-<p>“We have Brownie songs and we do useful things,” Connie explained
-proudly. “We have a secret slogan too&mdash;its initials are HOP.”</p>
-
-<p>Now Vevi and Connie both knew that the initials HOP stood for “Help
-Other People.” Because it was a secret, they could not tell the captain.</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll show you the Brownie salute,” Connie offered. “It’s like this.”</p>
-
-<p>She raised her right hand smartly to the temple, the first two fingers
-straight. The ring finger and little finger were held down by the thumb.</p>
-
-<p>“The two straight fingers stand for the two parts of the Brownie
-Promise,” Vevi told the captain. “Want to hear the Promise?”</p>
-
-<p>The captain said he did, so she recited it.</p>
-
-<p>“‘I promise to do my best to love God and my country, to help other
-people every day, especially those at home.’”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">47</a></span>
-The captain said it was a very nice promise indeed. He reminded the
-girls that they had told him almost everything about themselves except
-their names.</p>
-
-<p>“I’m Vevi McGuire, and this is Connie Williams. At Rosedale we live
-next door to each other.”</p>
-
-<p>“Now tell us <em>your</em> name,” urged Connie.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, I’m Cap’n Tarwell. Just an old sea dog that’s lost his bite. I
-like to walk in the fog.”</p>
-
-<p>“Tarwell?” Connie repeated the name thoughtfully. “Why, that same name
-was in the old Bible at the ship cabin.”</p>
-
-<p>“Jerry R. Tarwell,” recalled Vevi. “He died at sea.”</p>
-
-<p>She wanted to ask the old captain if he were related to the young man
-mentioned in the Bible. From the odd way he looked, she thought he must
-know all about the ship cottage.</p>
-
-<p>Before she could ask a question however, they came within the sound of
-the breakers.</p>
-
-<p>“Hear ’em roar?” asked the captain, pausing to listen. “We’re almost at
-the beach now, and the fog’s lifting a bit. By tomorrow it’ll burn off
-and we’ll have a nice day.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">48</a></span>
-A little farther on, Captain Tarwell showed the girls a group of
-cottages through the mist.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, I know where I am now!” Connie cried. “I can see Starfish Cottage
-from here!”</p>
-
-<p>Even though the girls were sure they would not lose their way again,
-Captain Tarwell walked with them to the cottage.</p>
-
-<p>Connie’s mother, Miss Gordon, and all the Brownies had gathered on the
-porch. They were ready to start off in search of the two missing girls.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, here you are!” Mrs. Williams exclaimed as Connie and Vevi dashed
-up the steps. “We’ve been so worried.”</p>
-
-<p>“The fog came in so fast,” added Miss Gordon. “I couldn’t find you
-anywhere.”</p>
-
-<p>Feeling ashamed to have caused so much trouble, Connie and Vevi
-explained once more about their search for a racing turtle. Then they
-introduced Captain Tarwell and told how he had brought them safely to
-the beach.</p>
-
-<p>“’Twas nothing,” insisted the captain when Mrs. Williams and Miss
-Gordon tried to thank him. “The children weren’t lost really. The fog
-only confused them.”</p>
-
-<p>Captain Tarwell turned to leave. Vevi took off the jacket he had given
-her and politely returned it.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">49</a></span>
-“So you’d like to have a racing turtle?” the old man asked.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, yes!”</p>
-
-<p>“Tell you what! If your troop leader says the word, I’ll take all the
-Brownies to the pond to hunt for turtles. Blast my barnacles, I will!”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, may we go?” cried Vevi.</p>
-
-<p>“Tomorrow?” demanded Connie.</p>
-
-<p>Miss Gordon laughed and said she would think the matter over.</p>
-
-<p>That night, the Brownies sat around a fire at Starfish Cottage, singing
-songs and telling stories.</p>
-
-<p>The walls fairly rocked as the girls warbled:</p>
-
-<div class="poetry-container">
-<div class="poetry"><div class="verse">
-<div class="line outdent">“We’re the Brownies, here’s our aim,</div>
-<div class="line">Lend a hand and play the game!”</div>
-</div></div></div>
-
-<p>Everyone plied Vevi and Connie with questions about their adventure in
-the fog. They tried very hard to describe the strange little house they
-had discovered beside the road.</p>
-
-<p>“I never heard of a house built like a ship!” exclaimed Rosemary in awe.</p>
-
-<p>“You say no one appeared to be living there, and yet the door was
-open!” added Jane.</p>
-
-<p>“And a boy ran out while you were there!” commented Sunny Davidson.
-“Maybe you imagined it.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">50</a></span>
-Vevi and Connie became indignant at such a suggestion.</p>
-
-<p>“We did not imagine it!” they declared together. “The captain was real
-enough, wasn’t he?”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, he was real,” Jane agreed with a shrug. “But he didn’t say
-anything about a little ship house. Fog, they say, gives rise to
-strange fancies.”</p>
-
-<p>Now Vevi and Connie were very annoyed. Jane, they felt, was putting
-on airs. She wanted the other Brownies to believe that they had been
-confused.</p>
-
-<p>“Another thing,” Jane went on, “it seems funny to me that Captain
-Tarwell would have the same name as the one written in the Bible.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, it’s so!” Vevi declared. “At least the last name was the same.
-You heard him tell Mrs. Williams he was Captain Tarwell.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, yes,” agreed Jane. She flashed a very wise smile. “But did anyone
-hear him mention a little house?”</p>
-
-<p>“One with ‘Welcome’ over the door?” giggled Sunny.</p>
-
-<p>“He didn’t have a chance,” retorted Vevi hotly.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, yes, he did,” insisted Jane. “He was here quite a while. You
-mentioned the little house once, Vevi, and he gave you a very odd look.
-I think he knew you had imagined the whole thing!”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">51</a></span>
-“Oh,” gasped Vevi. “Connie and I will prove to you that the little
-house is as real as Starfish Cottage!”</p>
-
-<p>“And that it’s built to look like a ship,” added Connie.</p>
-
-<p>“How?”</p>
-
-<p>“We’ll take you there,” Connie offered. “We’ll take all the Brownies.
-That is, if Miss Gordon says we may.”</p>
-
-<p>The Brownie Scout leader, who had been listening to the heated debate,
-smiled and nodded.</p>
-
-<p>“What better way to settle the question?” she laughed. “As soon as the
-fog disappears, we’ll all go together to see what we can learn.”</p>
-
-
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<hr class="divider" />
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">52</a></span>
-</div>
-
-<h2><a name="chapter_6" id="chapter_6"></a>CHAPTER 6<br />
-<span>HOUSE IN THE MIST</span></h2>
-
-<p class="noi">WISPY fog still hung over Silver Beach when Connie and Vevi awoke next
-morning.</p>
-
-<p>The mist, though, had started to burn off by the time they had finished
-breakfast. Eagerly they ran next door to see how many Brownies were
-awake at Oriole Cottage.</p>
-
-<p>“Let’s start for the little ship house right away!” urged Vevi,
-bursting in upon the group.</p>
-
-<p>However, Miss Gordon and Mrs. Williams had made other plans. A picnic
-had been scheduled at the hotel beach.</p>
-
-<p>Observing Vevi’s disappointment at the announcement, Miss Gordon
-promised her that later in the day they would try to hike to the
-cottage.</p>
-
-<p>Quickly the girls made their own beds and helped with the dishes.
-Before they were through, Miss Gordon and Mrs. Williams had the lunches
-packed.</p>
-
-<p>By the time the Brownies reached the hotel beach the sun was shining
-quite bravely. Nevertheless,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">53</a></span> Miss Gordon decided it was a little too
-cold for comfortable swimming.</p>
-
-<p>“We’ll have our bird session first,” she announced. “Who will make the
-first report?”</p>
-
-<p>Sunny Davidson wanted to be the first to offer her talk. That was
-because she had switched from a tern to a gull. She was afraid Connie
-would get ahead of her if she delayed the report.</p>
-
-<p>“I’m going to tell about the herring gull,” she announced quickly. “He
-sits on piers, rocks and buoys when he isn’t flying around looking for
-food. He’s a noisy bird too.”</p>
-
-<p>“We knew all that before,” said Vevi. She was a bit rude because she
-had wanted to tell about a gull herself.</p>
-
-<p>“Sometimes one sees brown or speckled gulls,” went on Sunny, paying no
-attention to Vevi. “They’re the young gulls. When they become adults
-they turn white. Some of them have a little gray, black or blue in
-their plumage.”</p>
-
-<p>“And did you notice the color of the gull’s legs?” questioned Miss
-Gordon. “That is most important in identifying a herring gull.”</p>
-
-<p>Sunny had failed to notice the gull’s legs. But at that moment one of
-the big fat birds flew lazily overhead.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">54</a></span> “Why, they’re real pale!”
-Sunny exclaimed. “Sort of flesh colored.”</p>
-
-<p>“That’s exactly right,” approved the Brownie Scout leader. “Your report
-was excellent, Sunny. I’ll reward you by giving you a few crumbs to
-toss out on the water.”</p>
-
-<p>Sunny broke up a slice of bread the teacher gave her. She tossed
-several of the small pieces far out into the waves.</p>
-
-<p>The next instant the Brownies heard a loud “squawk, squawk.” Down dived
-the big white gull, flapping its wings as it seized the bread.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, let me throw the next piece!” pleaded Vevi.</p>
-
-<p>Miss Gordon gave her a chunk which she hurled into the waves. This
-time, not one gull, but two came after the food.</p>
-
-<p>The loud squawking of the birds also brought Raymond Curry, the life
-guard.</p>
-
-<p>“You’re not supposed to feed the gulls here,” he scolded the children.</p>
-
-<p>“It was my fault for I gave them the bread,” Miss Gordon apologized.
-“I’m very sorry.”</p>
-
-<p>The Brownies gathered in a semi-circle again to resume their bird talks.</p>
-
-<p>Jane’s turn came next. She told about the tern,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">55</a></span> describing it as one
-of the most graceful birds she had ever seen.</p>
-
-<p>“They look like large black-capped swallows,” she told the Brownies.
-“When they fish, they’re faster than a gull, plunging head-first into
-the water.”</p>
-
-<p>Jane went on to describe the common type tern as a white bird with an
-orange-red bill. It was much smaller and thinner than the average gull.</p>
-
-<p>Connie told about the turnstone she and Vevi had seen at the pond.
-Rosemary gave a long talk on the habits of the spotted sandpiper.</p>
-
-<p>“Now it’s your turn, Vevi,” said Miss Gordon. “What bird will you tell
-us about?”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi had made no preparation for the talk. She thought very fast.</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll tell about a blackbird,” she announced.</p>
-
-<p>The other Brownies hooted.</p>
-
-<p>“A blackbird isn’t a water bird,” Jane said, flipping her long braids.
-“I guess you’ve been paying too much attention to turtles and little
-houses to think of the assignment.”</p>
-
-<p>“No such thing,” Vevi defended herself. “I just didn’t have time,
-that’s all.”</p>
-
-<p>“It really doesn’t matter,” said Miss Gordon<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">56</a></span> quickly. “Vevi can make
-her report at our next beach meeting. At any rate, I had planned today
-to tell you how the ocean got its salt.”</p>
-
-<p>“Vevi’s a tail-ender, all the same,” Jane teased. “I’ll bet she won’t
-have a report at the next meeting either.”</p>
-
-<p>“You just wait and see!” Vevi retorted.</p>
-
-<p>Miss Gordon began to tell the girls about the ocean. The Atlantic, she
-said, had more salt than most large bodies of water.</p>
-
-<p>“Rivers are largely responsible,” she went on. “Can anyone guess why?”</p>
-
-<p>No one could answer so Miss Gordon told the girls that each year the
-rivers carried large quantities of soluble mineral matter to the sea.</p>
-
-<p>“Salt doesn’t dissolve easily. Therefore, each year the amount in the
-ocean keeps increasing.”</p>
-
-<p>“Some day will the entire ocean be a big bed of salt?” asked Rosemary
-anxiously.</p>
-
-<p>“No, the rivers never could carry that much,” Miss Gordon smiled.</p>
-
-<p>Jane, who had noticed a jellyfish on the beach that morning, asked the
-teacher to tell about them.</p>
-
-<p>“Their bodies consist of a jelly-like substance,” Miss Gordon
-explained. “They have no skeleton. Some types have stinging cells.”<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">57</a></span> “I
-know because I stepped on one!” cried Connie. “How do they move through
-the water when they have no legs or fins?”</p>
-
-<p>“By muscular tissue action. Oh, that reminds me! We’re to have a
-jellyfish hunt this morning.”</p>
-
-<p>Jane looked troubled. “I don’t like jellyfish,” she announced. “I
-wouldn’t pick up one for anything in the world.”</p>
-
-<p>“Neither would I,” shuddered Sunny. “I’d rather look for sand dollars.”</p>
-
-<p>“Wait until you see our jellyfish,” laughed Miss Gordon.</p>
-
-<p>Now, unknown to the Brownie Scouts, she and Connie’s mother had filled
-balloons with water, tying them securely with string. The balloons were
-every color of the rainbow. After Miss Gordon had dropped them into the
-shallow water, they did gleam like real jellyfish.</p>
-
-<p>“A prize to the Brownie who finds the most jellyfish!” Miss Gordon
-spurred the girls on.</p>
-
-<p>With shouts of laughter, the Brownies dashed into the water. The waves
-were tossing the jellyfish about, and it wasn’t easy to find them.</p>
-
-<p>Rosemary got her hands on the first one, a yellow balloon. But when she
-lifted it out of the water,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">58</a></span> it slipped from her fingers. A wave swept
-it toward Jane, who grabbed it and held on.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s my jellyfish!” she cried.</p>
-
-<p>Vevi managed to get a balloon next and then Connie was able to seize
-one. In getting it though, she pierced the rubber with her fingernail.
-The water oozed out and she held only a flat piece of rubber.</p>
-
-<p>“Connie’s got an old dead jellyfish!” Sunny Davidson teased. “Does that
-count, Miss Gordon?”</p>
-
-<p>Before the teacher could answer, the Brownies saw Raymond Curry,
-the life guard striding down the sand. He looked very grim, as if
-displeased.</p>
-
-<p>“What goes on here?” he demanded of the children.</p>
-
-<p>“We’re hunting jellyfish,” Jane informed him. “I’m the leader because I
-just found another! That makes me two!”</p>
-
-<p>“Hunting jellyfish!” the lifeguard retorted. “Littering up the beach,
-you mean. I don’t allow you to toss wet balloons around. We don’t
-permit picnics here either.”</p>
-
-<p>Miss Gordon and Mrs. Williams had come up by this time. They apologized
-to the guard, assuring him that they would pick up all the scattered
-balloons.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">59</a></span> “We didn’t know about the rule against picnics,” Mrs.
-Williams added. “We’ve been having them at the cottage beach. Barney
-Fulsom, the guard there, never objected.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, Barney doesn’t care if his beach looks like a garbage dump,” the
-hotel guard replied. “We’re more particular here.”</p>
-
-<p>Miss Gordon, Mrs. Williams and the Brownies thought Raymond Curry was
-being most unfair. They were willing to obey all the rules. However,
-they had not scattered balloons or paper plates.</p>
-
-<p>“Mr. Fulsom’s beach is nice,” Vevi said. “It’s as clean as this one!”</p>
-
-<p>Mrs. Williams gave her a quick glance, so Vevi did not say any more.
-But she and all the other girls were provoked that the hotel guard had
-spoiled their morning’s fun.</p>
-
-<p>“Who wins the prize?” Jane asked as they began gathering up their
-belongings.</p>
-
-<p>“I guess you do,” Miss Gordon said. From her beach kit, she removed a
-curious object and gave it to Jane.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, it’s a starfish!” Jane cried in delight.</p>
-
-<p>“I found it on the beach this morning,” Miss Gordon said. “If we have a
-little exhibition of shells and sea animals, you can include it.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">60</a></span>
-“Oh, I shall!” Jane’s eyes shone. “But after the exhibition, is it mine
-to keep?”</p>
-
-<p>The Brownie leader assured her that it was.</p>
-
-<p>“Where will we have our exhibition?” Vevi inquired as the girls trudged
-back to the cottage beach.</p>
-
-<p>“We’ll find a place,” Miss Gordon promised.</p>
-
-<p>Vevi had been thinking about the little ship cottage. She remarked that
-it would be nice to have the exhibition there.</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t believe you and Connie ever saw such a place!” Jane challenged
-again.</p>
-
-<p>“We did too!” Vevi retorted. “What’s more, we’ll prove it, if Miss
-Gordon will let us!”</p>
-
-<p>The girls began to tease the Brownie leader to take them on the
-promised hike into the hills.</p>
-
-<p>“This morning?” she asked dubiously.</p>
-
-<p>“Just as soon as we’ve eaten our lunch,” Rosemary pleaded.</p>
-
-<p>The teacher allowed herself to be persuaded. At the cottage beach, the
-children spread out the lunch. After the meal, they carefully gathered
-up all the paper plates, disposing of them in a trash can.</p>
-
-<p>“I like this beach much better than the one at<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">61</a></span> the hotel,” Vevi
-announced. “And I like Barney better than Mr. Curry too!”</p>
-
-<p>All the Brownies said they felt the same way.</p>
-
-<p>“I’m sure Mr. Curry doesn’t mean to be unkind,” Mrs. Williams declared.
-“He’s had trouble with his son, I understand. The boy ran away for a
-day or so. I believe he came back again though.”</p>
-
-<p>Lunch over, the Brownies dressed in hiking clothes and stout shoes.
-With Vevi and Connie leading the party, they all set off at a brisk
-pace along the paved highway.</p>
-
-<p>“Wouldn’t it be dreadful if we couldn’t find the little house again?”
-Vevi whispered to Connie. “We’d never live it down!”</p>
-
-<p>“Without the mist, everything looks different,” Connie replied uneasily.</p>
-
-<p>Soon the girls came to the dirt road which turned off toward the pond.</p>
-
-<p>Vevi and Connie paused, uncertain which way to go.</p>
-
-<p>“I think we keep on walking straight down the highway,” Connie decided
-at last.</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t you know?” demanded Jane, who had overheard.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">62</a></span> “I’m not sure,”
-Connie admitted. “In the fog, we couldn’t tell where we were walking.”</p>
-
-<p>She and Vevi went on, looking hard along both sides of the road. Tall
-trees loomed as far ahead as they could see.</p>
-
-<p>“We may as well turn back,” Jane said impatiently. “I guess this proves
-who was right.”</p>
-
-<p>“We haven’t walked far yet,” Miss Gordon remarked. “Besides, I think I
-see something that looks like a house set back among the trees on the
-left hand side of the road.”</p>
-
-<p>“That’s it!” cried Vevi. “The little ship house!”</p>
-
-<p>The Brownies hadn’t believed that the cottage could be real. Now that
-they saw it was, they became very excited.</p>
-
-<p>With Vevi and Connie leading the way, they all started to run up the
-gravel path. Miss Gordon and Mrs. Williams were hard pressed to keep up
-with the girls.</p>
-
-<p>“Now who was right?” Vevi demanded of the crestfallen Jane.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, I guess the cottage is real enough,” Jane admitted grudgingly. “I
-was only teasing.”</p>
-
-<p>“It looks as if it had come from the pages of a picture book!” declared
-Sunny. “How wonderful<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">63</a></span> if no one owns it! Then we could use the place
-for our shell exhibitions.”</p>
-
-<p>“And sleep here overnight,” Connie added. “It has bunks and everything.”</p>
-
-<p>“Wait until you see the inside!” Vevi laughed.</p>
-
-<p>Eager to show the other Brownies, she raced on ahead.</p>
-
-<p>At the entrance, she halted suddenly. The door remained closed as she
-and Connie had left it the previous afternoon.</p>
-
-<p>But there had been a change.</p>
-
-<p>Across the crack of the door had been placed a metal bar. With a
-sinking heart, Vevi realized she never would be able to show the
-Brownies the inside of the cottage. For attached to the metal bar was a
-huge padlock which had been snapped shut.</p>
-
-
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<hr class="divider" />
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">64</a></span>
-</div>
-
-<h2><a name="chapter_7" id="chapter_7"></a>CHAPTER 7<br />
-<span>THE LOCKED DOOR</span></h2>
-
-<p class="noi">“WHY, it’s locked!” Vevi exclaimed, rattling the padlock. “We can’t get
-in.”</p>
-
-<p>“The owner must have been here since yesterday,” agreed Connie. She too
-was disappointed. “He must have found the door open and locked it.”</p>
-
-<p>The Brownies circled the little house several times, peeping through
-the porthole windows. Plainly, the cottage was deserted.</p>
-
-<p>“This place would be ideal for our shell exhibition,” declared
-Rosemary. “And what grand cook-outs we could have here!”</p>
-
-<p>Miss Gordon reminded the Brownies that the cottage did not belong to
-them.</p>
-
-<p>“Since we don’t even know the owner, we may as well forget it,” she
-advised.</p>
-
-<p>The Brownies did not want to forget the ship cottage. Reluctant to
-leave, they wandered about the grounds for a while. The back yard
-sloped down to the cliffs which <a name="overlooked" id="overlooked"></a><ins title="Original has overloooked">overlooked</ins> the ocean.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">65</a></span>
-“Why, one can see Starfish Cottage from here!” exclaimed Connie.</p>
-
-<p>“The beach too, and the docks,” agreed Sunny. “Looking down from here
-is like being in an airplane.”</p>
-
-<p>The little girl never had been in one. She imagined though that scenery
-would look much the same if one were high in the sky.</p>
-
-<p>After the girls had left the cliff, Vevi pleaded with Miss Gordon to
-let the Brownies hike on to Cabell’s pond.</p>
-
-<p>“Turtles?” asked the teacher, smiling.</p>
-
-<p>“To see the birds,” Vevi answered quickly.</p>
-
-<p>Both Miss Gordon and Mrs. Williams thought the hike would be worth
-while. The matter was put to a vote. Everyone was in favor of making
-the trip on to the pond.</p>
-
-<p>Vevi and Connie knew the way well now that there was no fog to confuse
-them. Without once hesitating, they led the troop to the tiny body of
-water off the winding, dirt road.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, someone’s here ahead of us!” exclaimed Vevi.</p>
-
-<p>A boatman was fishing in the center of the pond. Apparently, he was
-having no luck. At any rate, upon seeing the children, he rowed in.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">66</a></span>
-“Catch anything?” Vevi demanded, running up to peer into the bottom of
-the boat.</p>
-
-<p>“Nothing except turtles,” the fisherman replied in disgust. “They’re a
-nuisance in this pond. Always taking your bait.”</p>
-
-<p>“I wish I could catch one,” Vevi said quickly. “I’d give anything in
-the world if I could. You know what I’d do with him? I’d race him at
-the hotel beach!”</p>
-
-<p>The fisherman smiled. He seemed to like Vevi for after asking her
-several questions about the race, he said:</p>
-
-<p>“It’s easy enough to get a turtle. The trick when you’re fishing at
-this pond, is not to get one. Jump into my boat and we’ll have a turtle
-in nothing flat.”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi made a scramble for the boat and so did all the other Brownies.
-The fisherman had to tell them to get out again.</p>
-
-<p>“I can’t take you all,” he said. “Only two may go. The little girl who
-wants the turtle and you.” He pointed to Sunny.</p>
-
-<p>Sunny and Vevi jumped into the boat and the fisherman pushed off. He
-did not row out very far.</p>
-
-<p>“Now you’ll have to be quiet, or we’ll never get a turtle,” he warned
-the pair.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">67</a></span>
-Hardly moving the oars, the fisherman eased the boat into a little
-reedy cove. Vevi and Sunny looked sharp, but they could not see a
-single turtle.</p>
-
-<p>For awhile, the fisherman sat motionless in the boat, just watching the
-water. Vevi and Sunny began to grow tired. They thought the man was
-wasting a lot of time.</p>
-
-<p>“There’s one!” he whispered suddenly.</p>
-
-<p>“Where?” demanded Vevi.</p>
-
-<p>In her eagerness to see, she turned around fast and struck the oars.
-They clattered loudly.</p>
-
-<p>“He’s gone now,” said the fisherman. “You’ll have to be quiet if you
-want to catch one.”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi and Sunny kept as still as they could. The sun beat down on them
-and they were rather uncomfortable. They began to think they never
-would see another turtle.</p>
-
-<p>Then the fisherman without saying a word, pointed a few yards ahead of
-them. At first Vevi and Sunny didn’t see anything unusual. Then they
-noticed a black head peeping up amid the lily pads.</p>
-
-<p>The fisherman eased the boat forward. While it drifted, he picked up a
-net from the bottom of the craft.</p>
-
-<p>So fast that Vevi and Sunny were astonished, he<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">68</a></span> swished the net into
-the water directly under the turtle.</p>
-
-<p>“Got him,” he announced triumphantly.</p>
-
-<p>Wrapped in the folds of the net was a spotted turtle. It clawed at the
-netting trying to escape.</p>
-
-<p>“He’s not too likely a specimen,” declared the fisherman. “But at least
-he’s a turtle you can enter in the race. Now we’ll get one for the
-little girl with the big smile.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, I don’t want one, please,” said Sunny. She was afraid of turtles.
-“I’d rather have a water lily.”</p>
-
-<p>The fisherman shoved the boat into the water lily pads. Sunny picked
-her own flower. The stem was tough though and she had to pull very hard.</p>
-
-<p>Vevi was too busy looking after the turtle to think about flowers. The
-fisherman showed her how to hold it so she would not be bitten.</p>
-
-<p>The turtle though, would not hold still. He kept squirming and
-squirming. The shell was wet and slippery and Vevi finally dropped him
-into the bottom of the boat.</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t you dare let him get near me!” squealed Sunny, edging away.</p>
-
-<p>The turtle had fallen upon his back. But he used his long neck to lift
-himself up and flip over on his<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">69</a></span> feet again. Vevi picked him up before
-he could crawl toward Sunny.</p>
-
-<p>All the Brownies were waiting when the boat reached shore.</p>
-
-<p>“You don’t know what you missed!” Jane called out before Vevi could
-show her turtle.</p>
-
-<p>“We saw a wonderful bird,” added Connie, her eyes shining. “It had long
-legs like a stork.”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi thought at first that the girls were only teasing her. Then she
-realized that they really were excited.</p>
-
-<p>“Who cares about an old bird?” she replied. “I’d rather catch a turtle
-any day.”</p>
-
-<p>Miss Gordon told the girls that the bird the Brownies had seen was a
-great blue heron, rarely observed in the area.</p>
-
-<p>“It had a neck like a flat ‘S’ loop,” Jane described the bird. “And a
-funny long tailpiece on its head. When we saw it, it was standing in
-the edge of the water looking for crayfish.”</p>
-
-<p>Miss Gordon told the girls that herons belonged to a group of birds
-called waders. For that reason, she explained, they had long legs, and
-long necks and sharp bills with which to search for food.</p>
-
-<p>“Want to see my turtle?” Vevi offered.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">70</a></span> “I’d rather look for another
-heron,” declared Jane, running off.</p>
-
-<p>The other Brownies followed her.</p>
-
-<p>Miss Gordon and Mrs. Williams both admired the spotted turtle. But they
-warned Vevi it would require a great deal of work to look after it
-properly.</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t mind,” replied Vevi. “I’ll make a little pen and feed and
-water my turtle every day. I’m going to name him ‘Lightning.’ He’ll win
-the race for the Brownies!”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi dropped her turtle lightly on the ground to see how fast he would
-go. He crawled very slowly, then faster and faster toward the water.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, no you don’t,” Vevi laughed, running after him. “You don’t get
-away from me!”</p>
-
-<p>She recaptured the turtle and held him for awhile. By this time the
-other Brownies were having fun exploring along shore. Vevi would have
-liked to join them, but was afraid to leave the turtle for fear of
-losing him.</p>
-
-<p>She decided to put Lightning in the boat for awhile. But the fisherman
-already had overturned it on shore. As he started to leave the pond, he
-warned the girls never to use the boat in his absence.</p>
-
-<p>“We won’t,” Vevi promised. “Brownie Scouts<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">71</a></span> are honor bright. They
-never take property that doesn’t belong to them.”</p>
-
-<p>Sunny, who had come up behind Vevi, heard her remark.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, we didn’t even try to get into the little ship cottage,” she
-added earnestly. “And we wanted to dreadfully.”</p>
-
-<p>The fisherman did not know what the children meant, so they told him
-about the cottage built to resemble a ship.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, you mean Captain Tarwell’s place!” he exclaimed.</p>
-
-<p>The name took Vevi by surprise. “Is that who owns it?” she asked
-quickly.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes,” replied the fisherman. “He’s a retired sea captain. These days
-he doesn’t do much except act as a caretaker and guard at the Yacht
-Club docks. One occasionally sees him walking along the shore or
-through the hills&mdash;always by himself.”</p>
-
-<p>“Connie and I met him in the fog,” Vevi said. “He didn’t tell us
-though, that he owned the cute little house.”</p>
-
-<p>“Captain Tarwell isn’t one to talk about his personal affairs. He’s
-never been quite as cheerful since his son was lost at sea.”</p>
-
-<p>The fisherman then went on to explain that since<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">72</a></span> the cottage had been
-built no one ever had lived there. Captain Tarwell had constructed it
-with his own hands, intending it as a home for himself and his only
-son, Jerry. After the boy’s drowning, he had locked the doors, refusing
-even to rent the place.</p>
-
-<p>“Maybe Jerry isn’t really dead,” said Vevi. “Perhaps someday he’ll come
-back.”</p>
-
-<p>The fisherman shook his head as he gathered up his fishing equipment.</p>
-
-<p>“Jerry never will return,” he said. “His drowning was well established.
-Captain Tarwell ought to try to forget the past.”</p>
-
-<p>Now Vevi and Sunny felt very sorry for the kindly old sea captain.
-Nevertheless, they considered it a shame that he would not allow anyone
-to live in the little cottage.</p>
-
-<p>“Captain Tarwell must have put up the padlock after Connie and I told
-him about the door being unlocked,” Vevi said thoughtfully. “I suppose
-he doesn’t want us going there any more.”</p>
-
-<p>Very shortly after the fisherman had left the pond, Mrs. Williams and
-Miss Gordon announced that it was time for the Brownies to leave also.</p>
-
-<p>Vevi was ready to go, because she was having trouble with the turtle.
-Whenever she would put<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">73</a></span> him down, even for a minute, off he would start
-for the water.</p>
-
-<p>Lightning would be plenty of work, Vevi realized. Not only would she
-have to make him a pen, but she would need to feed him each day.</p>
-
-<p>“What do turtles eat?” she asked Connie’s mother.</p>
-
-<p>Mrs. Williams told her she could buy turtle food at the store, if she
-wished. Or she might feed her pet bits of raw meat, fish and lettuce
-leaves.</p>
-
-<p>A half hour later, back at Starfish Cottage again, Vevi looked around
-to see what she could use for a turtle pen. Not finding anything that
-would do, she wandered down to the beach to ask Barney Fulsom if he had
-any ideas.</p>
-
-<p>The lifeguard was busy giving a swimming lesson and did not have time
-to help her.</p>
-
-<p>“Ask Jamie Curry,” he suggested, pointing to a boy who was digging with
-a stick in the sand. “He’s an expert on turtles.”</p>
-
-<p>The name startled Vevi. She knew that Jamie must be the son of Raymond
-Curry, the hotel lifeguard. But she thought he had run away.</p>
-
-<p>“Jamie’s back again,” Barney said, as if reading Vevi’s mind. “Better
-not say anything to him about being a runaway because I hear his father
-gave him a licking. Hey, Jamie!”<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">74</a></span> At the lifeguard’s call, the boy came
-over. He was barely thirteen, but very muscular and strong for his age.
-His nose was blotched with hundreds of freckles. Vevi liked him because
-she had lots of freckles too.</p>
-
-<p>Barney introduced the youngsters and then said: “Jamie, Vevi has a
-turtle and needs help in fixing up a place where she can keep him.”</p>
-
-<p>Jamie looked at the turtle. He didn’t seem to think very much of it.</p>
-
-<p>“What d’you want a sluggish old turtle like that for?” he asked. “He’s
-no good.”</p>
-
-<p>“He is too,” Vevi insisted. “I call him Lightning. I’m going to enter
-him in the race Saturday. Maybe I’ll win for the Brownies.”</p>
-
-<p>“You won’t win with that old slow poke,” Jamie scoffed. “I’d toss him
-in the water.”</p>
-
-<p>“No,” Vevi answered firmly. She was so hurt and disappointed she felt
-like crying.</p>
-
-<p>Jamie seemed to be ashamed of himself for making fun of the turtle. At
-any rate, he said quickly:</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, he’s not too bad. And you never can tell about turtles. Sometimes
-the fast ones won’t start up right, or maybe they get scared and stop
-just before they reach the finish line.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">75</a></span>
-“Then you think he might win?” Vevi demanded eagerly.</p>
-
-<p>“Might,” Jamie shrugged.</p>
-
-<p>“You’ll help me fix a pen for him?”</p>
-
-<p>Jamie told her that she wouldn’t need a pen. “An old dish pan will do,”
-he said. “I can get you one, I guess.”</p>
-
-<p>The boy took her across the beach to the big hotel. On the way he
-pointed out a little beach house where he lived with his father during
-the summer.</p>
-
-<p>Jamie didn’t say much about his father, or explain why he had run away.
-Vevi wanted to question him, but she was afraid he might be offended if
-she acted curious.</p>
-
-<p>She couldn’t help thinking though, that he was exactly the same size as
-the boy she and Connie had seen in the fog. Had he hidden in the little
-ship house? And had she and Connie frightened him away?</p>
-
-<p>Jamie took Vevi around the big summer hotel. In the courtyard, near the
-trash barrel, they found an old dishpan.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s rusty,” the boy said, giving it a crack with his stick, “but it
-will hold water.”</p>
-
-<p>They took the pan back to the beach. Jamie<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">76</a></span> found several rocks and
-built up an island in the center of the pan. Then he poured in a pail
-of fresh water.</p>
-
-<p>“That will make a first-rate turtle pond,” Jamie declared. “Now where’s
-Lightning? Stick him in.”</p>
-
-<p>An odd expression came over Vevi’s face. She tried to answer and
-couldn’t say a word.</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t tell me he got away?” Jamie demanded.</p>
-
-<p>Vevi nodded miserably. She hadn’t meant to be careless. But she had
-been so interested in watching Jamie build the rock island, that she
-had forgotten all about the turtle. Just for a second she had put him
-down on the sand. Now he was gone.</p>
-
-<p>“You’ll never see that turtle again,” said Jamie in disgust. “Oh, well,
-he never would have made a good racer anyhow.”</p>
-
-<p>Two big tears rolled down Vevi’s face.</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t start bawling,” Jamie said quickly. “Turtles are a dime a dozen.
-There’s only one I know of that would be worth keeping.”</p>
-
-<p>“What one is that?” Vevi asked him.</p>
-
-<p>“A young snapper that won every race here last summer. His name was
-Clover and it was painted in yellow on his shell. If you had <em>him</em> you
-might win.”</p>
-
-<p>“What became of the turtle, Jamie?”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">77</a></span>
-“He was tossed back into the pond.”</p>
-
-<p>“He’s still there then?”</p>
-
-<p>“Might be. Turtles live for years and years.”</p>
-
-<p>Already Vevi had lost interest in Lightning. Clover, she decided, would
-be a much better turtle to own.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, Jamie,” she said, catching her breath. “I’d give anything to own
-Clover. Couldn’t you find him for me?”</p>
-
-<p>“I’d like to find him for myself,” Jamie admitted with a laugh. “Not
-much chance though. There are thousands of turtles in Cabell’s pond.”</p>
-
-<p>“They come out on the logs to sun themselves. If Clover has a name
-painted on his shell, couldn’t one spot him?”</p>
-
-<p>“Maybe, if you were there at just the right time.”</p>
-
-<p>“Won’t you try to get Clover for me?” Vevi pleaded. “I do so want to
-win the race for the Brownies.”</p>
-
-<p>Jamie seemed to be thinking over the request.</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t like to promise,” he said after a long silence. “My dad keeps
-me close to the beach since&mdash;well, lately. I might be able to get you a
-turtle, but not Clover.”</p>
-
-<p>“Any will do,” Vevi said. “I’d rather have Clover<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">78</a></span> though. Will you
-please get me a turtle right away?”</p>
-
-<p>“If I get one at all, it will be right away,” Jamie answered soberly.
-He looked out across the waves. “I’m not figuring on being around here
-much longer.”</p>
-
-<p>“You’re not going to run away again?” Vevi asked.</p>
-
-<p>Jamie did not appear offended by her question.</p>
-
-<p>“Maybe I will. And next time, I won’t come back! I’ll go so far my dad
-never will find me.”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi was very troubled by the boy’s threat to leave home.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, Jamie, you mustn’t run away,” she said quickly. “Silver Beach is
-wonderful! I shouldn’t think you’d want to leave. Don’t you like your
-father?”</p>
-
-<p>Jamie hung his head and didn’t answer the question. He dug the sand
-with the toe of his beach sandal.</p>
-
-<p>“You wouldn’t like it here either, if you knew what I do,” he said
-finally.</p>
-
-<p>Having spoken, he turned and ran off down the beach.</p>
-
-
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<hr class="divider" />
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">79</a></span>
-</div>
-
-<h2><a name="chapter_8" id="chapter_8"></a>CHAPTER 8<br />
-<span>HIGH TIDE</span></h2>
-
-<p class="noi">VEVI had hoped to return soon to Cabell’s pond to search for Clover.</p>
-
-<p>However, she had no chance to do so the next day, for Miss Gordon told
-the Brownie Scouts they were to have an outing at Brant’s Point.</p>
-
-<p>“We’ll picnic there and gather shells for our collection,” she outlined
-plans. “Vevi will have a chance too to give her bird report.”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi said nothing, but she felt rather queer inside. She had been too
-busy to give the required report a single thought.</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll bet Vevi won’t have one ready!” teased Jane.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, yes, I will,” Vevi insisted. “Just you wait and see.”</p>
-
-<p>After the breakfast dishes had been washed and the beds made, the girls
-all piled into Mrs. William’s<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">80</a></span> big sedan. The tide was low, so it was
-possible to drive along the beach without the tires sinking in.</p>
-
-<p>Before long, the Brownies sighted the tall lighthouse directly ahead.
-Often at night the girls had observed its revolving ray blink on and
-off.</p>
-
-<p>“Brant’s Point light has saved many a ship at sea,” Miss Gordon told
-the troop. “And the lives of countless birds.”</p>
-
-<p>Rosemary asked her how a lighthouse could save birds.</p>
-
-<p>“Some of the older lighthouses have beacons that burn steadily,” Miss
-Gordon explained. “Such a light always seems to attract birds. Some
-circle the light towers until from sheer exhaustion they drop into the
-sea. Others fly against the windows and batter their wings.”</p>
-
-<p>The teacher went on to say that birds were much less likely to be
-attracted by Brant Light, which blinked off at intervals. Also, the
-tower had projections or shelves where a tired bird might rest in its
-long flight southward.</p>
-
-<p>“May we visit the lighthouse?” Connie asked as the girls unloaded the
-lunch hampers at the point.</p>
-
-<p>“Federal regulations prohibit visitors,” the teacher replied
-regretfully. “Anyhow, we’ll not have too<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">81</a></span> much time here. After we’ve
-had our lunch and gathered a few shells, it will be time to leave.”</p>
-
-<p>Mrs. Williams remarked that they must under no circumstance over-stay
-their time. “I’ve been told that the tide comes in very strong and fast
-here by the lighthouse,” she said. “By late afternoon, this beach will
-be almost entirely covered with water.”</p>
-
-<p>“Is it safe to be here?” asked Sunny anxiously.</p>
-
-<p>Mrs. Williams assured her that it always would be possible to scamper
-to higher ground.</p>
-
-<p>“But if we should stay too long, my car might be trapped,” she
-explained, “for there is no roadway out. We’ll leave very soon. Then
-there will be no danger.”</p>
-
-<p>The Brownies helped unload the lunch baskets and set the table with
-paper plates. Then, with Miss Gordon’s permission, they peeled off
-shoes and stockings and started to look for shells.</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t wade far out into the water,” the teacher warned. “The surf is
-strong here now that the tide has turned. There’s a tricky undertow.”</p>
-
-<p>Waves came in with a great roar, nibbling greedily at the sand. The
-Brownies had no desire to wade out more than a few feet.</p>
-
-<p>“See what I’ve found!” cried Connie. She held<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">82</a></span> up a very attractive
-shell with a half-moon opening. “It’s not like the others we have.”</p>
-
-<p>When she showed it to Miss Gordon, the teacher told her that it was a
-moon snail shell.</p>
-
-<p>The Brownies never had seen the waves bring up so many nice shells.
-Soon Jane dug up a yellowish-white whelk marked by spiral ribs. The
-other girls found unbroken clam shells and a brown one which not even
-Miss Gordon could identify.</p>
-
-<p>After the Brownies had wearied of searching, Miss Gordon and Mrs.
-Williams set out the food.</p>
-
-<p>“It will soon be time for Vevi’s bird report,” Jane reminded the group.
-“I’ll bet she doesn’t have it ready.”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi pretended not to hear. She had boasted that she would be able to
-tell about a special bird. Actually, the only ones she had seen were
-those on which the other girls already had reported.</p>
-
-<p>She ate her sandwich very fast. While the others were finishing their
-cake, she slipped off behind one of the sand dunes. Vevi thought she
-would walk toward the lighthouse. Perhaps she would see a special sea
-bird on which she could report. But if not, she would be so late in
-getting back that Miss Gordon and the Brownies might decide to postpone
-asking for her talk.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">83</a></span> Meanwhile, Miss Gordon began to tell the Brownies
-about some of the strange habits of birds. She said no one knew why
-they migrated from one part of the country to another, or how they
-found their way.</p>
-
-<p>“Year after year they’ll return to the same place, often the same
-nest,” she declared. “A bird is guided by keen eyesight, but also
-apparently by instinct.”</p>
-
-<p>Miss Gordon advised the girls to observe birds carefully, taking note
-of points that would help in making an identification.</p>
-
-<p>“Always notice a bird’s size,” she instructed. “Remember that male and
-female birds vary in color and marking. Notice wing motion too and
-whether the bird walks, runs or hops on the ground.”</p>
-
-<p>By this time waves were breaking higher and higher on the beach. Mrs.
-Williams remarked uneasily that the tide seemed to be coming in faster
-than she had expected.</p>
-
-<p>“Perhaps we should start back to the cottages,” she suggested.</p>
-
-<p>As the girls began to gather up their belongings, Miss Gordon noticed
-Vevi’s absence.</p>
-
-<p>“Now where has she gone?” she inquired. “She was here only a moment
-ago.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">84</a></span>
-“She went off so she wouldn’t have to give her bird report,” Jane
-declared. “I see her wandering around over there behind the lighthouse.”</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll go after her,” offered Connie.</p>
-
-<p>“Call to her instead,” advised Mrs. Williams. “We really have no time
-to waste.”</p>
-
-<p>Connie shouted Vevi’s name several times. “Hurry up!” she yelled. “The
-tide is rolling in, and we want to start home.”</p>
-
-<p>“Coming,” Vevi answered.</p>
-
-<p>Despite the urging to hurry however, she kept loitering by a large sand
-dune. She seemed to be examining something she had found there.</p>
-
-<p>“That old slow poke!” Jane exclaimed. “I’ll get her!”</p>
-
-<p>“No, she’s coming now,” Mrs. Williams said. “I want everyone to stay
-here. Gather up everything and bring it to the car.”</p>
-
-<p>Connie’s mother regretted now that she had not turned her car around
-before parking it on the sand.</p>
-
-<p>She had not realized that the hard, firm beach which had provided her
-with a safe roadway could disappear so fast.</p>
-
-<p>Although ample space remained along shore for<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">85</a></span> the return drive, not
-much area was left in which to turn the car around.</p>
-
-<p>“I’m going ahead to move the car,” Mrs. Williams said.</p>
-
-<p>Connie and Sunny went along with her. When they reached the car they
-noticed that the larger waves were breaking only a short distance from
-the rear car wheels.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, the tide is coming in so fast!” Connie exclaimed. “Will we make
-it, Mother?”</p>
-
-<p>“We’ll be all right once we turn around,” Mrs. Williams replied. She
-was more worried though, than she cared to have the children know.</p>
-
-<p>Quickly she started the car and swung the steering wheel. The
-automobile moved slightly uphill into loose sand.</p>
-
-<p>Now Mrs. Williams had not intended to swing in such a wide arc. Nor had
-she realized that the sand was quite so soft.</p>
-
-<p>Slower and slower crept the car, its engine laboring.</p>
-
-<p>“Keep going, Mother!” shouted Connie. She could see that the auto was
-about ready to stop in the deep sand.</p>
-
-<p>Mrs. Williams shifted into another gear, but the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">86</a></span> car would not pull.
-With a gasping chug, it came to a standstill. The rear wheels kept
-spinning, but there was no traction.</p>
-
-<p>The car would not budge. They were stuck fast in the sand with the tide
-rolling in!</p>
-
-
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<hr class="divider" />
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">87</a></span>
-</div>
-
-<h2><a name="chapter_9" id="chapter_9"></a>CHAPTER 9<br />
-<span>STUCK IN THE SAND</span></h2>
-
-<p class="noi">THE tires of Mrs. Williams’ car kept spinning faster and faster in the
-loose sand. They dug in deeply until the wheel was mired to its hub cap.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, dear, by trying to get out, I’m only making it worse.” Mrs.
-Williams gasped. “What shall we do?”</p>
-
-<p>Switching off the engine, she sprang out of the car to look at the rear
-wheels.</p>
-
-<p>By this time, Miss Gordon and all the Brownies except Vevi had come
-running across the beach with the lunch hampers. They were very worried.</p>
-
-<p>“Are we really stuck?” demanded Jane breathlessly.</p>
-
-<p>“Will the tide wash the car away?” questioned Sunny.</p>
-
-<p>“Let’s all push,” suggested Connie.</p>
-
-<p>“We’ll have to if we are to get out,” Mrs. Williams said. She gazed
-nervously at the waves. Each<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">88</a></span> one was chewing away a larger and larger
-bite of sand.</p>
-
-<p>By noticing the rim of dried seaweed along shore, the Brownies could
-tell that the ocean came exactly that far at high tide. The waves would
-be certain to sweep over the floor boards of the car.</p>
-
-<p>“Salt water ruins a car very easily,” declared Miss Gordon. “We must
-get out somehow.”</p>
-
-<p>She glanced hopefully toward the lighthouse. Connie offered to run
-there and ask for help. But Miss Gordon told her it would be useless as
-the lone attendant never was allowed to leave his post.</p>
-
-<p>Jane found several large blocks of wood which she placed under the rear
-tires. It did no good. When Mrs. Williams tried to pull forward again,
-the pieces of wood were thrown aside.</p>
-
-<p>“Let’s all push,” urged Rosemary. “I’m real strong.”</p>
-
-<p>Miss Gordon agreed that the girls might try to shove the car out. She
-warned them however, not to strain hard.</p>
-
-<p>At a given signal, everyone stood ready. All the Brownies, that is
-except Vevi. She was walking slowly from the lighthouse, not even aware
-that anything was wrong.</p>
-
-<p>“Now girls, together!”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">89</a></span>
-As Miss Gordon spoke, Mrs. Williams let out the clutch of the car.
-Again the rear wheels began to spin, slowly at first, then faster and
-faster.</p>
-
-<p>Miss Gordon applied all her strength. The Brownies pushed too, but they
-were not very strong. Their feet kept slipping in the sand.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s no use, no use at all,” the teacher finally gasped.</p>
-
-<p>She signaled for Mrs. Williams to turn off the motor again. The
-Brownies could smell rubber. By turning so rapidly in the sand, the
-rear wheels had generated a great deal of heat.</p>
-
-<p>“Can’t we send for a garageman to tow us out?” suggested Rosemary.
-“That’s what my mother always does when our car won’t run.”</p>
-
-<p>“Dear, there isn’t time,” Mrs. Williams replied. “The tide will be
-washing against the car in another ten or fifteen minutes.”</p>
-
-<p>Miss Gordon and Connie’s mother looked up and down the beach. Usually
-any number of cars were in view. Not one was in sight when help was so
-badly needed.</p>
-
-<p>Connie glanced out across the tumbling water. Not far from shore she
-saw a small motor boat chugging along. The operator was Raymond Curry,
-the hotel lifeguard.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">90</a></span>
-“Maybe he’ll help us!” she exclaimed.</p>
-
-<p>Mrs. Williams and Miss Gordon had noticed the boat at the same moment.</p>
-
-<p>“If we had a strong man to push, I think we might get out!” exclaimed
-Mrs. Williams. “Let’s call to him.”</p>
-
-<p>“He’s a lifeguard,” laughed Sunny. “He ought to help us rescue a car!”</p>
-
-<p>The Brownies shouted as loudly as they could and waved. Mr. Curry heard
-them, for he throttled down the engine and turned to gaze toward shore.</p>
-
-<p>“Help us!” yelled Connie. “Our car’s stuck in the sand.”</p>
-
-<p>“And the tide’s coming in fast!” screamed Jane. She cupped her hands to
-her mouth to make the words carry.</p>
-
-<p>Now the Brownies were certain that the lifeguard understood their
-request. Even if he couldn’t hear, how could he fail to see that they
-were in trouble?</p>
-
-<p>The lifeguard didn’t even wave his hand in friendly greeting. He stared
-toward shore for a minute, and then turned his head away. Speeding up
-the motor again, he cruised on past.</p>
-
-<p>Miss Gordon and Mrs. Williams made no comment. But they looked at each
-other in a most peculiar way.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">91</a></span>
-“He saw us!” Jane declared in a shrill voice. “How mean of him not to
-help!”</p>
-
-<p>“We’ll never get out now,” Mrs. Williams said. She was deeply
-discouraged.</p>
-
-<p>Each huge wave that swept in came a little closer to the car. Finally a
-big one actually lapped at one of the rear tires.</p>
-
-<p>“We may as well take our belongings and climb back on one of the
-dunes,” Miss Gordon said. “The sea will not rise higher than the rim of
-seaweed.”</p>
-
-<p>“Wait a minute!” exclaimed Connie. “I see someone coming down the
-beach!”</p>
-
-<p>She had noticed a man with a cane, strolling along the sand toward the
-lighthouse.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, it’s Captain Tarwell,” she recognized him.</p>
-
-<p>The old seaman came closer, gazing toward the group of Brownies.
-Observing how near their car was to the foaming sea, he began to walk
-faster.</p>
-
-<p>“Ahoy,” he greeted the girls. “What’s wrong here? Aground, eh, and with
-a strong tide running.”</p>
-
-<p>The Brownies, all talking at once, tried to explain what had happened.</p>
-
-<p>Captain Tarwell didn’t bother to listen for he could see for himself
-what was wrong. He knew too, that he would have to work fast to beat
-the tide.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92">92</a></span>
-“I’m not as strong as I was in the old days when I was master of the
-<em>Gorchester</em>,” he remarked after inspecting the mired wheels. “But with
-all hands to help, I think we can heave ’er free. Lay to!”</p>
-
-<p>Rosemary, Jane and Miss Gordon got on one side of the car. Connie and
-Sunny stood by the other, to help the captain. Mrs. Williams started
-the engine again.</p>
-
-<p>“Heave-ho!” shouted the captain. “All together now! Push, maties, push!”</p>
-
-<p>The Brownies exerted all their strength. Slowly the car began to move.
-One tire caught firmly in the sand and then the other.</p>
-
-<p>Suddenly the car spurted forward so fast that Connie and Jane went
-sprawling in the sand. It did not hurt them. They were laughing as they
-scrambled to their feet.</p>
-
-<p>“We’re out!” cried Connie. “Just in time too!”</p>
-
-<p>Mrs. Williams swung the car in as narrow an arc as possible. Another
-moment and all four wheels were on firm sand again. Best of all, the
-car now was headed toward the cottage beach.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, Captain, we’re so grateful!” Miss Gordon thanked him. “I hope you
-didn’t strain yourself pushing so hard.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">93</a></span>
-“Not a bit,” he chuckled, picking up his cane. “Always glad to answer
-an SOS distress call.”</p>
-
-<p>“Can’t we give you ride to town?” Mrs. Williams offered.</p>
-
-<p>“I am a mite tuckered from my walk,” the captain admitted. “Aye, if you
-have room, I’ll ride along.”</p>
-
-<p>By this time the Brownies had piled into the back seat, leaving the
-front for Mrs. Williams, Miss Gordon and the captain.</p>
-
-<p>“Where’s Vevi?” demanded Mrs. Williams.</p>
-
-<p>Everyone looked toward the lighthouse. Vevi was coming, but very
-slowly. She seemed to be holding something in her arms, beneath her
-brown sweater.</p>
-
-<p>“Vevi!” shouted Jane. “You hurry up!”</p>
-
-<p>Mrs. Williams tooted the car horn sharply three times.</p>
-
-<p>Vevi began to walk faster. But despite urging by the Brownies, she
-would not hurry.</p>
-
-<p>“What’s she got?” Jane demanded suspiciously. “She doesn’t want us to
-see it.”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi, unaware of the danger the Brownies had been in, grinned from ear
-to ear as she sauntered up.</p>
-
-<p>“Where’ve you been so long?” Jane demanded.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">94</a></span> “And what are you hiding
-under that sweater?”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi answered not a word. She kept grinning and looking very wise.
-Whatever she held beneath the sweater was alive, for the girls could
-see the woolen cloth twitch.</p>
-
-<p>“Jump into the car, Vevi!” Mrs. Williams ordered impatiently. “We’ve
-lost too much time now.”</p>
-
-<p>Thus urged, Vevi leaped into the back seat. But she kept tight hold of
-the sweater.</p>
-
-<p>“You went off because you didn’t want to give the bird report,” Jane
-accused her.</p>
-
-<p>“Maybe I did,” Vevi admitted. “But let me tell you a thing or two. I’ve
-got something better than an old stupid report. I’ve got a real live
-bird!”</p>
-
-
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<hr class="divider" />
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95">95</a></span>
-</div>
-
-<h2><a name="chapter_10" id="chapter_10"></a>CHAPTER 10<br />
-<span>A BIRD REPORT</span></h2>
-
-<p class="noi">“I’VE got a beautiful gull,” Vevi announced proudly. “See!”</p>
-
-<p>Pulling aside the sweater, she showed the Brownies a white pigeon with
-arched wings and well-formed tail.</p>
-
-<p>One of the wings though, appeared to have been injured, for it hung
-limp.</p>
-
-<p>“Vevi calls that a gull!” scoffed Jane.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s a carrier pigeon and it’s been hurt!” exclaimed Sunny.</p>
-
-<p>By this time the car was moving swiftly along the narrow stretch of
-beach. Mrs. Williams and Miss Gordon no longer were worried for the
-sand was hard and firm. As they neared the cottages at Silver Beach,
-the roadway also became much wider.</p>
-
-<p>Captain Tarwell was very much interested in Vevi’s bird. He examined
-the wing, which he said was only bruised, not broken. Then he looked at
-a metal band fastened to the pigeon’s leg.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96">96</a></span>
-The band bore the number 68971.</p>
-
-<p>“Is the bird carrying a message?” Connie asked eagerly.</p>
-
-<p>“No, only this identification number,” Captain Tarwell replied. “With
-kind treatment, the pigeon should fly again soon.”</p>
-
-<p>“Where did you find him, Vevi?” Rosemary questioned, eager for all the
-details.</p>
-
-<p>“In the dunes near the lighthouse. I think I’ll call my bird Snow
-White. Snow White tried to get away, but he couldn’t fly because of his
-wing. Is he really a messenger pigeon?”</p>
-
-<p>“Aye,” the seaman assured her. “A young one though. It may have run
-into trouble on its first flight.”</p>
-
-<p>“Maybe it came from across the ocean,” Vevi speculated.</p>
-
-<p>“Hardly that far,” answered the captain. “From the number, I’d judge
-this pigeon may belong to Harmon Green’s loft.”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi had never heard of Harmon Green. She asked where his place was
-situated.</p>
-
-<p>“About a quarter of a mile from Silver Beach,” Captain Tarwell replied.
-“Mr. Green breeds and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_97" id="Page_97">97</a></span> races pigeons. If this isn’t his pigeon, at
-least he’ll know how to find and notify the owner.”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi stroked the pigeon’s plumage, not saying anything. She had hoped
-that the bird could belong to her. But she knew now that she must try
-to find its owner.</p>
-
-<p>“Snow White is a stupid name for a racing pigeon,” spoke up Jane.
-“Especially for one that isn’t a girl.”</p>
-
-<p>“I like it,” Vevi said. “Captain Tarwell, how far can a pigeon fly?”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, that depends on the bird,” he returned. “The best racing homers
-have been known to wing home a thousand miles. But not young, untrained
-birds.”</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll bet Snow White could fly a long way if he hadn’t hurt his wing,”
-Vevi declared proudly.</p>
-
-<p>Soon the car approached Starfish and Oriole Cottages. As everyone
-alighted at the bathhouse, Mrs. Williams remarked that she didn’t know
-what to do about Vevi’s pigeon.</p>
-
-<p>“Tell you what,” offered the captain. “If you like, I’ll take the
-pigeon to Harmon Green.”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi spoke up quickly. “I want to go along,” she insisted.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98">98</a></span> “So do I,”
-Connie added.</p>
-
-<p>All the other Brownies then wanted to go. However, Miss Gordon thought
-it would be unfair for Captain Tarwell to look after so many children.
-So it was decided that Vevi and Connie, having spoken first, should
-make the trip.</p>
-
-<p>Taking Snow White with them, the two girls walked with Captain Tarwell
-into the hills. A shady, winding street finally brought them to a gray
-shingle house. Off to one side was a small building which looked like a
-garage with a flat roof.</p>
-
-<p>“That’s the pigeon cote,” Captain Tarwell told the girls. “Hey, what’s
-coming off here?”</p>
-
-<p>From the direction of the flat-roofed building the girls heard a
-strange commotion. Birds were making a fearful clatter. They could hear
-a man talking very angrily.</p>
-
-<p>As Captain Tarwell and the children walked toward the pigeon cote, the
-door swung suddenly open.</p>
-
-<p>Out came a young man in dirty overalls and grimy white cap. His face
-was very grim.</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t ever come back here looking for a job,” another man in the
-doorway called after him. “You don’t know how to handle birds.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99">99</a></span>
-The man in the doorway, who was Mr. Green, saw Captain Tarwell and the
-two girls. He knew the seaman well, calling him by name.</p>
-
-<p>“Having your troubles, I see,” observed Captain Tarwell.</p>
-
-<p>“Operating a pigeon loft with hired help is no fun,” Mr. Green replied.
-“I had to fire young Gradbrough just now. He excites the birds and
-doesn’t handle them skillfully. He neglects to clean the cages too.”</p>
-
-<p>“Lose any birds?” Captain Tarwell questioned him.</p>
-
-<p>“I lost three in the last flight test. That looks like one of my birds.”</p>
-
-<p>Mr. Green’s gaze had fastened upon Snow White, snuggled in Vevi’s arms.</p>
-
-<p>Vevi told him where she had found the pigeon. Mr. Green briefly
-examined the leg band and confirmed that the bird belonged to him.</p>
-
-<p>“Frankly, I don’t think the pigeon is worth its feed,” he added. “In
-two different tests it failed miserably.”</p>
-
-<p>“But Snow White’s wing was hurt,” Vevi said, coming quickly to the
-bird’s defense. “How could he fly back home?”</p>
-
-<p>“The pigeon isn’t as strong as it should be,” Mr.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100">100</a></span> Green explained.
-“I breed for profit. If a bird fails repeatedly in tests, it must be
-culled out.”</p>
-
-<p>The cote owner examined the pigeon very carefully and put it into one
-of the wire cages.</p>
-
-<p>“It will be all right in a few days,” he said. “Then I’ll make one more
-test. If the bird fails another time, out it goes.”</p>
-
-<p>The pigeon cote had been divided into sections set apart by mesh wire
-fence. Old birds were separated from young ones. Those that were sick
-were housed in a special pen.</p>
-
-<p>Mr. Green filled the water pans and placed grain in long feeding
-troughs. The birds could not crowd each other because a six-inch space
-was provided for each one.</p>
-
-<p>Adjoining the cote was an exercise cage. The building itself was set in
-an open place, facing south so that more sunshine would filter in.</p>
-
-<p>Mr. Green told the Brownies that in training pigeons one had to be very
-patient.</p>
-
-<p>“Food is the key to success,” he declared. “A pigeon always will return
-to the place where it has been fed.”</p>
-
-<p>The cote owner explained that in training racers he began by whistling
-for the birds just before he fed them.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101">101</a></span>
-After a week, he would place the pigeon on a landing platform outside
-the loft. When another training period had elapsed, he would start
-leaving the birds a short distance away but in view of the loft.</p>
-
-<p>“They’ll always return to the landing platform in search of food,” Mr.
-Green said. “The first real test comes when I take the pigeons in a
-basket some distance away and release them in a group. After that test,
-I try them singly at one mile, then five and perhaps ten miles. The
-pigeon you girls returned failed both the five and the ten-mile test.”</p>
-
-<p>“I hope you give Snow White another chance,” Vevi said.</p>
-
-<p>“In the first test I thought the pigeon might have been confused by the
-fog,” Mr. Green said. “This last time, the bird may have run into other
-trouble. The others came back though. So I’m about through bothering
-with it.”</p>
-
-<p>As Captain Tarwell and the Brownies were ready to leave, Mr. Green
-asked the seaman if he knew of any young man who would like a job at
-the pigeon cote.</p>
-
-<p>“Not off hand, I don’t,” Captain Tarwell answered. “I’ll keep it in
-mind though.”</p>
-
-<p>“I pay good wages,” Mr. Green said. “The work<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_102" id="Page_102">102</a></span> is exacting though. I
-need a dependable person, one who can be trusted to handle the birds
-when my back is turned.”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi was a little worried about what would be done with Snow White.</p>
-
-<p>“You really think he’ll get well?” she asked the cote owner anxiously.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, he’ll be all right in a day or two,” Mr. Green replied. “The wing
-isn’t broken. But as I said, I doubt the pigeon ever will be any good
-for racing.”</p>
-
-<p>“You will give him one more chance?” Vevi pleaded again.</p>
-
-<p>“I promised, didn’t I?” Mr. Green asked a trifle impatiently. “I’m
-testing a basketful of birds Wednesday. If your pigeon is well enough,
-I’ll include him in the lot.”</p>
-
-<p>“May all the Brownies watch the test?” Connie asked. “I’m sure they’d
-like to see the birds fly home.”</p>
-
-<p>Mr. Green said he had no objection.</p>
-
-<p>“We’ll be here!” Vevi declared, her eyes bright. “And I know Snow White
-will do splendidly next time. He’ll make all the Brownies very proud.”</p>
-
-
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<hr class="divider" />
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_103" id="Page_103">103</a></span>
-</div>
-
-<h2><a name="chapter_11" id="chapter_11"></a>CHAPTER 11<br />
-<span>A TEST FOR SNOW WHITE</span></h2>
-
-<p class="noi">THE hours at Silver Beach were all too short for the Brownie Scouts. It
-seemed to them that they never had time to accomplish half the things
-they wanted to do.</p>
-
-<p>Most intriguing of all was the sea itself. Each morning it coaxed them
-in for a swim. By the time the girls had taken their sun baths and
-searched for shells it was nearly lunch time.</p>
-
-<p>“The days are just flying,” Connie sighed. “Before we know it, we’ll be
-returning to Rosedale.”</p>
-
-<p>“We haven’t learned anything more about that little ship house either,”
-Vevi replied soberly. “So many things are undone. We haven’t even found
-Miss Gordon’s wrist watch.”</p>
-
-<p>Now the teacher long ago had given up all thought of recovering the
-missing timepiece. The Brownies, however, kept hoping that the watch
-would be found in the sand. Nearly every day when<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104">104</a></span> they were on the
-beach, they would dig around, hoping to find it.</p>
-
-<p>Since Vevi and Connie had visited the pigeon cote, all of the Brownies
-wanted to go there. Whenever the troop went on a hike, the girls
-usually walked in the direction of Mr. Green’s loft.</p>
-
-<p>The pigeon breeder would not allow the Brownies inside the building
-lest they disturb the birds. It was fun though, to stand outside,
-watching the pigeons drop into the roof traps after long flights.</p>
-
-<p>The racers would alight on the building and walk along the eaves. When
-they stepped into one of the traps, Mr. Green could reach up and grab
-them by the legs. Then he would feed them and put them in their cages.</p>
-
-<p>Some of the pigeons had gray and blue plumage with black bars on each
-wing. Others had feathers in a salt and pepper effect. The less common
-birds were black, red, yellow and silver. Vevi did not see a single one
-that appeared as white as the pigeon she had found near the lighthouse.</p>
-
-<p>She asked Mr. Green why he did not have more white racers.</p>
-
-<p>“White birds are more prone to attack by hawks,”<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105">105</a></span> he explained. “By the
-way, your bird has recovered its strength again.”</p>
-
-<p>“Then it’s ready to race?” the little girl asked eagerly.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s as ready as it will ever be. As I said, I doubt the bird ever
-will be much good.”</p>
-
-<p>“But you promised to give it one more chance.”</p>
-
-<p>“So I did,” Mr. Green agreed. “I’m testing out a dozen birds today.
-I’ll include your pigeon in the lot.”</p>
-
-<p>All the Brownies wanted to watch the test and Mr. Green agreed that
-they might. He told Mrs. Williams and Miss Gordon that he would release
-the birds at a point five miles away from the pigeon cote.</p>
-
-<p>Everyone drove there in Mrs. William’s car. By the time they arrived,
-Mr. Green already had unloaded several wicker baskets of pigeons which
-he planned to release.</p>
-
-<p>Vevi went over to talk to Snow White. The pigeon was in a basket by
-himself. His feathers were smooth and glossy and he looked as if he
-were in good condition for racing. At least Vevi thought so.</p>
-
-<p>“Now you must do your very best today,” she said to the pigeon. “When
-Mr. Green tosses you<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_106" id="Page_106">106</a></span> into the air, fly straight home! Fly faster than
-any of the other birds!”</p>
-
-<p>“You’re goofy, talking to a pigeon!” Jane teased, coming up behind her.
-“He can’t understand you.”</p>
-
-<p>“Maybe he can,” Vevi insisted. “Anyway, you just wait! Snow White will
-do fine this time.”</p>
-
-<p>The Brownies gathered around as Mr. Green prepared to release the
-pigeons.</p>
-
-<p>“The birds are hungry, so they should fly directly to the loft,” he
-declared. “As soon as I’ve set them free, I’ll drive back. I want to be
-on hand to check their time as they arrive at the cote.”</p>
-
-<p>Mr. Green tossed all of the birds into the air. They rose and circled
-once or twice. Then one by one they flew off in the direction of the
-pigeon loft.</p>
-
-<p>“Snow White went with the others!” Vevi cried in delight. “I’ll bet
-he’s the first to reach the roost!”</p>
-
-<p>Having released the birds, Mr. Green did not waste any time. He drove
-off home immediately. Mrs. Williams, Miss Gordon and the Brownies
-followed, but at a more leisurely rate.</p>
-
-<p>“Can’t we drive faster?” Vevi urged impatiently.</p>
-
-<p>“Not on this curving road,” Mrs. Williams replied. “We’ll be there soon
-enough.”</p>
-
-<p>The pigeons had started to arrive by the time the Brownies finally
-reached Mr. Green’s place.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_107" id="Page_107">107</a></span>
-As the girls alighted from the car, they saw a gray-blue bird winging
-in to alight on the rooftop.</p>
-
-<p>Vevi watched it fall into the trap and disappear. Then she ran to the
-door of the dove cote.</p>
-
-<p>“Has Snow White come yet?” she shouted to the loft owner.</p>
-
-<p>“Not yet,” Mr. Green replied. “Only three of the birds have come so
-far. I’m very busy now. Don’t bother me.”</p>
-
-<p>Through the windows, the Brownies could see the loft owner seizing each
-bird as it arrived. He would record its number and exact time in a
-little book.</p>
-
-<p>“Where is Snow White?” Vevi fretted as one after another of the pigeons
-arrived.</p>
-
-<p>“Your old bird isn’t any good,” teased Jane.</p>
-
-<p>“Wait and see,” Vevi retorted. “I think he’s coming now!”</p>
-
-<p>She was wrong though. The bird which had settled on the roof was a
-light colored pigeon which from a distance had appeared almost white.</p>
-
-<p>Mr. Green fed the bird and put it back in its cage. Then he appeared in
-the doorway of the pigeon cote.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, they’re all in now except one,” he told<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_108" id="Page_108">108</a></span> the Brownies. “No use
-waiting for it, because it won’t show up.”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi knew he meant Snow White. She was so disappointed she felt like
-crying.</p>
-
-<p>“I’m sure it wasn’t Snow White’s fault,” she told Mr. Green. “Maybe his
-wing wasn’t entirely healed.”</p>
-
-<p>“That could be,” agreed the pigeon breeder. “But I only tested the bird
-to please you. I’m through bothering with him even if he does show up
-later.”</p>
-
-<p>All the Brownies, even Jane, had wanted the bird to make a satisfactory
-test. They were sorry that Snow White would never be given another
-chance.</p>
-
-<p>So that the Brownies would not think too much about the lost bird, Miss
-Gordon proposed that everyone return to the beach for a swim.</p>
-
-<p>Vevi only waded through the sand while the others took their lesson
-from Barney Fulsom. Spying Jamie Curry walking along in a maroon sweat
-shirt and brown shorts, she went over to tell him about Snow White’s
-misfortune.</p>
-
-<p>“Say, I’d like to work for Mr. Green!” Jamie exclaimed. “I wonder how
-much he would pay?”</p>
-
-<p>Without waiting for Vevi to answer, he went on<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_109" id="Page_109">109</a></span> quickly: “My father
-wouldn’t let me work there though. He doesn’t let me do anything I
-like. One of these days&mdash;soon too&mdash;I’ll run away again. Next time he
-won’t find me.”</p>
-
-<p>Jamie had made the same remark before. So Vevi did not think he really
-meant it.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, Jamie,” she protested, “why would you want to do such a foolish
-thing?”</p>
-
-<p>“You’d want to run away too if you knew what I do,” the boy hinted
-again.</p>
-
-<p>Then he quickly changed the subject by asking Vevi if she had found a
-turtle for the Saturday race.</p>
-
-<p>“Not yet,” she admitted. “I don’t know how to get one either.”</p>
-
-<p>“It’s easy as falling off a log,” Jamie said. “Why don’t you try the
-pond again? Maybe you’ll catch that snapper I told you about.”</p>
-
-<p>The boy added that if Vevi hoped to win a prize for the Brownies, she
-would have to enter the Saturday race.</p>
-
-<p>“That will be the last one this season,” he told her. “My father said
-yesterday he’s going to give up his job and go west.”</p>
-
-<p>“You’ll leave with him, Jamie?”</p>
-
-<p>“Maybe. Maybe not.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_110" id="Page_110">110</a></span>
-Vevi could not understand the boy’s strange attitude toward his father.
-Because he didn’t seem to care to talk about it, she spoke again of the
-turtle pond.</p>
-
-<p>“Want me to take you there?” the boy offered. “I’ll catch you a dandy
-turtle.”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi knew that Miss Gordon would not want her to go to the pond without
-an older person along. She realized too, that the other Brownies would
-not favor an outing there, for they were enjoying their swimming lesson.</p>
-
-<p>“I guess I can’t go,” she said, her face downcast.</p>
-
-<p>Just then, old Captain Tarwell strolled up to talk to the children.
-Hearing mention of the pond, he offered to take Jamie and Vevi.</p>
-
-<p>“I want to stop at the cottage on the way,” he remarked. “I’ll be glad
-to have company. That is, if you’ll promise not to walk too fast.”</p>
-
-<p>Miss Gordon said that Vevi might go. So off the three went, idling
-along so that the old seaman would not tire himself.</p>
-
-<p>On their way to the pond, Captain Tarwell stopped briefly at the little
-ship cottage. He went inside for a moment to make certain no one had
-broken in since his last visit.</p>
-
-<p>After snapping shut the padlock again, Captain<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_111" id="Page_111">111</a></span> Tarwell slipped the key
-under a loose shingle on the side of the house.</p>
-
-<p>“Now you know my secret,” he said, “but I’ll trust you both not to tell
-where I keep the key.”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi remarked wistfully that she wished the Brownie Scouts might hold
-their shell exhibition at the cottage.</p>
-
-<p>“We wouldn’t damage anything,” she promised.</p>
-
-<p>Captain Tarwell acted as if he had not heard the request. Telling the
-youngsters to come along, he started on down the road toward the pond.</p>
-
-<p>The captain could not walk fast on his lame leg. Out of politeness,
-Vevi and Jamie kept exact pace.</p>
-
-<p>“Hunting pond turtles puts me in mind of the days when I’d see giant
-tortoises roaming island beaches in the Pacific,” he remarked. “It’s
-fun to watch the big leatherbacks come out of the sea on moonlight
-nights to lay their eggs.”</p>
-
-<p>“I’d like to run off to sea,” Jamie said.</p>
-
-<p>Captain Tarwell gave the boy a quick, sidelong glance. “Better forget
-that idea, lad,” he said.</p>
-
-<p>Then he went on to tell how the giant turtles would come out of the
-ocean on moonlight nights to dig holes for their eggs. He explained
-that the reptiles would cover the eggs with sand and return to the
-sea.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_112" id="Page_112">112</a></span> Vevi hadn’t known that turtles laid eggs. Or that they left them
-for the sun to hatch. She asked what became of the turtle babies.</p>
-
-<p>“As soon as they hatch, they creep down to the water,” Captain Tarwell
-explained. “There they feed on tadpoles, snails and insects.”</p>
-
-<p>He told the children that one could guess a turtle’s age by the rims on
-its shell. “If a shell has six rims, then the turtle is six years old,”
-he said. “But after many years, the rims wear away, so then one can
-only estimate the age.”</p>
-
-<p>By this time, the three had reached Cabell’s pond. Captain Tarwell sat
-down on the beach to smoke his pipe and rest. He said he would wait
-there and watch while the children caught turtles.</p>
-
-<p>Stripping off shoes and stockings, Jamie boldly waded in.</p>
-
-<p>Moving quietly into a patch of rushes, he soon caught a pancake turtle
-in his bare hands. But after he had examined it, he threw it back into
-the water.</p>
-
-<p>“You don’t want this old fellow,” he called to Vevi. “He’s sickly.
-You’d never win a race with him.”</p>
-
-<p>Jamie kept looking for other turtles. Soon he had<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_113" id="Page_113">113</a></span> caught three. But
-he let each one go. One had a broken shell and the other two were not
-active.</p>
-
-<p>“I’d like ANY turtle,” Vevi declared.</p>
-
-<p>Jamie paid no attention to her. He kept diving into the water with his
-hands. Now that he had stirred up the pond, the turtles were harder to
-catch. He waded farther and farther out into the pond trying to find
-them.</p>
-
-<p>“Be careful,” warned Vevi.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, I can swim,” Jamie replied carelessly. “My father taught me how.”</p>
-
-<p>Just as he spoke, he stepped into a deep hole. Falling forward, the boy
-made a terrific splash. As he scrambled to his feet his clothes were
-all wet.</p>
-
-<p>Captain Tarwell walked down to the edge of the water.</p>
-
-<p>“Avast, there!” he called to Jamie. “Time we start for home, son. You
-need some dry clothes.”</p>
-
-<p>Jamie reluctantly waded back toward shore.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, dear,” murmured Vevi. “We have to leave, and after all our work,
-we have no turtle.”</p>
-
-<p>“After all my work, you mean,” corrected Jamie. He grinned though, as
-he said it. Turtle hunting had been fun.</p>
-
-<p>The boy suddenly stopped short, gazing toward a<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_114" id="Page_114">114</a></span> rotted log which stuck
-up out of the water.</p>
-
-<p>He did not say a word for a moment. Then he whispered excitedly:</p>
-
-<p>“Look over there!”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi gazed at the log. At first she didn’t notice anything unusual.
-But as she kept looking, something moved. She caught a little flash of
-yellow.</p>
-
-<p>Sunning itself on the log was a big snapping turtle. On its shell had
-been printed a name in yellow paint.</p>
-
-<p>“That’s HIM!” whispered Jamie, moving stealthily through the water.
-“That’s Clover! Hold your breath, Vevi. I’m going to nail that old
-boy!”</p>
-
-
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<hr class="divider" />
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_115" id="Page_115">115</a></span>
-</div>
-
-<h2><a name="chapter_12" id="chapter_12"></a>CHAPTER 12<br />
-<span>FOUND IN THE REEDS</span></h2>
-
-<p class="noi">WHILE Vevi stood perfectly still, Jamie sneaked up on the turtle.
-Clover was sunning himself on the log, barely moving his claws.</p>
-
-<p>Closer and closer Jamie crept, taking care not to splash in the water.
-He was almost on the turtle when it stretched its neck sideways.
-Apparently it saw the boy, for quick as a flash it flopped into the
-water.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, dear, there goes my chance of winning the race Saturday,” sighed
-Vevi. “We’ll never get him now.”</p>
-
-<p>Jamie watched but the turtle did not reappear on the surface of the
-pond.</p>
-
-<p>“Time to go,” shouted Captain Tarwell. “Shake a leg, you kids.”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi and Jamie teased to stay a few minutes longer, but the seaman had
-grown tired of waiting.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_116" id="Page_116">116</a></span> Besides, he had promised he would have them
-back at the beach by an early hour.</p>
-
-<p>Jamie started to wade in. He was nearly ashore when he halted again. An
-object in the reeds had drawn his attention.</p>
-
-<p>“Avast, there!” called the captain. “None o’ that restin’ on the oars!
-Come along with you!”</p>
-
-<p>“But I see something fluttering in the reeds!” Jamie exclaimed. “It’s
-not a turtle either! It’s something alive and it’s white!”</p>
-
-<p>“I see it too!” cried Vevi. “It looks like a duck!”</p>
-
-<p>Jamie started to wade over toward the reeds. Captain Tarwell let him
-go, because he wondered too what it was the boy had seen.</p>
-
-<p>By this time Jamie had reached the reed patch. He scooped in his hand
-and pulled a white bird from the water.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s a pigeon! A carrier pigeon!” he called to those on shore.</p>
-
-<p>Vevi became very excited.</p>
-
-<p>“Maybe it’s Snow White!” she exclaimed. “Is there a leg band with a
-number, Jamie?”</p>
-
-<p>Carrying the pigeon, the boy waded ashore. “It has a number, but it’s
-smeared with oil and I can’t read the figures,” he announced. “The
-bird’s<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_117" id="Page_117">117</a></span> feathers are soaked with oil. I’m getting it all over me.”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi was certain the moment she saw the bird that it was the missing
-Snow White. Captain Tarwell wiped oil from the pigeon’s wings and the
-leg band. With the metal plate clean again, he could read the numerals.
-They were 68971.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s the same pigeon all right,” the captain confirmed. “Dash my
-binnacles, if it isn’t!”</p>
-
-<p>“The bird’s been in a fight, maybe with a hawk,” guessed Jamie. “See,
-there’s a bloody mark on his head. He doesn’t seem much hurt though.”</p>
-
-<p>Captain Tarwell examined the pigeon carefully. Except for a slight head
-wound, he could find no injury.</p>
-
-<p>“It was the oil on his feathers that kept him from rising into the air
-again,” he told the children. “When he fell or lighted on the pond, he
-must have settled into a patch of oil. He’d have starved to death if we
-hadn’t come along.”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi was very pleased to have found Snow White again. She wanted to
-take the pigeon to Starfish Cottage.</p>
-
-<p>Captain Tarwell said they would carry the bird instead to Mr. Green’s
-loft.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_118" id="Page_118">118</a></span> “It won’t be much out of our way,” he declared.</p>
-
-<p>When the children and Captain Tarwell arrived at the pigeon loft twenty
-minutes later, Mr. Green was very busy. He was working on his records
-which he said were not being kept up properly.</p>
-
-<p>“I need a likely boy to help me,” he told Captain Tarwell. “Know of
-anyone who would like a job?”</p>
-
-<p>“How about Jamie here?” asked the captain, half seriously and half in
-jest.</p>
-
-<p>“I’d like to work with pigeons!” exclaimed Jamie. “How much will you
-pay, Mr. Green?”</p>
-
-<p>The pigeon cote owner did not answer the question. He looked Jamie over
-carefully.</p>
-
-<p>“You’re too young,” he said finally. Then, seeing how disappointed
-Jamie looked, he added: “But I’ll think it over. Come around in a day
-or two.”</p>
-
-<p>Mr. Green had not seemed very pleased to have the lost carrier pigeon
-returned to the loft.</p>
-
-<p>“That bird is worthless,” he declared impatiently. “I’m through
-bothering with it. Or feeding it either!”</p>
-
-<p>“Won’t you give Snow White another chance?” Vevi pleaded. “He couldn’t
-rise from the water no matter how hard he tried. His wings were all
-coated with oil when Jamie rescued him.”</p>
-
-<p>“I know,” agreed Mr. Green. “But if it isn’t one<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_119" id="Page_119">119</a></span> thing, its another.
-White birds are more subject to attack than pigeons of another color.
-This bird isn’t strong enough to be a valuable racer. So I’ll cull it
-out.”</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t do that,” pleaded Vevi quickly. “Give the bird to me.”</p>
-
-<p>“You’re welcome to it. But where will you keep the pigeon?”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi knew that Mrs. Williams and Miss Gordon would not want her to have
-it at the cottage.</p>
-
-<p>“I can give you a cage for it,” Mr. Green offered. “And enough feed to
-last a week. I’m warning you though, a bird is a lot of work.”</p>
-
-<p>Captain Tarwell told Vevi that she might keep the cage in the yard of
-the ship cottage.</p>
-
-<p>“For a few days, that is,” he added. “By that time you’ll tire of
-looking after the pigeon and be willing to let it fly away.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, no!” protested Vevi. “I’ll never want to give up Snow White.”</p>
-
-<p>“If you decide to let the bird go, I hope it doesn’t fly back here,”
-spoke up Mr. Green.</p>
-
-<p>After watching the pigeon cote owner feed some of his birds, Captain
-Tarwell and the children walked back to the ship cottage.</p>
-
-<p>They found a sheltered place for the cage, and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_120" id="Page_120">120</a></span> after feeding and
-watering the bird, left it there.</p>
-
-<p>“I’m afraid Snow White will be lonesome,” Vevi said anxiously.</p>
-
-<p>“I come here often,” the captain reassured her. “I’ll look in now
-and then to see how he’s doing. I’m not worried about the bird being
-lonesome. I’m more afraid he’ll be chilled. Pigeons need a warm, snug
-nest.”</p>
-
-<p>The trio walked on down the road toward the beach. A breeze was blowing
-off the sea, sending in long, rolling waves.</p>
-
-<p>“Lots of white horses today,” remarked the captain.</p>
-
-<p>Vevi didn’t know what he meant until he told her that whitecaps on the
-waves were called white horses in seamen’s slang.</p>
-
-<p>“A large wave is a smokehouse,” he explained. “The long rolling ones
-are beachcombers. That little wave over by the pier is a white nose.”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi turned her head to see the wave the captain had pointed out. The
-little “white nose” snubbed itself against the post of the pier and
-vanished even as she watched.</p>
-
-<p>At the shore end of the pier where a long line of cars had been parked,
-a crowd had gathered.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_121" id="Page_121">121</a></span> Amid the throng, Vevi saw Miss Gordon and
-several of the Brownies.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, what is everyone doing there?” she asked quickly. “Maybe there’s
-been an accident!”</p>
-
-<p>“Something does seem to be wrong,” agreed the captain.</p>
-
-<p>Vevi and Jamie raced on ahead of him to learn why such a large crowd
-had gathered.</p>
-
-<p>Nearing the pier, they met Jane and Connie coming along the beach.</p>
-
-<p>“Has there been an accident?” Vevi asked the two Brownies.</p>
-
-<p>“That’s what we want to find out,” Connie answered.</p>
-
-<p>The four children hastened on, reaching the end of the pier where so
-many grownups had gathered. In the center of the crowd they saw a
-middle-aged woman in a white suit talking excitedly to the lifeguard,
-Barney Fulsom.</p>
-
-<p>“It happened while I was in the little curio shop,” she told the guard.
-“Why, I wasn’t gone ten minutes. When I came out, I saw a man walking
-away from the car. I thought nothing of it until I discovered that the
-glove compartment had been opened.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_122" id="Page_122">122</a></span>
-“What was taken, Mrs. Allison?” the guard asked her.</p>
-
-<p>“My coin purse. I shouldn’t have left it there with the car
-unlocked&mdash;that I realize. But I barely turned my back.”</p>
-
-<p>“How much did you lose, Mrs. Allison?”</p>
-
-<p>“A ten dollar bill and odd change. The little purse was brown leather
-set off with gold initials A.W.A.”</p>
-
-<p>By this time Vevi, Connie, Jane and Jamie had drawn in close to hear
-what was being said. Also in the crowd were Mrs. Williams, Miss Gordon,
-Sunny and Rosemary.</p>
-
-<p>“I’m certain it was a man in black bathing trunks and light brown sweat
-shirt who took the purse,” Mrs. Allison continued. “At least I saw him
-walking away from the car. He mingled with the other bathers and I lost
-sight of him.”</p>
-
-<p>The life guard was quite disturbed about the theft. Even though Mrs.
-Allison had left her car unlocked, he felt partly responsible.</p>
-
-<p>“I watch as carefully as I can,” he said. “Lately several persons have
-reported losses. We can’t seem to snare the thief.”</p>
-
-<p>“After this, I’ll park my car elsewhere,” Mrs. Allison declared. “I’ll
-swim at the hotel beach too. I’ve heard others say that one can’t sea
-bathe here<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_123" id="Page_123">123</a></span> without running the risk of losing anything left loose on
-the beach. It’s true, apparently.”</p>
-
-<p>Very annoyed by the loss of her purse, the woman climbed into her car
-and drove away.</p>
-
-<p>Barney walked among the bathers, searching for a man in black trunks
-and brown sweat shirt.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s no use,” he told Miss Gordon and the Brownies a little later.
-“Even if I found the fellow, I couldn’t accuse him, having no proof.
-But unless I can put an end to these thefts, the beach will lose all
-its customers.”</p>
-
-<p>“It’s not your fault,” Mrs. Williams commented.</p>
-
-<p>“No, but the management holds me responsible. I have an idea who may be
-breaking into the cars, but it’s only a theory. A wild one at that.”</p>
-
-<p>“Is it anyone you know?” asked Connie, who had been listening hard.</p>
-
-<p>“Some one I know very well,” replied the lifeguard. “I can’t convince
-myself that my suspicion could be true. And yet, Mrs. Allison’s remark
-about the black trunks and brown sweat shirt set me to thinking. Many
-bathers wear black trunks. But I know of only one hereabouts who has a
-brown sweat shirt.”</p>
-
-<p>“Who is he?” demanded Vevi, fairly overcome by curiosity.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_124" id="Page_124">124</a></span>
-Barney however, would not mention a name.</p>
-
-<p>“I’m not sure that I have the right slant on the situation,” he
-replied. “It would be unfair and unwise to accuse anyone without
-absolute proof. What I must do is keep closer watch than ever of this
-beach.”</p>
-
-<p>“The thief may over-step himself,” remarked Miss Gordon.</p>
-
-<p>“The Brownies will help you watch the beach,” eagerly offered Vevi.
-“Jamie will too, won’t you?”</p>
-
-<p>Now Barney Fulsom had forgotten that the little boy was standing close
-by. He turned quickly toward him as did all the Brownies. Everyone was
-surprised to see that the youngster appeared very disturbed.</p>
-
-<p>“You’ll help, won’t you, Jamie?” Vevi repeated her question.</p>
-
-<p>The boy stared at her a moment as if he had not heard.</p>
-
-<p>“I&mdash;I won’t be here much longer,” he mumbled at last. “I’m going to run
-away. I’ve made up my mind!”</p>
-
-<p>And with that, he turned and ran off down the beach.</p>
-
-
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<hr class="divider" />
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_125" id="Page_125">125</a></span>
-</div>
-
-<h2><a name="chapter_13" id="chapter_13"></a>CHAPTER 13<br />
-<span>JAMIE’S PRESENT</span></h2>
-
-<p class="noi">NEXT morning after the Brownies had swept the cottages and washed the
-dishes, Miss Gordon announced that she had a delightful surprise.</p>
-
-<p>“Another beach picnic?” guessed Rosemary.</p>
-
-<p>“A treasure hunt?” laughed Sunny.</p>
-
-<p>Miss Gordon smiled and shook her head. Both guesses had been incorrect.</p>
-
-<p>“I know!” cried Vevi. “We’re all going to the pond to search for
-Clover, the turtle!”</p>
-
-<p>“We’re hiking in that direction, but not to the pond. Captain Tarwell
-has given us permission to visit the ship cabin. We’ll have lunch
-there, using the outdoor grill for cooking.”</p>
-
-<p>“I’ve been there a lot of times already,” said Vevi, a trifle
-disappointed by the announcement. “Now if he would only give us the
-key&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>“But he has,” explained the Brownie Scout leader. “I was very much
-surprised. Captain Tarwell came<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_126" id="Page_126">126</a></span> to see me last night. He said he’d
-been thinking matters over and had decided that he was being selfish
-never to allow anyone to use the cottage. We’re to have use of it as
-long as we’re at Silver Beach.”</p>
-
-<p>“May we hold our exhibition of sea shells there?” asked Connie eagerly.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, indeed. If we like, we may stay overnight too, using the bunks.
-Of course that would mean taking in considerable bedding.”</p>
-
-<p>“I wouldn’t mind!” declared Jane. “I think it would be fun!”</p>
-
-<p>“Captain Tarwell made one stipulation,” Miss Gordon warned the girls.
-“We must be very careful not to damage anything in the cottage. Or to
-disturb any of the possessions there.”</p>
-
-<p>“The Bible?” asked Connie.</p>
-
-<p>“The captain didn’t mention that specifically. But he probably had it
-in mind.”</p>
-
-<p>“We won’t hurt anything,” Sunny declared, speaking for all the Brownies.</p>
-
-<p>Jane demanded to know how soon they could start for the cottage.</p>
-
-<p>“As soon as we can assemble the makings of a lunch. If everyone
-works fast, it shouldn’t take long.”<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_127" id="Page_127">127</a></span> Each Brownie was assigned to a
-particular task. Connie buttered rolls. Miss Gordon looked after the
-things which would be needed to cook outdoors. Jane and Sunny filled
-the thermos bottles with milk. Vevi was sent to the corner grocery
-store to buy an additional supply of paper plates and napkins.</p>
-
-<p>“Do hurry dear,” Mrs. Williams advised her. “Everything will be ready
-by the time you return.”</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t poke along as you sometimes do,” Jane called from the kitchen.
-“Get a move on!”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi made up her mind not to keep anyone waiting. So she walked as fast
-she could to the store. She bought the paper plates and napkins, and
-remembered to pick up the change.</p>
-
-<p>On the way back to the cottage she decided to take a short cut along
-the beach. As she walked, she kept looking down at the sand, hoping
-she’d find a pretty shell for the exhibition the Brownies were to have.</p>
-
-<p>She was so intent upon the search that she did not see a man in black
-bathing trunks coming toward her. When she glanced up she was nearly
-face to face with the lifeguard, Raymond Curry.</p>
-
-<p>Vevi would have walked past him without saying a word had he not
-stopped her with a question.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_128" id="Page_128">128</a></span>
-“Have you seen my son anywhere this morning?” he asked.</p>
-
-<p>“Jamie?” Vevi shook her head. “I haven’t been up very long though.”</p>
-
-<p>“When did you see him last?”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi thought it odd that the lifeguard should ask so many questions.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, I saw Jamie late yesterday afternoon,” she replied, thinking
-hard. “He ran off after a car was broken into.”</p>
-
-<p>“Did Jamie&mdash;say anything? About running away, that is?”</p>
-
-<p>“Why, yes he did. But I don’t think he meant it.”</p>
-
-<p>“He meant it,” the lifeguard replied. “Jamie never came home at all
-last night. I got in late myself and didn’t look in his bed until this
-morning when it was time to call him to get up. The bed wasn’t slept
-in.”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi was shocked to hear that Jamie actually had carried out his
-threat. Mr. Curry, she thought, had never shown much interest in his
-son.</p>
-
-<p>“My mother always tucks me into bed at night. That is, when I’m home,”
-she said. “Don’t you even say good night to Jamie before you go to
-sleep?”</p>
-
-<p>“Jamie’s too old to be tucked into bed,” answered the guard. “I’m not
-worried that he won’t come back<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_129" id="Page_129">129</a></span> in a day or so. The thing is, I’d
-intended to leave town and take him with me. Now I’m in a spot.”</p>
-
-<p>Mr. Curry seemed to be thinking aloud, scarcely aware of Vevi’s
-presence. In a moment he started on down the beach.</p>
-
-<p>“If you see Jamie anywhere, let me know,” he flung over his shoulder.</p>
-
-<p>By the time Vevi reached Starfish Cottage all the lunch baskets had
-been packed. The Brownies were in the yard, impatiently waiting.</p>
-
-<p>“It took you long enough!” Jane greeted her. “Did you bring the paper
-plates?”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi held up the package. “I hurried as fast as I could,” she said
-breathlessly. “Mr. Curry stopped me for a minute to ask me about his
-son.”</p>
-
-<p>“What about him?” Jane demanded.</p>
-
-<p>“He’s run away again.”</p>
-
-<p>All the Brownies gathered close to hear what had happened. Mrs.
-Williams and Miss Gordon were especially disturbed by the news.</p>
-
-<p>“Jamie seems so unhappy and upset,” remarked Connie’s mother. “I knew
-yesterday that something was dreadfully wrong.”</p>
-
-<p>“He and his father seem to have no understanding of each other,” agreed
-the Brownie leader. “I do hope the boy is found soon.”<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_130" id="Page_130">130</a></span> Jamie slipped
-from everyone’s thoughts as a start was made for the ship cabin in
-the hills. Miss Gordon drove slowly so that the girls might enjoy the
-beautiful view of the ocean front from the higher level.</p>
-
-<p>Presently, the car came within view of the little cottage. Miss Gordon
-parked just off the highway and the girls walked the remainder of the
-way, carrying the lunch baskets.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s really almost the same as our cottage now!” declared Vevi,
-prancing up the path. “I guess it was lucky Connie and I lost ourselves
-that day in the fog!”</p>
-
-<p>Miss Gordon unlocked the front door with the key Captain Tarwell had
-given her.</p>
-
-<p>“Now remember,” she cautioned the Brownies. “We mustn’t disturb
-anything. But we’re free to use this cottage as a meeting place while
-we’re at Silver Beach. We can have our exhibition of shells here too.”</p>
-
-<p>The girls moved from room to room, admiring the clever carpenter work.
-Rosemary noticed that the floors were all pegged instead of having been
-nailed together.</p>
-
-<p>“Want to see the old Bible?” Connie asked the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_131" id="Page_131">131</a></span> other Brownies. “With
-the notation about Captain Tarwell’s son?”</p>
-
-<p>The girls all were eager to read what had been written so many years
-before. However, when Connie searched for the Bible she could not find
-it.</p>
-
-<p>“I guess Captain Tarwell must have taken it away,” she said at last.
-“He probably didn’t want strangers reading about his son being lost at
-sea.”</p>
-
-<p>Miss Gordon, Vevi and Jane had wandered on into the tiny kitchen. It
-had been built very neatly with high shelves on three of the walls. The
-stove was an old fashioned wood burner.</p>
-
-<p>The Brownie Scout leader noticed at once that wood had been burned
-there recently. When she touched one of the stove lids it was faintly
-warm.</p>
-
-<p>“Captain Tarwell may have been here last night,” she remarked. “He
-likely burned a little wood to take off the chill.”</p>
-
-<p>“Someone slept here again too,” Connie declared. She had noticed a
-mussed blanket lying on a bunk in an adjoining room.</p>
-
-<p>“That’s odd,” remarked Miss Gordon. “Captain Tarwell has a very
-comfortable room at Silver Beach. I shouldn’t think he would care to
-stay here at night.”<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_132" id="Page_132">132</a></span> “Especially when the cottage is so dusty,” added
-Vevi. “I don’t think it was Captain Tarwell at all!”</p>
-
-<p>“It may have been the same person who was in the cottage that day of
-the fog!” added Connie. “But who was he?”</p>
-
-<p>As the Brownies went from room to room they found other evidence that
-someone had been there ahead of them.</p>
-
-<p>Dried bread crumbs had been left on the top of the kitchen table. On
-the floor near the wall bunk Connie discovered muddy shoe tracks.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, these prints are no larger than if I’d made them myself!” she
-exclaimed. “They’re much too small to have been made by Captain
-Tarwell’s shoes!”</p>
-
-<p>Miss Gordon and Mrs. Williams were inclined to agree with Vevi and
-Connie that someone other than the captain had been making use of the
-cabin.</p>
-
-<p>“Whoever the person is, I hope he does no damage here,” Miss Gordon
-said anxiously. “If Captain Tarwell is unaware his cottage is being
-used, he might blame the Brownies for anything amiss.”</p>
-
-<p>Although the cottage had been kept locked, an extra key had been left
-hidden beneath the shingle by the front door. Vevi and Connie thought
-Captain Tarwell was taking risks in leaving it there.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_133" id="Page_133">133</a></span>
-“This place is too dirty,” declared Rosemary. “Let’s clean it up for
-Captain Tarwell.”</p>
-
-<p>“I had intended to suggest that very thing,” said Miss Gordon. “In
-fact, you’ll find a broom, dustpan and dusting cloths in the car. I
-also brought window cleaning spray if anyone feels industrious.”</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll help dust!” Sunny offered quickly.</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll sweep,” volunteered Connie.</p>
-
-<p>Jane said she would dust also, which left Rosemary and Vevi to
-volunteer for the window washing job.</p>
-
-<p>“I have to see about my pigeon,” Vevi suddenly recalled. “I’ll bet he
-hasn’t had anything to eat or drink yet today.”</p>
-
-<p>“You thought that up to get out of work!” Jane accused. “You don’t want
-to wash windows.”</p>
-
-<p>“Vevi will have time to feed the pigeon while Mrs. Williams is bringing
-the cleaning things from the car,” Miss Gordon said. “Let’s all see how
-Vevi’s bird is getting along.”</p>
-
-<p>The Brownies trooped out of the cottage into the yard. Vevi was
-relieved to see the pigeon cage where it had been left in a sheltered
-place.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, someone already has fed Snow White!” she exclaimed.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_134" id="Page_134">134</a></span>
-“This morning too,” agreed Connie, noticing the uneaten grain in the
-pigeon’s basket.</p>
-
-<p>“It must have been Captain Tarwell,” declared Sunny. “He probably was
-afraid you’d forget to look after the bird, Vevi.”</p>
-
-<p>Now Miss Gordon knew that Captain Tarwell had not been at the ship
-cottage that morning. She had talked with him on the beach shortly
-after breakfast. However, she did not mention this to the Brownies.</p>
-
-<p>Vevi removed Snow White from his wicker cage, gently stroking his
-glossy feathers.</p>
-
-<p>“He needs exercise,” she remarked. “But if I let him fly free, he might
-return to Mr. Green’s loft.”</p>
-
-<p>“No chance of that!” teased Jane. “He’d just get lost again.”</p>
-
-<p>Miss Gordon remarked that she did not know what to do about Vevi’s
-bird. The Brownies soon would be leaving Silver Beach to return to
-their homes at Rosedale. She did not think Vevi’s mother would want the
-little girl to bring a carrier pigeon with her.</p>
-
-<p>“We must try to find a good home for the bird,” she declared. “We can’t
-keep it here at the cottage more than another day. The pigeon shouldn’t
-be<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_135" id="Page_135">135</a></span> so closely confined. Besides, it needs a warmer place.”</p>
-
-<p>“Couldn’t we keep it inside the cottage?” Vevi suggested. “It would be
-warm there.”</p>
-
-<p>“No, dear,” Miss Gordon replied firmly. “Captain Tarwell would not want
-a pigeon flying around in his house. Of that I am certain. If Mr. Green
-won’t take the bird back, we must find a new home for it or let it go
-free.”</p>
-
-<p>“A hawk might get him,” Vevi said, close to tears. “I want to keep Snow
-White.”</p>
-
-<p>Miss Gordon merely shook her head and said no more. Vevi understood
-though, that when the time came she would have to let the pigeon go.</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t you mind, Snow White,” she whispered to the bird. “I’ll find
-someone who will want you. I promise.”</p>
-
-<p>“Say, what’s this over here in the bucket?” Connie suddenly demanded.</p>
-
-<p>She had wandered over to the back of the ship cottage, noticing a tin
-pail which someone had placed there. A board half-covered the top.</p>
-
-<p>As Connie curiously lifted off the board, a piece of paper fell from
-it to the ground. Seeing that something had been written on the torn
-sheet, she dropped the board and picked up the paper.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_136" id="Page_136">136</a></span> “Why, it’s
-addressed to Vevi!” she cried. “A note!”</p>
-
-<p>“A note for me?” demanded Vevi very much surprised.</p>
-
-<p>Forgetting Snow White, she hastily thrust the pigeon back in his basket.</p>
-
-<p>“What does it say?” she questioned, running over to where Connie stood.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s very poor writing,” Connie replied, trying hard to make out
-the words. “All it says is, ‘For Vevi and the Brownies.’ It’s signed
-‘Jamie.’”</p>
-
-<p>“What has he left for us?” Vevi asked. “Is the present in that pail?”</p>
-
-<p>“It’s something alive,” declared Rosemary, joining the group of
-Brownies.</p>
-
-<p>The girls peered down into the pail which was three-quarters filled
-with water. A turtle was swimming slowly around.</p>
-
-<p>“Jamie calls that a present!” scoffed Jane in disappointment.</p>
-
-<p>“But it is!” cried Vevi. “It’s a wonderful gift! Just look at that old
-turtle’s shell. See what’s painted on it!”</p>
-
-<p>“C-L-O-V-E-R,” Rosemary spelled out the yellow letters.</p>
-
-<p>“The fastest turtle at Silver Beach!” Vevi laughed<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_137" id="Page_137">137</a></span> in sheer delight.
-“Now the Brownies will be able to enter the race at the hotel Saturday!
-With Clover we can’t lose!”</p>
-
-
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<hr class="divider" />
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_138" id="Page_138">138</a></span>
-</div>
-
-<h2><a name="chapter_14" id="chapter_14"></a>CHAPTER 14<br />
-<span>HIDDEN IN THE SAND</span></h2>
-
-<p class="noi">VEVI lifted the snapping turtle out of water and set him on the ground.</p>
-
-<p>He started off as fast as he could toward the road.</p>
-
-<p>“Look at him go!” shouted Vevi. “Why, he must be the fastest turtle in
-the world!”</p>
-
-<p>“He’ll be gone if you don’t catch him,” Connie warned.</p>
-
-<p>Vevi quickly ran after Clover. When she tried to pick him up he snapped
-at her.</p>
-
-<p>“Do be careful, Vevi,” Miss Gordon warned anxiously. “He seems to be a
-very lively fellow.”</p>
-
-<p>“I know how to handle him. He can’t bite if I hold him right.”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi pretended that she wasn’t a bit afraid of the turtle.
-Nevertheless, she dropped him as quickly as she could back into the
-pail of water.</p>
-
-<p>“Isn’t Jamie the little boy who ran away from home?” remarked Miss
-Gordon thoughtfully. “He<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_139" id="Page_139">139</a></span> must have been here since his father
-discovered him missing.”</p>
-
-<p>“Maybe he slept in the bunk last night,” suggested Connie. “And ate his
-sandwiches on the kitchen table.”</p>
-
-<p>“The boy certainly has been here,” Miss Gordon agreed. “He may return.
-His father must be notified as soon as we return to Silver Beach.”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi felt sorry that Jamie would get into trouble because of the
-turtle. She realized though, that he had made a serious mistake in
-running away from home.</p>
-
-<p>“Let’s forget pets for awhile and clean up the cottage,” Miss Gordon
-proposed briskly. “After that we’ll cook lunch.”</p>
-
-<p>The girls went to work with a will. Vevi and Rosemary washed the
-windows, polishing them until they shone like diamonds. By the time
-they had finished, the other Brownies had made the inside of the
-cottage spic and span.</p>
-
-<p>“How nice everything looks now!” exclaimed Rosemary, gazing about
-proudly. “I should think Captain Tarwell would want to live here
-instead of in a stuffy old room.”</p>
-
-<p>With work out of the way, Miss Gordon built a fire in the outdoor
-fireplace overlooking the cliffs.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_140" id="Page_140">140</a></span> Soon the air became fragrant with
-the odor of sizzling hamburgers.</p>
-
-<p>“I’m starved,” Vevi announced, hovering over the frying pan. “I could
-eat six of ’em myself.”</p>
-
-<p>Lunch finally was ready. The girls made their own sandwiches and sat
-down on the grass to eat them. From the high cliff, they could see the
-ocean, the beach and the yacht club basin.</p>
-
-<p>Presently, it was time to leave. Vevi took a last look at her pigeon
-and turtle while Miss Gordon locked up the cottage.</p>
-
-<p>“We must tell Captain Tarwell that someone besides ourselves has been
-here,” the Brownie Scout leader remarked.</p>
-
-<p>As soon as the group reached Starfish Cottage, Miss Gordon took Vevi,
-Connie and Sunny with her and went in search of both Mr. Curry and the
-old sea captain.</p>
-
-<p>At the hotel where the lifeguard worked, the teacher was informed that
-he had not been seen that day. Although he regularly was assigned to
-guard the bathing beach, he had failed to appear for work.</p>
-
-<p>Nor could Miss Gordon find Captain Tarwell. However, later in the
-day as she searched with<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_141" id="Page_141">141</a></span> Connie for shells, Vevi spied the elderly
-gentleman taking his daily stroll along the beach.</p>
-
-<p>“Captain Tarwell!” she shouted, running toward him.</p>
-
-<p>“Blow me down!” he greeted her with a friendly chuckle.</p>
-
-<p>“Captain Tarwell, the Brownies were at your cottage today!” Vevi
-informed him breathlessly. “We cleaned it for you.”</p>
-
-<p>“Why, that’s fine, splendid, Vevi.”</p>
-
-<p>“Someone had fed my pigeon, Captain Tarwell. Was it you?”</p>
-
-<p>“Not I,” returned the captain. “Fact is, I haven’t been up to the
-cottage this day. On my way now.”</p>
-
-<p>“Did you know someone slept in the cottage last night?”</p>
-
-<p>“What makes you think that, Vevi?”</p>
-
-<p>“Because the bunk had been used. And there were crumbs on the kitchen
-table. If you weren’t at the cabin, then it must have been&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t give it any thought,” broke in the captain before Vevi could
-finish what she had intended to say. “Let me worry about the house.”</p>
-
-<p>“Then you knew someone was staying there?” Vevi asked quickly. “You
-told him he could?”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_142" id="Page_142">142</a></span>
-“No! No!” exclaimed the captain. He spoke rather impatiently. “Please
-don’t worry about it, Vevi. And please don’t talk about it&mdash;to others,
-I mean.”</p>
-
-<p>“About anyone staying at the cabin, you mean?” Vevi could not
-understand why the captain seemed so annoyed.</p>
-
-<p>“There are some things I can’t tell you about,” Captain Tarwell said.
-“You wouldn’t understand, and other folks might not either. Just enjoy
-the use of the cottage.”</p>
-
-<p>Then, as if afraid that Vevi might ask other questions, the old seaman
-walked on down the beach.</p>
-
-<p>It was time for the Brownies’ swimming lesson, so Vevi ran home to
-Starfish Cottage to change into her bathing suit.</p>
-
-<p>“You’re late,” Connie greeted her as she ran across the sand. “Mr.
-Fulsom started in early and we’re all through now.”</p>
-
-<p>“It’s getting too cold to swim anyhow,” said Vevi. “I’d rather play in
-the sand. I’m going to hunt for Miss Gordon’s lost wrist watch.”</p>
-
-<p>“You’re silly,” said Jane, who came splashing out of the waves in time
-to hear the remark. “You know very well that Miss Gordon’s watch was
-stolen. So how could you hope to find it in the sand?”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_143" id="Page_143">143</a></span>
-“Maybe it wasn’t stolen. We don’t know that it was. Anyhow, it won’t do
-any harm to look for it.”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi sat down and began to dig sand into her pail.</p>
-
-<p>“You’re not even sitting where Miss Gordon lost her watch,” Jane went
-on. “You’ll never find anything there&mdash;or anywhere.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, won’t I?”</p>
-
-<p>With a shriek of triumph Vevi pounced upon something in the sand.</p>
-
-<p>“What did you find?” Jane demanded coming quickly over to see.</p>
-
-<p>“A penny!”</p>
-
-<p>“And you get excited over that!” scoffed Jane.</p>
-
-<p>“Maybe I’ll find more money.” Vevi began throwing up sand at a furious
-rate.</p>
-
-<p>Seeing her so hard at work, the other Brownies came hurrying up to
-learn why she was so excited.</p>
-
-<p>“You’re wasting your time, Vevi,” Jane insisted. “One could hunt all
-day and never find any more money.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, is that so?” Laughing gleefully, Vevi held up another copper she
-had discovered in the sand.</p>
-
-<p>This second discovery fired all the Brownies with a fever to search for
-coins. Miss Gordon and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_144" id="Page_144">144</a></span>
-Mrs. Williams stood nearby, smiling as they watched the children.</p>
-
-<p>Only a short time before they had observed Captain Tarwell place a few
-coins along the beach where he knew the Brownies would play. He had
-thought that a treasure hunt would be good fun for the girls.</p>
-
-<p>“Here’s a nickel!” suddenly cried Sunny. “I’m rich!”</p>
-
-<p>Connie found a penny. By now, everyone was digging, even Jane.</p>
-
-<p>Then a long while went by without any of the Brownies turning up a
-coin. The beach became dotted with little holes and mounds of sand.</p>
-
-<p>“I’m getting tired,” sighed Rosemary. “I don’t think we’ll find any
-more money.”</p>
-
-<p>Miss Gordon told the girls that they must level off the holes before
-leaving the beach. Jane, Connie and Rosemary began to smooth out the
-sand immediately. Vevi and Sunny kept digging, hoping to find another
-coin or two.</p>
-
-<p>“Was it Captain Tarwell who hid the money for us?” guessed Vevi.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, dear,” Miss Gordon replied. “He’s enjoyed watching the Brownies
-and talking to them since they’ve been at Silver Beach.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_145" id="Page_145">145</a></span>
-“Are there any more coins?” inquired Sunny.</p>
-
-<p>“I think you’ve found most of them now. There may be another penny or
-two.”</p>
-
-<p>“I’m quitting,” announced Sunny, brushing sand from her hands.</p>
-
-<p>“So am I,” agreed Vevi with a tired sigh. “Anyway, I have two pennies.
-And it was fun.”</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t forget to smooth out all the holes you have made,” the Brownie
-Scout leader reminded her. “We owe it to Mr. Fulsom to keep the beach
-looking nice.”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi began to shovel sand back into the holes. It was nearly as much
-fun filling them up as it had been searching for the coins. The others
-finished ahead of her.</p>
-
-<p>“Hurry up, pokey,” Jane urged her. “It’s time to get dressed.”</p>
-
-<p>“I’m hurrying,” sighed Vevi.</p>
-
-<p>She had one more hole to fill. She shoveled sand into it, patting it
-down with her hands. Then because the hole still wasn’t quite filled,
-she reached for a little more sand.</p>
-
-<p>As she dug down with her shovel, the edge struck a soft object.</p>
-
-<p>Vevi thought she had uncovered a wadded up handkerchief or a piece of
-cloth. But as she pulled<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_146" id="Page_146">146</a></span> the article out of the sand, she saw that it
-was neither.</p>
-
-<p>“See what I’ve found now!” she shouted. “An old faded purse! One with
-gold initials on it!”</p>
-
-
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<hr class="divider" />
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_147" id="Page_147">147</a></span>
-</div>
-
-<h2><a name="chapter_15" id="chapter_15"></a>CHAPTER 15<br />
-<span>A FACE AT THE WINDOW</span></h2>
-
-<p class="noi">HEARING Vevi shout that she had found something in the sand, the other
-Brownies quickly gathered about her.</p>
-
-<p>“Why it <em>is</em> a purse!” exclaimed Connie in astonishment. “It’s been on
-the beach several days too, because it’s water stained!”</p>
-
-<p>“What are the initials on it?” Sunny asked, trying to make them out.</p>
-
-<p>“A-W-A,” Vevi read the letters. “Or maybe its A-M-A.”</p>
-
-<p>“No, it’s A-W-A,” Jane decided. “Say! This pocketbook must belong to
-Mrs. Allison!”</p>
-
-<p>“That’s right,” agreed Rosemary. “I think her first name is Alice. She
-lost a purse. Or at least it was stolen from her car.”</p>
-
-<p>By this time, Mrs. Williams and Miss Gordon had joined the group. They
-too, were very much interested in the purse and agreed that it might
-indeed belong to Mrs. Allison.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_148" id="Page_148">148</a></span>
-“Maybe the money she lost is still here!” Vevi declared. She felt quite
-pleased with herself for having made such an important discovery.</p>
-
-<p>“Open it and see,” urged Jane impatiently. “Or hand it over to me.”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi unfastened the zipper which was clogged with sand. Inside was a
-smaller coin purse, a comb and a vanity case. In addition, there were
-four keys on a metal ring.</p>
-
-<p>“There’s no money here,” Vevi reported, opening the coin container.
-“Not a penny.”</p>
-
-<p>“Mrs. Allison lost ten dollars,” Connie recalled. “But the purse was
-taken from her car. How did it get here in the sand?”</p>
-
-<p>Miss Gordon told the Brownies it was her theory that the thief had
-discarded the pocketbook. After taking it from Mrs. Allison’s car, he
-had kept the money, throwing the purse away.</p>
-
-<p>“I’d return it to the lady, Vevi,” Mrs. Williams suggested. “Even
-though the purse is ruined, the vanity case isn’t tarnished. Besides,
-the keys will be needed.”</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll take it to her just as soon as I get dressed,” Vevi promised.
-“My, I’m good at finding things! I wish I could find your wristwatch,
-Miss Gordon!”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_149" id="Page_149">149</a></span>
-“I wish you could too, dear,” smiled the Brownie leader. “However, I
-never expect to see the watch again. I’m sure it was stolen by the same
-person who’s been breaking into cars. Even if the watch were found in
-the sand, it would be ruined after all this time.”</p>
-
-<p>The Brownies soon ran to the beach house to take showers and dress.
-Vevi and Connie were the first ones to finish wringing out their suits.</p>
-
-<p>“Let’s take the purse to Mrs. Allison now,” Vevi proposed to her little
-friend. “I know where she lives.”</p>
-
-<p>“So do I,” agreed Connie. “She has a place right on the water.”</p>
-
-<p>Miss Gordon and Mrs. Williams told the girls they might go, but not to
-be gone long.</p>
-
-<p>Mrs. Allison’s rented house was on Flower Street overlooking the bay.
-All along the wharf sailboats and cruisers had been tied up. Gulls and
-terns were flying about, now and then alighting on the water or diving
-into it in search of food.</p>
-
-<p>“That’s Mrs. Allison’s house,” Connie said, pointing to a two-story
-building which extended out a short distance into the water.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_150" id="Page_150">150</a></span>
-“And it must be her boat tied up beside it!” added Vevi.</p>
-
-<p>The craft which had drawn her gaze was a large cabin cruiser of
-mahogany. In the sunlight the brasswork gleamed like pure gold.</p>
-
-<p>“My I’d like to take a ride in that boat!” Vevi said wistfully,
-“wouldn’t it be fun?”</p>
-
-<p>“I wish all the Brownies could go for a spin,” Connie replied.</p>
-
-<p>A plank walk led from shore out over the water to the side of the
-house. A railing guarded it so that one could not fall.</p>
-
-<p>Before knocking on the door, the children paused to gaze again at the
-beautiful cruiser. The name “Adventurer” had been painted on it in gold
-letters. As the waves lolloped gently against the wharf, the boat rose
-up and down as if it were breathing.</p>
-
-<p>“Let’s climb down there and look at it,” Vevi proposed. “I’d like to
-see the inside of the cabin.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, no!” Connie protested firmly. “It wouldn’t be polite.”</p>
-
-<p>She rapped on the door. Almost at once it was opened by the same lady
-the children had seen many times on the beach. She was wearing a
-housedress this time and looked different.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_151" id="Page_151">151</a></span>
-“We’ve found your purse,” Connie told her quickly. “Or rather, Vevi
-did.”</p>
-
-<p>“But the money’s gone,” Vevi added.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, that is the pocketbook that was taken from my parked car!” Mrs.
-Allison exclaimed as she saw the faded cloth.</p>
-
-<p>Vevi and Connie told her how they had chanced to come upon the purse
-buried in the sand.</p>
-
-<p>“It doesn’t matter about the money,” the lady assured them. “I’m happy
-though, to recover my keys. Wait here, please.”</p>
-
-<p>Leaving the door open, Mrs. Allison went back into the house. When she
-returned a moment later, she had another pocketbook in her hand.</p>
-
-<p>“I can’t thank you enough for finding my keys,” she said. “Please
-accept this for your trouble.”</p>
-
-<p>She offered the girls a dollar bill.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, no!” exclaimed Connie, moving back a step. “We couldn’t take it.”</p>
-
-<p>“We’re Brownie Scouts,” explained Vevi. “Our motto is ‘HOP.’”</p>
-
-<p>“That means, ‘Help Other People,’” explained Connie. “We were glad to
-help you.”</p>
-
-<p>“I see,” smiled Mrs. Allison, putting away her money. “Well, I
-certainly appreciate the trouble<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_152" id="Page_152">152</a></span> you’ve gone to in bringing my purse
-here. Won’t you come in for awhile?”</p>
-
-<p>“Miss Gordon told us not to stay,” Connie replied reluctantly.</p>
-
-<p>“It must be fun living right on the water,” Vevi remarked, unwilling to
-leave so soon.</p>
-
-<p>“One always has a cool breeze here,” Mrs. Allison returned.</p>
-
-<p>“And you can step right into your boat,” added Vevi. “I’ll bet that
-would be exciting. If I lived here, I’d go for a boat ride every day.”</p>
-
-<p>Mrs. Allison seemed to guess that Vevi was hinting she would like to go
-for a spin in the <em>Adventure</em>, for she asked:</p>
-
-<p>“Would you children care to ride in my boat sometime?”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, yes!” cried Vevi. “When?”</p>
-
-<p>“Not this afternoon, I’m afraid,” the lady replied regretfully. “My
-husband isn’t here and I hesitate to take the boat out alone. Perhaps
-we could make it Saturday.”</p>
-
-<p>“Saturday would be fine!” exclaimed Vevi. “Only we’re entering our
-turtle in the race that day.”</p>
-
-<p>“And the Brownie Scouts may go on a hike in the afternoon,” added
-Connie.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_153" id="Page_153">153</a></span>
-Mrs. Allison said that Monday or Tuesday would be equally satisfactory.</p>
-
-<p>“We may not be here then,” Vevi told her. “Our vacation is almost over.
-All the Brownies must return to Rosedale soon. I think we’re starting
-back Monday.”</p>
-
-<p>“And we do want to ride in your beautiful boat,” Connie declared
-earnestly. “It would be more fun than anything we’ve done.”</p>
-
-<p>Mrs. Allison asked the children about the time of the turtle race and
-the hike.</p>
-
-<p>“I know!” she exclaimed. “If you can get up <a name="early" id="early"></a><ins title="Original has early. We’ll">early, we’ll</ins> go for a
-before-breakfast spin. My husband and I will serve breakfast on the
-boat.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, grand!” laughed Connie. “What time shall we come?”</p>
-
-<p>Mrs. Allison asked if seven o’clock would be too early.</p>
-
-<p>“We can get here even earlier,” Connie promised.</p>
-
-<p>“Seven will be early enough,” Mrs. Allison smiled. “You may bring your
-other friends too, if you like.”</p>
-
-<p>“All the Brownies?” Vevi questioned.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, and your leaders. We’ll make a party of it.”</p>
-
-<p>“We’ll all be here,” Connie promised.</p>
-
-<p>“By the way, on Saturday the boat probably will<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_154" id="Page_154">154</a></span> be tied up near the
-pier,” Mrs. Allison said. “So instead of coming here, come to Wharf 5.
-Do you know where it is?”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, yes,” Vevi assured her. “Anyway, we know the boat and its name.
-We’ll be there.”</p>
-
-<p>“Seven o’clock,” Mrs. Allison reminded them again.</p>
-
-<p>Thrilled by the invitation, Vevi and Connie ran back to the cottage to
-tell the other Brownies of the wonderful outing awaiting them.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, that will make a very nice climax to our vacation,” Miss Gordon
-declared. “We’ll enjoy the boat ride in the morning. In the afternoon
-we’ll watch the turtle race. Sunday we’ll have an all-day exhibition of
-our shells at the ship cottage. Then Monday morning we start for home.”</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t mention that part,” groaned Sunny. “We never want to leave
-Silver Beach.”</p>
-
-<p>“Not without catching that thief who took your wrist watch,” added
-Jane. “Can’t we stay just a few days longer?”</p>
-
-<p>“I’m afraid not,” Miss Gordon smiled. “All good things come to an end,
-you know. But let’s enjoy to the full these last few days.”</p>
-
-<p>“I know one thing I’m going to do before we leave,” Vevi announced
-mysteriously.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_155" id="Page_155">155</a></span> “What?” demanded Jane.</p>
-
-<p>“I’m not telling,” Vevi laughed. “It has something to do with turtles
-though.”</p>
-
-<p>Now the little girl had been very much interested in Captain Tarwell’s
-story of how huge sea turtles came up on the beach to lay their eggs.
-Before she left Silver Beach, she very much wanted to see one of the
-huge creatures. She had made up her mind that on Friday night, when the
-moon was full, she would slip out of the cottage and watch. But she did
-not tell anyone what she intended to do.</p>
-
-<p>The next morning after breakfast while the other Brownies gathered
-shells, Vevi and Connie walked to the ship cottage to feed the pets.</p>
-
-<p>“Animals and birds are a lot of work,” Vevi sighed. “After tomorrow
-I’ll let Snow White fly away. And as soon as Clover wins the race for
-the Brownies I’ll put him back in the pond.”</p>
-
-<p>“Maybe Clover won’t come in first,” Connie replied. “I hear some of
-those hotel boys and girls have some fast turtles. Besides, Clover has
-been cooped up too long.”</p>
-
-<p>“He should have more exercise,” agreed Vevi, frowning. “It’s hard to
-look after him properly when he’s here, and I’m at the cottage. But
-I’ll give him a good work-out today.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_156" id="Page_156">156</a></span>
-The little girl removed the cover from the dish pan. Clover was sitting
-on a pile of wooden blocks which had been fixed for him. He stuck out
-his head and snapped at Vevi when she poked a stick at him.</p>
-
-<p>“He still has plenty of pep, Connie. I think he will win first place in
-the race, don’t you?”</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t know,” returned Connie. “But I’m sure of one thing.”</p>
-
-<p>“What’s that?”</p>
-
-<p>“Someone has been taking care of him for you. See! The water has been
-changed and he’s been fed too.”</p>
-
-<p>“That’s so, Connie! Do you suppose Captain Tarwell did it?”</p>
-
-<p>“Maybe, but I wouldn’t think he would want to walk so far uphill just
-to feed a turtle or a pigeon.”</p>
-
-<p>“Let’s look at Snow White,” Vevi proposed quickly.</p>
-
-<p>The pigeon was in his wicker cage, pecking at a scattering of grain.</p>
-
-<p>“See!” Connie exclaimed. “Snow White has been fed too.”</p>
-
-<p>“Not very long ago either.”</p>
-
-<p>“Then maybe Captain Tarwell is still here.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_157" id="Page_157">157</a></span>
-Vevi glanced quickly toward the cottage. The front door was closed.</p>
-
-<p>However, as she gazed toward one of the tiny porthole windows which
-overlooked the back yard, she was startled to see someone standing
-there inside the house.</p>
-
-<p>For a moment a face was pressed against the thick pane of glass.</p>
-
-<p>Even as Vevi stared, it was withdrawn. For a second, she was a little
-confused. Had she really seen a face or had she imagined it?</p>
-
-<p>“Someone’s watching us from the house!” Connie exclaimed. She too had
-seen the shadowy face.</p>
-
-<p>“It wasn’t Captain Tarwell,” whispered Vevi. “It was someone else.”</p>
-
-<p>“Someone we both know,” added Connie. She had seen the face quite
-plainly. “I don’t think he has any right to be here either. Let’s find
-out about it, Vevi!”</p>
-
-
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<hr class="divider" />
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_158" id="Page_158">158</a></span>
-</div>
-
-<h2><a name="chapter_16" id="chapter_16"></a>CHAPTER 16<br />
-<span>A MOONLIGHT SWIM</span></h2>
-
-<p class="noi">CONNIE started directly for the front door of the ship cabin. Vevi
-followed close behind, though she was a trifle nervous.</p>
-
-<p>“Aren’t you afraid to walk in there?” she whispered. “We don’t know who
-may be hiding inside.”</p>
-
-<p>“I know!” Connie answered. “At least I think I do. Captain Tarwell gave
-us permission to be here. So we have a right to go inside if the door
-is unlocked.”</p>
-
-<p>At the front entrance to the cottage the two children paused to listen.
-The door was slightly ajar. But they could not hear anyone moving about
-inside.</p>
-
-<p>Vevi pounded on the door and called: “Is that you, Captain Tarwell?”</p>
-
-<p>There was no answer. But the girls were certain they heard someone
-tiptoeing away from the front room.</p>
-
-<p>“Someone is hiding in there!” Connie said grimly.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_159" id="Page_159">159</a></span>
-“Let’s not go inside,” Vevi murmured, holding back.</p>
-
-<p>“You may stay here if you like,” Connie answered. “I’m going in.
-Captain Tarwell would want us to find out who is sneaking in and out of
-his cottage.”</p>
-
-<p>“Maybe he already knows, Connie. He acted funny when I tried to tell
-him about it.”</p>
-
-<p>Connie paid no heed to Vevi’s protests. She turned the knob, slowly
-pushing open the door.</p>
-
-<p>“Who’s there?” she called.</p>
-
-<p>Her own voice echoed through the empty house, but there was no answer.</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll go one way and you go the other,” she directed Vevi. “Then we’ll
-be sure to catch him.”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi did not want to set foot inside the cottage. She was unwilling,
-though, to admit to Connie that she was afraid, so she reluctantly
-followed her friend over the threshold.</p>
-
-<p>“You go to the left and I’ll go to the right,” Connie instructed in a
-whisper. “We’ll meet in the kitchen.”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi’s heart began to pound as she tiptoed across the empty living
-room. She reached the corridor opening into the kitchen just as Connie
-entered it from the opposite direction.</p>
-
-<p>“Ha!” cried Connie. “Just as I thought!”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_160" id="Page_160">160</a></span>
-Jamie Curry stood there in his faded jeans, fairly trapped. His hair
-had not been combed and his eyes were red from lack of sleep.</p>
-
-<p>“So you’re the one who has been sneaking into Captain Tarwell’s
-cottage!” accused Vevi.</p>
-
-<p>“I am not either a sneak,” the boy denied.</p>
-
-<p>“You were in here the day of the heavy fog,” Connie insisted. “When we
-came in, you ran away.”</p>
-
-<p>“All right, maybe I was here that day without permission. But that was
-because the door was open.”</p>
-
-<p>“Captain Tarwell put a new lock on,” Vevi reminded him.</p>
-
-<p>“And he knows I’m sleeping here too,” Jamie insisted stubbornly. “It’s
-the only place I have to stay.”</p>
-
-<p>Jamie’s face puckered up and the girls thought he was going to cry. He
-fought back the tears and said defiantly:</p>
-
-<p>“Girls are tattle tales. I suppose you’ll run to my father and tell him
-you saw me here.”</p>
-
-<p>“You shouldn’t have run away,” Connie replied severely. “Your father
-has been trying to find you. You must go back home.”</p>
-
-<p>Jamie thrust his feet apart, glaring at the two girls.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_161" id="Page_161">161</a></span>
-“Not on your life!” he announced. “I’ll never go back&mdash;not even if I
-starve.”</p>
-
-<p>“Does your father make you work too hard?” asked Vevi. “Is that why you
-don’t want to go home?”</p>
-
-<p>“No,” Jamie answered sullenly. “That’s not the reason.”</p>
-
-<p>“Is he mean to you?”</p>
-
-<p>“No-o,” Jamie replied, dragging out the word. “He treats me all right
-most of the time.”</p>
-
-<p>“Then what is wrong?”</p>
-
-<p>“I can’t tell you,” the boy muttered. “Don’t ask me. Go away and leave
-me alone.”</p>
-
-<p>“We have a perfect right to be here,” Connie told him firmly. “Captain
-Tarwell gave the Brownies permission to hold a shell exhibition here
-Sunday. We’re going to fix up the cottage and invite a lot of people.”</p>
-
-<p>“Then everyone will be coming here.” Jamie was aghast. “I won’t be able
-to stay?”</p>
-
-<p>“Not unless you want to be seen,” Connie informed him.</p>
-
-<p>Jamie was silent awhile, thinking matters over.</p>
-
-<p>“I won’t go back home,” he announced. “Mr. Green has promised me a job
-at his pigeon loft. I<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_162" id="Page_162">162</a></span> start in there tomorrow morning. Maybe he will
-let me sleep at his house.”</p>
-
-<p>“Your father won’t like it,” Connie said <a name="severely" id="severely"></a><ins title="Original has severly">severely</ins>. “We can’t
-promise not to tell him we’ve seen you either.”</p>
-
-<p>“Tell if you want to,” Jamie shrugged. “He can’t make me go back
-because I know&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>The boy broke off quickly, acting as if he had said too much.</p>
-
-<p>As Jamie started to leave, Vevi remembered to thank him for finding
-Clover.</p>
-
-<p>“It was nothing,” the boy answered. “I caught him easy. He ought to win
-the race Saturday for the Brownies. Just be careful you don’t scare him
-when you start him off.”</p>
-
-<p>“I’ve never raced a turtle,” Vevi said anxiously. “Why don’t you come
-and show me how?”</p>
-
-<p>Jamie shook his head. “Turtle races are old stuff to me,” he said.
-“Besides, I’m not going back. Goodbye.”</p>
-
-<p>He moved off again, intending to leave.</p>
-
-<p>“Jamie, it was you, wasn’t it, who fed Clover and Snow White?”</p>
-
-<p>“Sure,” the boy admitted. “You didn’t want ’em to die, did you? I’ll
-give you a tip. I won’t be here<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_163" id="Page_163">163</a></span> tonight, and it’s too cold outside for
-your pigeon. Unless you want him to get sick, you’d better take him
-somewhere that’s warm.”</p>
-
-<p>Then, although Connie and Vevi tried to persuade Jamie to stay, he
-sauntered off. The girls locked the cottage, hiding the key under the
-shingle.</p>
-
-<p>“We’ll have to take Snow White and Clover with us,” Vevi decided.</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll carry Snow White’s cage,” Connie said quickly. “You look after
-Clover.”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi was a little afraid of the turtle, but she drained off all the
-water in the pan and carried him in that. Clover did not like it very
-well. He kept clawing at the sides of the container, trying to crawl
-out.</p>
-
-<p>At Starfish Cottage, Miss Gordon and Mrs. Williams were none too happy
-to see the pets arrive. However, they said Vevi might keep the pigeon
-over-night and the turtle until after the Saturday race.</p>
-
-<p>“I hope Clover wins,” Vevi declared. “Just think of winning ten dollars
-for the Brownies!”</p>
-
-<p>“You haven’t won it yet,” Jane reminded her. “What time is the race?”</p>
-
-<p>“Two o’clock.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_164" id="Page_164">164</a></span>
-“How can you enter Clover in the race if the Brownies are going for a
-ride in Mrs. Allison’s boat?”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, we’ll be back in plenty of time,” Vevi said. “The boat ride is at
-seven.”</p>
-
-<p>The Brownies’ vacation at Silver Beach fast was drawing to a close.
-Everyone hated to leave, even Mrs. Williams and Miss Gordon. Vevi
-especially, had a million things she wanted to do. And one in
-particular.</p>
-
-<p>Ever since the little girl had been told that giant turtles sometimes
-came up on the beach at night to lay their eggs, she had wanted to view
-the strange sight.</p>
-
-<p>Starfish Cottage was only a few steps from the beach, so close that
-Vevi could hear the roar of the surf. Often at night she would lie
-awake in her bed, listening to the pounding of each wave on the sand.
-Several times, when she was not too sleepy, she looked out the bedroom
-window. But she never had seen even one of the huge turtles.</p>
-
-<p>Now Vevi knew that if ever the big loggerheads came out of the sea it
-would be on a moonlight night. On this particular evening the moon
-would rise early. It would be a full one too, for she had heard Mrs.
-Williams tell Sunny so.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_165" id="Page_165">165</a></span>
-As the afternoon wore on, Vevi became more and more quiet, thinking
-over her plans.</p>
-
-<p>“You’re not ill, are you, dear?” inquired Mrs. Williams.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, no! I feel fine!”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi had made up her mind not to tell anyone of her plan to watch for
-the big turtles.</p>
-
-<p>After dinner, the Brownies all gathered for a songfest at Starfish
-Cottage. Later, they arranged shells, printing cards for each one.</p>
-
-<p>Vevi began to squirm restlessly.</p>
-
-<p>“How long before we go to bed?” she asked, looking at the clock.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, it’s only ten minutes after eight,” Rosemary protested. “You
-don’t look a bit sleepy either, Vevi McGuire!”</p>
-
-<p>“We have to get up early tomorrow for the boat ride,” Vevi answered
-quickly.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, seven o’clock will be tapping on our door almost before we know
-it,” Mrs. Williams agreed. “‘Early to bed, early to rise.’”</p>
-
-<p>“This is the first time I ever heard Vevi ask to go to bed early,”
-grumbled Jane.</p>
-
-<p>Vevi paid no attention to the teasing of the other Brownies. After Mrs.
-Williams had taken Jane, Rosemary and Sunny to Oriole Cottage, Vevi
-undressed<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_166" id="Page_166">166</a></span> as fast as she could. Before she leaped into bed though, she
-folded her clothes carefully, leaving them where they could be found
-easily even in the dark.</p>
-
-<p>It took Connie a long while to get ready for bed. She spent ten minutes
-brushing her hair. Finally though, the light was turned out.</p>
-
-<p>Vevi lay perfectly still, pretending to be asleep. At first she felt
-very wide awake. The bed covers were pleasantly warm. The little girl
-snuggled deeper into them, closing her eyes.</p>
-
-<p>When she opened them again with a start, Vevi knew she had fallen
-asleep by mistake. The bedroom she shared with Connie was very quiet.
-In the next room Mrs. Williams was sleeping soundly. It was late, for
-moonlight streamed in the open window.</p>
-
-<p>Dismayed to have slept so long, Vevi crept from bed. Connie stirred but
-did not awaken.</p>
-
-<p>The bedroom floor was cold and a chill wind came in from the sea.</p>
-
-<p>Her teeth chattering, Vevi put on all her clothes except her shoes.
-Then she took a blanket from the bed, and wrapping it around her,
-sat down by the window.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_167" id="Page_167">167</a></span> From where she watched, Vevi could see a
-long stretch of deserted beach. The sand gleamed ghostly white in the
-moonlight. Not a person was astir.</p>
-
-<p>“I wish the turtles would hurry and come,” Vevi thought. “I don’t want
-to sit and wait all night.”</p>
-
-<p>The little girl did not have a watch but she thought it must be at
-least midnight. Only a few automobiles were parked along the beach
-beside some of the cottages. Often renters who had no garages, left
-them there all night.</p>
-
-<p>Vevi kept her gaze on the roaring surf, watching the fringe of foam.
-She began to feel very drowsy. Finally a shoe which she held in her
-hand, slipped from her fingers. It struck the floor with a loud thump.</p>
-
-<p>Hearing the noise, Connie sat up in bed. She rubbed her eyes. As the
-cobwebs of sleep cleared away, she saw Vevi huddled in her blanket.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, Vevi!” she exclaimed. “What are you doing out of bed?”</p>
-
-<p>“Sh!” warned Vevi. “Don’t wake anyone. I’m watching for turtles.”</p>
-
-<p>Connie threw off the covers and came over to the window.</p>
-
-<p>“Vevi McGuire! You’re walking in your sleep!”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_168" id="Page_168">168</a></span>
-“I am not,” Vevi whispered hotly. “I’m not even sitting in my sleep.
-I’m just watching.”</p>
-
-<p>“You won’t be able to get up in time for the boat ride tomorrow,”
-Connie predicted. “Get back into bed this minute.”</p>
-
-<p>“But I want to see a big turtle lay its eggs on the beach.”</p>
-
-<p>“You might watch all night and not see one, Vevi.”</p>
-
-<p>“I s’pose so,” Vevi admitted unwillingly. Already she had grown tired
-of sitting so long in a chair. “I’ll come to bed&mdash;say! What’s that?”</p>
-
-<p>Greatly excited, she reached out in the darkness to grasp Connie’s hand.</p>
-
-<p>Vevi’s sharp eyes had detected movement on the beach. A dark object had
-emerged from the sea.</p>
-
-<p>Connie began to giggle, smothering the sound with her hand.</p>
-
-<p>“You think that’s a turtle?” she teased. “Why, it’s only a man swimming
-in the ocean.”</p>
-
-<p>By this time Vevi too was able to see that the dark object was a
-bather. The man had come from the direction of the pier and now was
-moving across the sand toward the row of cars.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_169" id="Page_169">169</a></span>
-“It’s Raymond Curry,” Connie recognized him. “Why does he swim so late
-at night?”</p>
-
-<p>“And on our beach instead of his own,” whispered Vevi. “He’s acting
-awfully queer. Let’s watch and see where he goes.”</p>
-
-
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<hr class="divider" />
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_170" id="Page_170">170</a></span>
-</div>
-
-<h2><a name="chapter_17" id="chapter_17"></a>CHAPTER 17<br />
-<span>MRS. ALLISON’S CRUISER</span></h2>
-
-<p class="noi">FROM the bedroom window, the children saw Raymond Curry walk directly
-across the sand toward the roadway. His black bathing trunks were
-dripping wet, but he did not seem to mind the chill air.</p>
-
-<p>“What a funny time to swim,” Connie whispered. “It must be long after
-midnight.”</p>
-
-<p>“Everyone has gone from the beach too,” added Vevi.</p>
-
-<p>The lifeguard had paused at the roadside where three or four cars had
-been parked for the night. Vevi and Connie saw him glance up and down
-the beach as if to see if anyone were watching.</p>
-
-<p>Then, one by one, he began trying the car door handles to see if they
-were unlocked.</p>
-
-<p>“I guess he’s just checking the automobiles,” Connie said, losing
-interest. She stiffled a yawn. “I’m going back to bed.”</p>
-
-<p>“Wait!” Vevi commanded. “Why would Mr.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_171" id="Page_171">171</a></span> Curry check automobiles at this
-time of night?”</p>
-
-<p>“It does seem queer, Vevi.”</p>
-
-<p>“On Mr. Fulsom’s beach too. I think he’s trying to break in.”</p>
-
-<p>“Mr. Curry?” Connie exclaimed in disbelief.</p>
-
-<p>“Then maybe he’s trying to find his son,” Vevi speculated. “He may
-think Jamie is sleeping in one of the parked cars.”</p>
-
-<p>“That must be it,” Connie agreed, her mind relieved. “But he won’t find
-Jamie here at the beach. If he didn’t go to Mr. Green’s place, he’s
-still at the captain’s cottage.”</p>
-
-<p>“We ought to tell Mr. Curry where he can find his son.”</p>
-
-<p>“You mean now?”</p>
-
-<p>“We may not see him tomorrow, Connie. We go boat riding so early. After
-that, there’s the turtle race.”</p>
-
-<p>“Maybe you’re right,” Connie agreed unwillingly.</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll tell him now,” Vevi decided. “It will take only a minute. I hate
-to go outdoors alone though.”</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll dress and go with you,” Connie offered. “Help me find my shoes.”</p>
-
-<p>In the dark bedroom the girls had to search for a minute or two before
-they found all of Connie’s clothes. She dressed as fast as she could.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_172" id="Page_172">172</a></span>
-“Hurry!” Vevi urged. “Mr. Curry’s still trying car doors, but he’s
-almost out of sight up the beach.”</p>
-
-<p>“I’m hurrying as fast as I can,” Connie gasped. “My shoe strings are
-all tied in knots.”</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t bother about that. Unless we catch him right away, he’ll be
-gone.”</p>
-
-<p>“Shouldn’t we tell Mother we’re leaving the cottage?”</p>
-
-<p>“No time,” Vevi insisted. “We’ll be back in a minute anyway. Come on.”</p>
-
-<p>The two girls groped their way to the front door. It was locked.
-However, the key was in the lock.</p>
-
-<p>Vevi turned it as far as she could, but it seemed to be stuck.</p>
-
-<p>“It won’t open, Connie.”</p>
-
-<p>“Let me try, Vevi.”</p>
-
-<p>Connie pushed hard on the key. At first she could not make it turn far
-enough either. Then she gave the door a quick shove with her hip. The
-jolt made the key click all the way over.</p>
-
-<p>“There, it’s unlocked!” Connie exclaimed.</p>
-
-<p>Shoving open the door, the girls stepped outside. The beach, bathed in
-soft moonlight, looked ghostly and unreal.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_173" id="Page_173">173</a></span>
-“It’s c-cold,” Vevi shivered. “And I’m scared.”</p>
-
-<p>Connie felt rather frightened too though she could not have explained
-why.</p>
-
-<p>“Maybe we should wait&mdash;” she began, but Vevi cut her short.</p>
-
-<p>“No, let’s tell him now,” she urged. “Come on, before he gets too far
-away.”</p>
-
-<p>Already Mr. Curry was some distance from the cottage. He was standing
-beside a parked sedan, checking to see if one of the glass windows
-could be pushed down from the top.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, Mr. Curry!” called Vevi.</p>
-
-<p>In the still night air her voice carried very clearly.</p>
-
-<p>The lifeguard heard, for he turned around quickly. Then he did an
-odd thing. Instead of answering Vevi, or waiting for the girls, he
-deliberately walked away from them.</p>
-
-<p>They saw him dash into the surf. Wading out to shoulder depth, he swam
-off toward his own beach.</p>
-
-<p>“Now, why did he do that!” Vevi exclaimed in disappointment. “He didn’t
-give us a chance to tell him about Jamie.”</p>
-
-<p>“He acted as if he didn’t want to talk to us,” agreed Connie.</p>
-
-<p>The girls had not taken time to put on sweaters<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_174" id="Page_174">174</a></span> or jackets. Teeth
-chattering, they crept back into the cottage and into their beds. They
-had lost all interest in lifeguards and turtles.</p>
-
-<p>Vevi was awakened next morning by the clatter of an alarm clock.</p>
-
-<p>She rubbed her eyes drowsily. Then realizing that it was six o’clock,
-she leaped out of bed.</p>
-
-<p>“Time to get up!” she aroused Connie, giving her a hard shake. “We want
-to beat the girls at Oriole Cottage. If we don’t hurry, we’ll be late
-for the motorboat ride.”</p>
-
-<p>Connie mumbled drowsily and burrowed deeper into the covers. Vevi
-jerked them off.</p>
-
-<p>“Get up, sleepy head!” she ordered. “We want to be the first to get to
-the wharf.”</p>
-
-<p>As Vevi gave her another hard shake, Connie really came awake. She
-leaped out of bed and dressed so fast she was ahead of everyone.</p>
-
-<p>For a while all was hubbub in the cottage as the girls from Oriole
-Cottage began to arrive. Connie and Vevi though, were the first to get
-their beds made and have their room straightened.</p>
-
-<p>“We’ll go on ahead to the wharf,” Vevi told Miss Gordon.</p>
-
-<p>“Isn’t it rather early?” asked the teacher. “Mrs.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_175" id="Page_175">175</a></span> Allison doesn’t plan
-to leave the dock before seven-thirty.”</p>
-
-<p>“It won’t do any harm to be there a little early,” Vevi said. “That
-way, Mrs. Allison will be sure the Brownies haven’t forgotten.”</p>
-
-<p>Miss Gordon smiled and told the two girls they might walk on ahead if
-they liked. “We’ll come as quickly as we can,” she promised.</p>
-
-<p>In leaving the cottage, Vevi recalled that she had not fed her pets
-that morning.</p>
-
-<p>“I must keep up Clover’s strength, or he won’t win the race this
-afternoon,” she declared.</p>
-
-<p>Vevi fed the turtle, and then dropped a little grain in Snow White’s
-cage.</p>
-
-<p>“Your pigeon needs exercise,” Connie said. “Why not let him fly away,
-Vevi? You know you can’t take him home when we leave here Monday.”</p>
-
-<p>“Maybe Miss Gordon will let me.”</p>
-
-<p>“You know she won’t, Vevi. Besides, you have no place where you could
-keep a bird except for a few days. Let him go now, Vevi.”</p>
-
-<p>“He might get lost again.”</p>
-
-<p>“You’ll have to let him go by tomorrow at the latest,” Connie said
-severely. “So why not now?”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi stubbornly shook her head. “Maybe I will find a good home for
-him.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_176" id="Page_176">176</a></span>
-“Where?”</p>
-
-<p>“Captain Tarwell might take Snow White.”</p>
-
-<p>“He can’t be bothered with a bird and you know it.”</p>
-
-<p>“Jamie would like to have my pigeon.”</p>
-
-<p>“We don’t know what has become of Jamie. So you know he can’t look
-after the bird.”</p>
-
-<p>“Maybe Mrs. Allison would like Snow White,” Vevi said hopefully. “She
-could keep him at her house on the water and he’d be happy there. I
-know! I’ll take him along this morning and ask her!”</p>
-
-<p>“He’ll be in the way,” Connie said, trying to discourage her friend.</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t care,” Vevi insisted. “I want Snow White to have a nice boat
-ride. Anyway, we won’t have much longer to be together.”</p>
-
-<p>Connie said no more. So Vevi picked up the cage. On the way to the
-wharf, she carried it very carefully so as not to jar the pigeon.</p>
-
-<p>“There’s the boat!” Connie exclaimed a few minutes later as they came
-within view of the <em>Adventurer</em>, tied up at the wharf.</p>
-
-<p>“But where is Mrs. Allison and her husband?” asked Vevi. “I guess we
-are here too early.”</p>
-
-<p>The cabin cruiser was completely deserted. Dew<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_177" id="Page_177">177</a></span> lay heavy on its decks
-and the canvas covers had not been removed.</p>
-
-<p>“I hope Mrs. Allison didn’t forget,” Vevi said anxiously as she and
-Connie walked out on the dock.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, she’ll be along. It’s early. We’re the only persons anywhere
-around.”</p>
-
-<p>“Let’s go aboard,” proposed Vevi.</p>
-
-<p>Connie hung back. “Oh, should we? Maybe Mrs. Allison wouldn’t like it.”</p>
-
-<p>“She won’t care, Connie. We won’t hurt anything. I want to peek inside
-the cabin before the other Brownies get here.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, all right,” Connie consented reluctantly. “We’ll get on for just a
-minute. Then we’ll get right off and wait for Mrs. Allison.”</p>
-
-<p>Still carrying the pigeon cage, Vevi scrambled aboard. The boat was
-rocking gently up and down on the waves.</p>
-
-<p>“I’m tired of carrying this basket around,” Vevi announced as Connie
-joined her on deck. “I’m going to leave it in the cabin.”</p>
-
-<p>“Mrs. Allison may not like it, Vevi.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, she won’t mind. We aren’t hurting anything. Aren’t the seats
-grand?”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi plumped herself down in one, bouncing up and down.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_178" id="Page_178">178</a></span>
-“Vevi, let’s get off,” Connie said anxiously. “We might damage
-something.”</p>
-
-<p>“I’m not hurting this seat one bit.”</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t like to be here unless Mrs. Allison says it’s all right.”</p>
-
-<p>“We aren’t doing any harm,” Vevi insisted.</p>
-
-<p>“I’m going to get off.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, all right, so will I,” Vevi grumbled. “But first I’m going to put
-Snow White inside.”</p>
-
-<p>She disappeared into the cabin with the pigeon cage. A moment later,
-Connie heard her call for her to come in too.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s darling inside, Connie! You ought to see!”</p>
-
-<p>Connie could not resist taking a quick look at the cabin’s interior.
-The room had been made very attractive with red draperies at the
-portholes. Bunks lined one side of the wall. A galley or kitchen unit
-filled the other side. The third wall was taken up by a leather seat.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, one could live on this boat!” Vevi cried. “See! The cupboard is
-stocked with groceries!”</p>
-
-<p>“We’re staying aboard too long,” Connie said uneasily. “Let’s go before
-Mrs. Allison finds us here.”</p>
-
-<p>Even as she spoke, the girls heard soft footsteps on the dock.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_179" id="Page_179">179</a></span>
-“Someone’s coming now!” Connie declared, moving quickly to the window.
-“It’s probably Mrs. Allison or her husband.”</p>
-
-<p>Peering out the porthole window, the girls tried to see who approached.
-At first they could see no one, although they kept hearing the soft
-tread of bare feet.</p>
-
-<p>But as they watched, a man came into view. He wore only black bathing
-trunks and evidently had been swimming for his suit was wet.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s Mr. Curry again,” said Vevi in a whisper. “Why does he swim so
-often? And so early in the morning?”</p>
-
-<p>“At our beach too,” added Connie. “He’s coming here, I think.”</p>
-
-<p>Now, although the girls had done nothing wrong they felt very uneasy.
-Not saying a word, they remained by the window, watching.</p>
-
-<p>The lifeguard had not seen them. He came on down the dock toward the
-<em>Adventurer</em> and the other cruisers tied up alongside.</p>
-
-<p>Vevi and Connie saw him pause beside a mahogany craft which bore the
-name <em>Miss Lady</em>. It was one of the most expensive boats at Silver
-Beach, owned by a very wealthy man.</p>
-
-<p>Mr. Curry glanced quickly around to be certain<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_180" id="Page_180">180</a></span> no one was watching.
-Then he leaped lightly aboard the vessel.</p>
-
-<p>“Let’s tell him about seeing Jamie,” Vevi suggested.</p>
-
-<p>She started to leave the cabin. Connie caught her by the hand, drawing
-her back to the porthole.</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t make a sound,” she advised. “Just watch! He’s up to something!”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi could not imagine why Connie had become so excited.</p>
-
-<p>Then, peering through the window, she understood the reason. Although
-no one appeared to be aboard <em>Miss Lady</em>, the lifeguard was trying to
-force open the cabin door!</p>
-
-
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<hr class="divider" />
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_181" id="Page_181">181</a></span>
-</div>
-
-<h2><a name="chapter_18" id="chapter_18"></a>CHAPTER 18<br />
-<span>ADRIFT</span></h2>
-
-<p class="noi">AT first, Connie and Vevi could not guess what the lifeguard was trying
-to do. They saw him push hard against the cabin door.</p>
-
-<p>When it did not open, he brought forth a small metal tool from inside
-his bathing trunks.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, he must have a deep pocket inside his bathing suit!” Vevi
-exclaimed in amazement. “How funny!”</p>
-
-<p>“Imagine trying to swim with a heavy piece of metal,” added Connie. “I
-never heard of such a thing before!”</p>
-
-<p>As the girls watched from behind the curtains, they were shocked to see
-the lifeguard deliberately break the door lock of the nearby cruiser.</p>
-
-<p>“He shouldn’t have done that!” Vevi declared. “The owner of <em>Miss Lady</em>
-won’t like it.”</p>
-
-<p>Connie gave the Brownie sign for complete silence.</p>
-
-<p>Vevi realized then that something was dreadfully<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_182" id="Page_182">182</a></span> wrong. Connie, she
-noticed, looked rather frightened.</p>
-
-<p>Unaware that anyone was near, Raymond Curry had entered the cabin of
-<em>Miss Lady</em>.</p>
-
-<p>Vevi and Connie could see him going hurriedly through drawers and
-boxes. Most articles he threw on the floor. But the girls saw him stuff
-two small items into the inner pocket of his bathing trunks.</p>
-
-<p>Vevi no longer could remain silent.</p>
-
-<p>“Connie, he’s a thief!” she whispered tensely. “He’s taking something
-that doesn’t belong to him!”</p>
-
-<p>“And last night we saw him trying car doors,” added Connie. “He must
-have been trying to get in.”</p>
-
-<p>“He’s been doing his stealing at our beach, so no one would suspect
-him! Oh, Connie, I’ll bet he was the one who took Miss Gordon’s wrist
-watch!”</p>
-
-<p>“We saw him swimming on our beach that day! He may have been the one
-who took Mrs. Allison’s purse too!”</p>
-
-<p>By this time the girls were so excited they scarcely could contain
-themselves. In trying to see, Vevi accidentally scratched her hand
-against the window glass.</p>
-
-<p>Though the noise was slight, it was heard on the next boat. Mr. Curry
-whirled around, seeing the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_183" id="Page_183">183</a></span> children watching him from the cabin of the
-<em>Adventurer</em>.</p>
-
-<p>The lifeguard came quickly out of the cruiser, closing the door behind
-him.</p>
-
-<p>“He’s going to go away with all that stuff he took!” Vevi cried. “Let’s
-stop him, Connie.”</p>
-
-<p>Both girls remembered that once at the circus when a pickpocket had
-tried to get away, all the Brownie Scouts had surrounded him. But now
-there was no one to help them.</p>
-
-<p>Without stopping to think, Vevi ran out of the cabin.</p>
-
-<p>“Stop!” she shouted at Mr. Curry, who had leaped off the <em>Lady</em>.
-“You’re a thief! We saw you take something from that boat.”</p>
-
-<p>Mr. Curry paused. He looked up and down the waterfront, not seeing
-anyone. Then he came over to where the <em>Adventurer</em> was tied up. He was
-smiling, but not in a friendly way.</p>
-
-<p>“So I’m a thief, am I?” he asked pleasantly. “You saw everything?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, we did!” Vevi retorted. “You put back what you stole or we’ll
-tell the police! You took Miss Gordon’s watch too!”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, well, what clever little girls you are!” Mr.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_184" id="Page_184">184</a></span> Curry said. “So
-you saw everything? And you’ll run straight to the police with it?”</p>
-
-<p>As the lifeguard talked, he bent down by the dock post. Vevi and Connie
-did not realize what he was doing until it was too late.</p>
-
-<p>Then they saw that the man deliberately had untied the rope which held
-the <em>Adventurer</em> fast.</p>
-
-<p>“You’ll not tell the police anything for an hour or so,” said Mr.
-Curry. “You’re taking a little ride out into the bay.”</p>
-
-<p>As he spoke, he gave the cruiser a hard shove. It shot several feet
-away from the wharf, barely clearing another boat tied on the other
-side.</p>
-
-<p>“You’ll not be carried too far out,” Mr. Curry called. “The drifting
-boat will be sighted eventually by the lighthouse keeper or from shore.
-So relax and have a nice time, kiddies. You’ll not be seeing me again!”</p>
-
-<p>Mr. Curry stood a moment, watching the boat drift slowly away. Then he
-turned and was lost to view behind another cruiser.</p>
-
-<p>Connie and Vevi were so frightened that for a moment or two they could
-not speak.</p>
-
-<p>Already the cruiser was so far from the wharf that they could not leap
-ashore. The water was<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_185" id="Page_185">185</a></span> much too deep for them to jump off and try to
-wade in.</p>
-
-<p>“What’ll we do?” Vevi wailed.</p>
-
-<p>“Scream for help!” Connie advised. “Yell as loudly as you can.”</p>
-
-<p>Both girls called for help, over and over again. Although it now was
-nearly seven o’clock, no one seemed to be on the beach. Captain Tarwell
-was not in sight either, nor were any of the Brownies.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, Connie, we’re being carried out to sea!” Vevi gasped.</p>
-
-<p>“And Mr. Curry will get away from Silver Beach with everything he’s
-stolen,” added Connie in <a name="despair" id="despair"></a><ins title="Original has dispair">despair</ins>. “That’s why he cut our
-boat loose! So we wouldn’t be able to tell anyone what we saw, until
-after he’s safely away!”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, we’ve got to do something&mdash;quick! Let’s yell for help again.”</p>
-
-<p>Cupping hands to their lips, the girls shouted until they were nearly
-hoarse. Although the cruiser had not as yet drifted far from shore, no
-one was abroad to hear or see them.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s no use,” moaned Vevi, grasping the <em>Adventurer’s</em> railing for
-support. “We’re going to be<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_186" id="Page_186">186</a></span> carried way out into the ocean. I’m
-getting seasick too! I feel just awful.”</p>
-
-<p>Big tears splashed down the little girl’s cheeks. Running into the
-cabin, she flung herself on the cushioned seat and buried her head in a
-pillow.</p>
-
-
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<hr class="divider" />
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_187" id="Page_187">187</a></span>
-</div>
-
-<h2><a name="chapter_19" id="chapter_19"></a>CHAPTER 19<br />
-<span>SNOW WHITE WINGS HOME</span></h2>
-
-<p class="noi">NOW Vevi was more frightened than ill. The <em>Adventurer</em> was bobbing up
-and down on the waves. But the motion was a gentle one, and the girls
-had not been aboard long enough to really become seasick.</p>
-
-<p>It was the fear of being carried out to sea that worried Vevi and
-Connie more than anything else. They were troubled too, lest the
-drifting cruiser crash into one of the other boats which had been tied
-up to buoys in the bay.</p>
-
-<p>Connie followed her little friend inside the <em>Adventurer’s</em> cabin.</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t cry, Vevi,” she comforted her. “We’re still in the bay. Mr.
-Curry said we’ll be sighted before we drift very far out.”</p>
-
-<p>“Mr. Curry doesn’t care what becomes of us,” Vevi said, lifting her
-head out of the pillow. “He was mean and deceitful!”</p>
-
-<p>“Mr. Curry is afraid we’ll tell what we saw,”<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_188" id="Page_188">188</a></span> Connie declared. “Oh, I
-wish we could get off this boat in time to catch him!”</p>
-
-<p>Far across the bay the girls heard the muffled roar of a motorboat
-engine.</p>
-
-<p>Hopeful of a rescue, they darted out of the cabin. The boat they had
-heard was a long distance away, moving not toward them, but in the
-opposite direction.</p>
-
-<p>Nevertheless, Vevi and Connie screamed and screamed for help.</p>
-
-<p>Their cries were useless. The boat kept on, soon disappearing in the
-direction of the distant lighthouse.</p>
-
-<p>“Why doesn’t someone see us?” whimpered Vevi. “Why doesn’t Mrs. Allison
-come? Or the Brownies?”</p>
-
-<p>Connie was becoming more worried by the moment. The <em>Adventurer</em>, she
-noted, was drifting faster and faster.</p>
-
-<p>No longer was it close to shore or other boats. If once it passed the
-mouth of the bay, they would truly be at sea.</p>
-
-<p>“If only we’d drift past one of those red buoys, maybe we could grab
-onto it,” she said.</p>
-
-<p>The buoys which marked the harbor channel ran almost in a straight line
-out from shore. But<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_189" id="Page_189">189</a></span> the <em>Adventurer</em> did not drift very close to any
-of them.</p>
-
-<p>In reaching out, trying to grasp one of the markers, Connie lost her
-brown Beanie cap. It fell into the water and was caught by a wave. For
-a minute she could see it floating on the foamy crest. Then it was gone.</p>
-
-<p>Hopefully, the girls gazed toward shore. They could see the long rows
-of cottages, the pier, the town dock and two church spires.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s almost seven o’clock,” Connie said. “Don’t worry, Vevi. Mrs.
-Allison, my mother or Miss Gordon will be coming down to the beach soon
-now. They’ll see that the boat is missing and send help.”</p>
-
-<p>“But they won’t know what’s become of the <em>Adventurer</em>, Connie. We’ve
-drifted so you can’t see the dock where the boat was tied up.”</p>
-
-<p>“Let’s tie a white cloth to the railing,” Connie suggested. “Maybe
-someone will see that and know we’re in trouble.”</p>
-
-<p>Going into the cabin, the children searched for a suitable object.
-Finally they found a towel they were able to use. But they did not have
-much hope it would attract anyone’s attention.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_190" id="Page_190">190</a></span>
-Vevi’s gaze presently fell upon Snow White’s basket. The pigeon was
-drowsing.</p>
-
-<p>“Say! Why didn’t we think of it before, Connie?”</p>
-
-<p>“Think of what?”</p>
-
-<p>“We can send a message for help by carrier pigeon!”</p>
-
-<p>“Send it where, Vevi?”</p>
-
-<p>“Why, to Mr. Green’s pigeon loft. Snow White would fly there.”</p>
-
-<p>“You mean he would if he didn’t get lost.”</p>
-
-<p>“Let’s try it anyhow,” Vevi urged. “It’s our only chance.”</p>
-
-<p>“All right,” Connie agreed quickly.</p>
-
-<p>Writing materials were found in the built-in desk inside the cabin.
-Vevi urged Connie to print the message so it could be more easily read.</p>
-
-<p>Connie picked up the pen, thought hard for a moment and then wrote:</p>
-
-<p>“Carried out to sea on the <em>Adventurer</em>. Send help quick!”</p>
-
-<p>She signed the message, “Vevi and Connie.”</p>
-
-<p>“Underline that word ‘quick’ three times,” Vevi advised.</p>
-
-<p>Connie marked under the word and folded the paper until it was very
-small. Removing Snow</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_191" id="Page_191">191</a></span>
-White from his basket, the girls then placed the message in the
-carrying cartridge on his leg.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, Snow White, do your best,” Vevi pleaded as she bore the pigeon to
-the railing. “Fly straight home!”</p>
-
-<p>She stroked the pigeon’s glossy feathers for a bit. Then she tossed him
-into the air.</p>
-
-<p>“He’s going to settle on that rock beyond the buoy!” Connie gasped.
-“Oh, that Snow White! He’s just no good.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, he is too!” Vevi insisted logically. “He’s just getting his
-bearings. Give him a minute or two to get started.”</p>
-
-<p>Snow White had circled the big black rock as if intending to settle on
-it. Vevi and Connie watched anxiously. They knew if the pigeon stopped
-to rest, he would never fly back to his home loft.</p>
-
-<p>“There he goes!” cried Vevi jubilantly.</p>
-
-<p>As if suddenly making up his mind, the pigeon winged off toward shore.
-He flew in a dead straight line.</p>
-
-<p>“He’s going toward Mr. Green’s place!” Vevi shouted. “Oh, I knew Snow
-White could do it.”</p>
-
-<p>“He isn’t there yet,” Connie reminded her. “He<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_192" id="Page_192">192</a></span> may meet a hawk on the
-way and get into a fight.”</p>
-
-<p>“It isn’t far to Mr. Green’s place though. And Snow White’s flying
-fast.”</p>
-
-<p>The girls watched at the railing until they no longer were able to see
-the bird. Then as the cruiser began to wallow heavily in the waves,
-they went back inside the cruiser.</p>
-
-<p>“At least we won’t starve even if we are carried out to sea,” said
-Connie, looking around.</p>
-
-<p>The <em>Adventurer</em> evidently had been stocked for a long cruise. In
-addition to tins of meat, vegetables and miscellaneous items, there
-were sacks of fresh fruit and cookies.</p>
-
-<p>“I’m awfully hungry,” said Connie, her mouth watering at sight of a big
-juicy pear. “I don’t think we should eat any of Mrs. Allison’s food
-though, unless we’re almost starving.”</p>
-
-<p>“I am now,” declared Vevi. “I’m thirsty too.”</p>
-
-<p>Though the girls looked everywhere they could not find any drinking
-water.</p>
-
-<p>Time passed very slowly. Thinking that at least an hour had elapsed,
-Connie went outside to try to learn what time it was.</p>
-
-<p>However, the <em>Adventurer</em> had drifted so far that she could not see the
-town clock.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_193" id="Page_193">193</a></span> “It must be at least eight o’clock,” she declared. “And we
-never were missed!”</p>
-
-<p>“What could have become of everyone?” speculated Vevi. “Why didn’t the
-Brownies come down to the wharf? Don’t they care what becomes of us?”</p>
-
-<p>“Surely in all this time, they’d have missed us.”</p>
-
-<p>“Something must have happened,” Vevi said gloomily. “I’m really getting
-scared, Connie.”</p>
-
-<p>Her face puckered up and she looked as if she were about to cry again.</p>
-
-<p>“Listen!” commanded Connie suddenly.</p>
-
-<p>In the distance, a clock had begun to strike.</p>
-
-<p>Anxiously, the girls counted the strokes.</p>
-
-<p>“Eight o’clock!” exclaimed Vevi. “Or was it nine? I got mixed up.”</p>
-
-<p>“I counted only seven. But can that be right?”</p>
-
-<p>“We’ve been drifting for hours, Connie.”</p>
-
-<p>Connie squinted at the rising sun and shook her head.</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t think so,” she said. “If it were eight o’clock, we’d be
-farther out from shore. And people would be on the beach taking their
-sun baths.”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi dropped a piece of paper into the water. A moment later the
-cruiser had drifted past it.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_194" id="Page_194">194</a></span>
-“We must be in a current,” Vevi said. “We’re moving awfully fast.”</p>
-
-<p>“Away from the lighthouse too. The waves are getting bigger and bigger.”</p>
-
-<p>The breeze which blew across the deck was rather cold. Spray from the
-higher waves dampened the girls’ hair and made them feel chilly.</p>
-
-<p>“I’m going to stay inside,” Vevi said, her teeth chattering. “I don’t
-think we’ll ever be picked up. We’ll be washed clear out to sea and
-never see our folks or the Brownies again.”</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t talk like that,” Connie scolded her friend. “You’re a Brownie
-Scout, aren’t you? Brownies are supposed to be cheerful and always look
-at the bright side.”</p>
-
-<p>“I’m trying to be brave but&mdash;oh!”</p>
-
-<p>The cruiser had given a sudden lurch which nearly flung Vevi from her
-feet.</p>
-
-<p>“Something hit us!” she wailed, clutching Connie’s hand.</p>
-
-<p>“It was only a big wave. When the boat engine isn’t on, you feel ’em
-more. That one hit us broadside.”</p>
-
-<p>“I’m going inside,” Vevi repeated. “It’s not safe out here on deck. We
-might be thrown overboard.”</p>
-
-<p>She dived into the cabin. Connie took another<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_195" id="Page_195">195</a></span> look around to see if
-help might not be near. Seeing no one or any moving boat, she followed
-her friend into the cabin.</p>
-
-<p>Vevi had huddled down on one of the bunks, wrapping a blanket about
-herself. Connie joined her there, sharing the warmth of the cover.</p>
-
-<p>“I wish we’d never decided to go for a ride on this stupid old boat,”
-Vevi murmured.</p>
-
-<p>“What I wish is that we hadn’t gone on ahead of the other Brownies,”
-declared Connie.</p>
-
-<p>The two girls felt very miserable and discouraged. They were beginning
-to fear they never would be missed. Although they were not really
-seasick, the steady rolling of the boat made them feel uncomfortable.</p>
-
-<p>“I’m going to be sick,” announced Vevi, lying down on the bunk.</p>
-
-<p>Connie curled up beside her under the blanket. For a long while
-they kept very quiet, listening to the slap of the waves on the
-<em>Adventurer’s</em> hull.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s hours since we started to drift,” Vevi whispered. “We must be way
-out in the ocean now.”</p>
-
-<p>Connie arose and went to the porthole window. Looking out, she saw only
-an empty stretch of water.</p>
-
-<p>Badly frightened, she moved across to the other<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_196" id="Page_196">196</a></span> side of the cabin.
-From this window she was relieved to be able to see the shore.</p>
-
-<p>As she watched, the cruiser swung slightly, so that Connie saw a huge
-mound of piled up rocks. She knew that it marked one side of the harbor
-entrance.</p>
-
-<p>Once the cruiser passed that point, it really would be out at sea.</p>
-
-<p>“Where are we?” demanded Vevi, swinging her legs over the side of the
-bunk.</p>
-
-<p>Before she could start across the cabin, she felt a hard jar as
-something struck the <em>Adventurer</em> amidship.</p>
-
-<p>“Was that a log?” she gasped. “Or another boat?”</p>
-
-<p>The girls were afraid to hope that anyone had come to their rescue.</p>
-
-<p>“Ship ahoy!” they heard someone call. “Anyone aboard?”</p>
-
-<p>Laughing in sheer joy, Vevi and Connie rushed out of the cabin.</p>
-
-<p>“We’re here!” they shouted.</p>
-
-<p>Captain Tarwell had come alongside in another cruiser. Aboard were Mrs.
-Allison, Connie’s mother, Miss Gordon and all the Brownies.</p>
-
-<p>“Thank goodness, you’re both safe,” cried Mrs. Williams.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_197" id="Page_197">197</a></span> Captain
-Tarwell hooked the two boats together so that Mrs. Williams and Miss
-Gordon could step aboard the <em>Adventurer</em>.</p>
-
-<p>Mrs. Williams held Connie tightly in her arms while the Brownie leader
-gave Vevi an affectionate hug.</p>
-
-<p>“How did you find us?” Connie asked when she could catch her breath.
-“Did you see our drifting boat?”</p>
-
-<p>“The report came from several places almost at the same time,” Miss
-Gordon explained. “The Brownies were a little late getting to the
-wharf. Before we arrived, a telephone call came to Captain Tarwell from
-Mr. Green.”</p>
-
-<p>“From the pigeon loft?” Vevi demanded, her face lighted up. “Then Snow
-White got through with our message!”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, Jamie was feeding the pigeons when the carrier alighted on the
-roof. He read the message and called Mr. Green.”</p>
-
-<p>“Mr. Green didn’t know what to make of it,” Mrs. Williams went on
-with the story. “So he telephoned Captain Tarwell, asking him to
-investigate.”</p>
-
-<p>“About that same time,” Miss Gordon resumed, “Mrs. Allison reached
-the dock and couldn’t find her cruiser. While she was wondering if it
-had been<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_198" id="Page_198">198</a></span> stolen, another telephone call came in from the lighthouse
-keeper. He’d sighted the drifting boat.”</p>
-
-<p>“We really caused a lot of excitement, didn’t we?” grinned Vevi.</p>
-
-<p>“You certainly did,” agreed Miss Gordon. “You frightened us half out of
-our wits. What in the world possessed you to untie the <em>Adventurer</em>?”</p>
-
-<p>The question astonished Vevi and Connie.</p>
-
-<p>“But we didn’t!” they cried together.</p>
-
-<p>“Then how did the boat get loose?”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi was so excited that her words came out in a rush.</p>
-
-<p>“It was Raymond Curry who set the boat adrift!” she informed the
-startled adults. “We saw him steal from another cruiser. He didn’t want
-us to tell so he untied the rope.”</p>
-
-<p>“He wanted to get away from Silver Beach before anyone caught him,”
-added Connie earnestly. “Miss Gordon, he was the one who stole your
-wrist watch! If you call the police right away, maybe you can get it
-back!”</p>
-
-
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<hr class="divider" />
-<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_199" id="Page_199">199</a></span>
-</div>
-
-<h2><a name="chapter_20" id="chapter_20"></a>CHAPTER 20<br />
-<span>BROWNIE OF THE DAY</span></h2>
-
-<p class="noi">CONNIE’S declaration that Raymond Curry should be arrested as a thief
-astonished Miss Gordon and Mrs. Williams.</p>
-
-<p>However, after asking a few questions, they were convinced that there
-was no mistake. Captain Tarwell also had heard Vevi and Connie make the
-accusation.</p>
-
-<p>“It doesn’t surprise me&mdash;not one whit!” he announced. “I’ve had my eye
-on that young fellow all season. If I could have dug up proof, he’d
-have been thrown in irons long ago.”</p>
-
-<p>“But he’s a lifeguard at the hotel,” murmured Miss Gordon. “It hardly
-seems possible he’d stoop to such a low thing.”</p>
-
-<p>“I’ve been watching him for quite a while but never could catch him at
-it,” replied the captain. “Jamie himself gave me a clue, not meaning
-to, of course. I’ve felt mighty sorry for that lad. That<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_200" id="Page_200">200</a></span> was why I let
-him sleep in my cabin after he ran away.”</p>
-
-<p>“Then you knew it all the time!” exclaimed Vevi.</p>
-
-<p>“Aye, I guessed the lad was there. I’d have sent him packing back to
-his father, but I couldn’t make up my mind Jamie ought to be returned
-without Juvenile Court looking into the situation. So I arranged for
-him to get a job for a few days with Mr. Green.”</p>
-
-<p>“What’s to be done about Raymond Curry?” asked Mrs. Williams.</p>
-
-<p>She told the captain she felt that even if it could not be proven he
-had stolen anything, he should be severely punished for setting the
-<em>Adventurer</em> adrift.</p>
-
-<p>“Aye, and he shall be,” promised the captain grimly. “It’s plain he
-figured by untying the boat, he’d gain time enough to get out of town.”</p>
-
-<p>In the glare of sunlight, the old seaman studied his watch.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s only 7:35,” he announced. “That gives him roughly forty-five
-minutes start.”</p>
-
-<p>Now both Vevi and Connie were amazed to learn that so little time had
-elapsed. They were certain they had spent hours in the drifting boat.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_201" id="Page_201">201</a></span>
-“Curry couldn’t catch a train out of Silver Beach at this hour,” went
-on the captain. “He has no car. My guess is he’d head for the airport.
-A westbound plane is due out at 7:55.”</p>
-
-<p>“Then we’ll never stop him!” gasped Mrs. Williams.</p>
-
-<p>“Maybe we can if we move fast,” replied the captain. “I’ll take
-this little boat in and call police. The rest of you follow in Mrs.
-Allison’s cruiser.”</p>
-
-<p>This plan suited everyone except Vevi and Connie. After their
-unpleasant experience, they would have felt safer in the captain’s boat.</p>
-
-<p>The old seaman waited only long enough to make sure Mrs. Allison could
-start the <em>Adventurer’s</em> powerful motor. Then he headed for shore in
-the smaller boat, traveling at top speed.</p>
-
-<p>Once the engine of the <em>Adventurer</em> began to purr, the cruiser no
-longer drifted. Mrs. Allison headed it so that the waves would not slap
-so hard.</p>
-
-<p>“Shall we go on with our morning cruise or return to shore?” she asked
-the Brownies.</p>
-
-<p>Jane was all for continuing the ride. The other Brownies, however,
-voted to return to the wharf.</p>
-
-<p>“Never mind,” Mrs. Allison said to Jane. “Later in the day we’ll have
-our cruise. Just now we’re<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_202" id="Page_202">202</a></span> anxious to learn what has become of Raymond
-Curry.”</p>
-
-<p>Events moved very rapidly, once the Brownie Scouts were ashore.</p>
-
-<p>However, it was more than two hours later before the girls learned all
-the details of what happened at the airport.</p>
-
-<p>Shortly before noon, Captain Tarwell reappeared on the beach to report
-that police had arrested Mr. Curry as he prepared to board a plane west.</p>
-
-<p>“He denied everything,” the captain told the Brownies. “But in
-searching his luggage, police came upon valuables taken from one of the
-cruisers. They also found a pawnticket which has been redeemed.”</p>
-
-<p>The seaman then showed Miss Gordon the wristwatch she had lost on the
-beach.</p>
-
-<p>“Mr. Curry pawned it for a trifling sum, along with several other
-items,” Captain Tarwell explained. “You can identify the watch?”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, yes, it is mine! I’m so happy to get it back again. But what of
-Mr. Curry?”</p>
-
-<p>“He is under arrest. In searching his luggage police found his bathing
-trunks. A deep inside pocket had been sewed into them. It provided a
-pouch where Curry could carry small items. Sometimes,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_203" id="Page_203">203</a></span> he swam off with
-them. At other times, if carrying articles that might be damaged by
-water, he merely walked back to the hotel.”</p>
-
-<p>“And because he was the lifeguard there, no one suspected him of wrong
-doing!”</p>
-
-<p>“Connie and I did!” interposed Vevi quickly. “We saw him trying to
-break into cars last night on the beach. Only then we weren’t sure what
-he was doing.”</p>
-
-<p>Miss Gordon asked Captain Tarwell what was to become of Jamie.</p>
-
-<p>“The court will direct his future. For the time being, he’ll stay on
-with Mr. Green, helping with the birds. By fall, when it’s time for the
-lad to start school, I’m hoping the court will turn him over to me. I’d
-like to adopt the boy and make a home for him at the cottage. Time I’m
-opening that place and forgetting the past.”</p>
-
-<p>“I guess Mr. Curry never would have been caught if it hadn’t been for
-Snow White,” Vevi declared proudly. “I guess that bird proved he was
-some good after all!”</p>
-
-<p>“He certainly did,” agreed the captain heartily. “Oh, yes, Vevi, I have
-a message for you from Mr. Green.”</p>
-
-<p>“For me?”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_204" id="Page_204">204</a></span>
-“Aye, he said to tell you not to worry about Snow White anymore. He’ll
-keep him at the loft with his other pigeons. Even if he never proves to
-be a fast racer, he’ll always give him a home.”</p>
-
-<p>“He’ll be known as a hero pigeon, won’t he?” Vevi laughed. “That’s a
-lot more important than winning a race.”</p>
-
-<p>Her mention of a race reminded the Brownies of the turtle contest which
-had been scheduled for that afternoon. With Mr. Curry under arrest,
-they were quite certain it never would be held.</p>
-
-<p>“I guess the Brownies won’t have their chance to win prize money,”
-sighed Sunny. “We need cash badly in our treasury too.”</p>
-
-<p>Directly after lunch, Mrs. Allison took the Brownies for a long ride
-in her cabin cruiser. While they were aboard, she showed them a fine
-collection of shells she had gathered the previous winter in Florida.</p>
-
-<p>The shells were larger and more beautiful than any the Brownies had in
-their collection.</p>
-
-<p>“I want you girls to have them for your exhibition tomorrow at the
-cottage,” Mrs. Allison declared. “Furthermore, you may keep them after
-the show is over.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_205" id="Page_205">205</a></span>
-Now it seemed to the Brownies that everyone was trying to help them.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s our motto ‘Help Other People,’ working for us!” Rosemary laughed.
-“I guess that was because we helped other folks first.”</p>
-
-<p>When the Brownies returned from the cruise, another pleasant surprise
-awaited them.</p>
-
-<p>Mr. Fulsom told the girls that the turtle race was to be held on the
-hotel lawn just as <a name="scheduled" id="scheduled"></a><ins title="Original has sheduled">scheduled</ins>.</p>
-
-<p>“The hotel people have asked me to run it off for them,” he added.
-“From now on I’m to work there as a lifeguard. I’ll take Raymond
-Curry’s place and make a much better salary.”</p>
-
-<p>The Brownies were sorry to know that their friend no longer would be
-at the cottage beach. Of course, it did not really matter, for after
-Sunday they would be in Rosedale again. They were happy that he was to
-have a better job, and especially pleased that the turtle race was to
-be run.</p>
-
-<p>“How soon does it start?” Vevi demanded, fairly beside herself with
-excitement.</p>
-
-<p>“Sharp at two o’clock.”</p>
-
-<p>“It’s almost that now,” Vevi gasped. “I must get Clover right away. I
-hope he’s feeling well.”</p>
-
-<p>All the Brownies ran with her to the cottage to<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_206" id="Page_206">206</a></span> fetch the turtle. When
-they lifted Clover out of the pan, he snapped and tried to get away.</p>
-
-<p>“He’s feeling well, all right!” laughed Vevi.</p>
-
-<p>By the time the Brownies reached the hotel lawn, many other children
-had gathered there. Nearly everyone had a turtle to race.</p>
-
-<p>A large white circle had been drawn on the grass. Mr. Fulsom explained
-the rules. He said the turtles would start from the center of the ring.
-The one which first crossed the chalk line would be declared the winner.</p>
-
-<p>All the children, including Vevi, carried their entries to the center
-of the ring. After the turtles were set down on the grass, Mr. Fulsom
-told the children to step back.</p>
-
-<p>“You may cheer your favorite,” he said, “but no one must frighten a
-turtle.”</p>
-
-<p>Now a turtle race was much slower than the Brownies had expected. The
-entries did not start off very fast. Some of the turtles didn’t seem to
-know they were in a race. A few failed to move.</p>
-
-<p>“Come on Clover!” shouted Connie.</p>
-
-<p>The snapper started to crawl very fast toward the sea.</p>
-
-<p>At the same time, several other turtles moved in other directions
-toward the chalk line. A turtle<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_207" id="Page_207">207</a></span> with the name “Elmer” painted on its
-shell, crawled even faster than Clover.</p>
-
-<p>“Look at him go,” said Jane anxiously. “He’s going to win!”</p>
-
-<p>“Come on, Clover!” pleaded Vevi. “Come on!”</p>
-
-<p>In her excitement she jumped up and down, clapping her hands. So much
-noise seemed to frighten Clover. He halted and twisted his long neck,
-looking at the crowd.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, he’s stopped,” groaned Connie. “Now we’ll never win!”</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll give him a push!” cried Jane.</p>
-
-<p>Vevi seized her hand, holding her back. “No! That’s against the rules!
-He’ll be put out of the race entirely if you do.”</p>
-
-<p>“Anyway, Elmer has stopped too!” exclaimed Rosemary. “That other turtle
-called Pete is ahead now.”</p>
-
-<p>For the next few minutes, it was hard to tell which turtle was winning.
-First one would crawl and then another. Sometimes they would go very
-fast toward the finish line and then slow down.</p>
-
-<p>“Clover never will win,” Jane said in despair. “He’s too lazy.”</p>
-
-<p>“He is not,” Vevi defended her entry. “Look at him go now! Why, he’s
-almost running!”<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_208" id="Page_208">208</a></span> It was true. Clover had suddenly come to life again.
-He crawled faster and faster toward the finish line.</p>
-
-<p>On the opposite side of the circle, Elmer also was moving rapidly. No
-one could tell which turtle would reach the chalk line first.</p>
-
-<p>“Elmer wins&mdash;” the lifeguard started to say, and then he corrected
-himself. The turtle had stopped short just a half inch from the finish
-line.</p>
-
-<p>“Clover is the winner!” Mr. Fulsom shouted. “An entry by the Brownie
-Scouts of Rosedale!”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi ran to recapture Clover before he reached the water. He did not
-want to be picked up and tried to snap at her.</p>
-
-<p>“Let him go, Vevi,” urged Connie, running up. “He wants to be free.”</p>
-
-<p>“And you can’t take him with you to Rosedale,” added Rosemary, joining
-the girls.</p>
-
-<p>Vevi held Clover for a minute, hating to let him go. She knew though,
-that Connie and Rosemary were right.</p>
-
-<p>Without a word, she set the turtle on the grass. He crawled very fast
-down the slope, across the sand and into the water.</p>
-
-<p>“Goodbye, Clover,” Vevi said then. “Maybe next<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_209" id="Page_209">209</a></span> summer, if the Brownies
-come here again, we’ll find you once more.”</p>
-
-<p>Mr. Fulsom gave Miss Gordon a ten dollar bill for the Brownie
-organization. She promised the girls to keep it safe until it could be
-put in the bank at Rosedale.</p>
-
-<p>After the turtle race the Brownie Scouts had a great deal of work to
-do. Not only was it necessary to pack their suitcases, but they also
-had to fix their shell exhibition at the ship cottage.</p>
-
-<p>“The Brownies aren’t too well known at Silver Beach,” Connie said
-anxiously to her mother. “Do you think anyone will come to our show
-tomorrow?”</p>
-
-<p>“I’m sure they will,” replied Mrs. Williams. “Besides, the Brownies are
-better known than you think. You see, the newspapers carried stories of
-your adventure and Vevi’s aboard the cruiser.”</p>
-
-<p>Early Sunday morning after church, the girls were at the cottage ready
-for visitors. Their shells all had been neatly classified and arranged
-in attractive patterns on tables.</p>
-
-<p>“It will be awful if we’ve gone to so much trouble and no one comes,”
-sighed Sunny. “I couldn’t bear it.”</p>
-
-<p>Just then a car drove up. Mrs. Allison was at the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_210" id="Page_210">210</a></span> wheel, but with her
-were several ladies.</p>
-
-<p>“At least we’ll have someone!” laughed Sunny, greatly relieved.</p>
-
-<p>After that a number of friends Miss Gordon had made at the beach began
-to arrive. Mr. Fulsom came, bringing two other men. Then there followed
-a steady stream of visitors, persons the Brownies never before had seen
-or knew only slightly.</p>
-
-<p>“I guess everyone at Silver Beach heard about our exhibition!” Jane
-declared happily.</p>
-
-<p>“Everyone except Captain Tarwell,” said Vevi. “I thought he would
-surely come.”</p>
-
-<p>The afternoon wore on and still the old seaman did not appear. All the
-Brownies were disappointed, for more than anyone else, they wanted him
-to see their shells.</p>
-
-<p>“We may as well put everything away,” Jane said at last. “It’s getting
-late.”</p>
-
-<p>“Let’s wait just a few more minutes,” pleaded Vevi. “I’m sure Captain
-Tarwell will come.”</p>
-
-<p>“I think he will too,” agreed Miss Gordon. “We can’t wait too long
-though. Now, does the organization have any unfinished business,
-anything to be done before we leave Silver Beach?”</p>
-
-<p>“Vevi never gave her bird report,” Jane reminded the group.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_211" id="Page_211">211</a></span>
-“You would bring that up,” muttered Vevi.</p>
-
-<p>She felt rather annoyed at Jane. That was because she had forgotten all
-about making a report, and did not know of a bird she could tell about.</p>
-
-<p>“Vevi’s worse than a tail-ender!” Jane teased. “She doesn’t have any
-report. Today’s the last chance to make it too.”</p>
-
-<p>“Who says I haven’t a report?” Vevi retorted. “Just wait!”</p>
-
-<p>“That’s what you always say!” twitted Jane.</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll give my report in just a minute,” Vevi said, stalling for time.
-“First, I want to see if Captain Tarwell is coming.”</p>
-
-<p>Quickly, she ran out of the cottage. Now Vevi hoped that outdoors she
-might see a bird upon which she could report.</p>
-
-<p>Not a bird was to be seen. As luck would have it though, Captain
-Tarwell came walking up the path.</p>
-
-<p>“Am I too late for the big show?” he inquired.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, no, you’re just in time,” Vevi told him.</p>
-
-<p>Captain Tarwell noticed the little girl’s downcast face.</p>
-
-<p>“Storm clouds?” he chuckled. “What’s the trouble, Vevi? Have you lost
-one of your pets?”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi told him then how Jane was teasing her<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_212" id="Page_212">212</a></span> because she had been
-unable to make her bird report.</p>
-
-<p>“I’ve thought and thought and I can’t think of a single one the other
-girls haven’t told about,” she said sadly. “I guess I’m just no good.”</p>
-
-<p>“Now if I were a little girl with a report to make, I’d use my eyes,”
-chuckled the captain. “I’d tell about a bird that lives in this very
-cottage.”</p>
-
-<p>“Here?” Vevi asked in disbelief. “Oh, I’m sure you must be mistaken,
-Captain Tarwell. No bird except Snow White ever lived here.”</p>
-
-<p>“No?” inquired the old seaman.</p>
-
-<p>Without saying more, he raised his eyes to gaze up into the sky. Vevi
-saw then that he was watching a short, fat bird that was wheeling
-overhead.</p>
-
-<p>Its wings were beating swiftly and in such stiff fashion that the
-creature appeared to be a mechanical toy rather than living.</p>
-
-<p>As Vevi watched, the bird dived down into the chimney of the cottage.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, won’t it be killed?” Vevi asked anxiously.</p>
-
-<p>“Not that bird,” answered the captain. “A chimney swift always builds
-its nest in a chimney. I’ll tell you all about it.”</p>
-
-<p>The old seaman recounted everything he knew about the bird, which was a
-great deal, indeed.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_213" id="Page_213">213</a></span>
-“Oh, thank you!” Vevi said gratefully. “Now I’ll be able to make my
-report!”</p>
-
-<p>She raced into the cottage ahead of the captain to tell the Brownies
-what she had learned.</p>
-
-<p>“My bird lives right here in the chimney!” she declared. “He’s soot
-colored. He’s called a swift because he’s so fast on the wing. When he
-eats insects he keeps his mouth wide open, snapping at them as he flies
-through the air.”</p>
-
-<p>“Where did you learn all that so fast?” Jane demanded suspiciously.</p>
-
-<p>“The chimney swift is the most active in cloudy weather and in the
-evening,” Vevi recited. “Their nests are cup-shaped, made of tiny
-twigs. There’s one in the chimney now!”</p>
-
-<p>“Why, Vevi, that’s a fine report,” praised Miss Gordon.</p>
-
-<p>“But it’s not about a water bird,” Jane insisted. “It doesn’t count.”</p>
-
-<p>Vevi did not know what to say. Captain Tarwell came to her rescue.</p>
-
-<p>“Many’s the time I’ve seen a swift dip down into the surface of the
-water in full flight,” he informed the group. “The creature feeds on
-the wing, drinks on the wing and bathes that way too.”</p>
-
-<p>“So I guess that makes it a water bird!” Vevi<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_214" id="Page_214">214</a></span> declared triumphantly.
-“Doesn’t it, Miss Gordon?”</p>
-
-<p>“I’m inclined to accept the report,” smiled the teacher. “Besides, Vevi
-has produced two live birds, one on the beach, and now another in our
-chimney.”</p>
-
-<p>“Vevi helped the Brownie Scouts win ten dollars too,” Connie reminded
-the girls.</p>
-
-<p>“She found a home for Snow White when his owner didn’t think he wanted
-to keep the pigeon,” added Rosemary.</p>
-
-<p>“And she found a son for me,” said Captain Tarwell quietly. He went on
-to explain: “It’s just been decided that Jamie will live with me here
-at the cottage. Frankly, I never would have reopened my home if it
-hadn’t been for Vevi, Connie and all the Brownies.”</p>
-
-<p>“Vevi’s really our Brownie of the Day,” laughed Connie, very proud of
-her friend.</p>
-
-<p>“She deserves a Brownie salute!” cried Sunny. “Let’s give it to her.”</p>
-
-<p>The girls clustered about Vevi. Smartly they raised their right hands
-to their temples, two fingers extended. Vevi returned the salute.</p>
-
-<p>“Speech! Speech!” teased the Brownies.</p>
-
-<p>“I&mdash;I don’t know what to say,” mumbled Vevi, deeply embarrassed.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_215" id="Page_215">215</a></span>
-“Isn’t it nice being chosen Brownie of the Day?” prompted Connie.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, yes,” laughed Vevi. “I’d rather be a Brownie forever though!
-That’s because it’s the nicest organization in the whole wide world!”</p>
-
-
-<p class="center p120 mt3">THE END</p>
-
-
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<hr class="divider" />
-</div>
-<div class="tn">
-<p class="center p120"><a name="Transcribers_Note" id="Transcribers_Note">Transcriber’s Note:</a></p>
-
-<p class="noi">Punctuation has been standardized; inconsistent spelling retained.
-Changes to the original publication have been made as follows:</p>
-
-<ul class="nobullet">
-<li><ul><li>Page 37<br />
-friend into the litttle ship <i>changed to</i><br />
-friend into the <a href="#little">little</a> ship</li></ul></li>
-
-<li><ul><li>Page 64<br />
-down to the cliffs which overloooked <i>changed to</i><br />
-down to the cliffs which <a href="#overlooked">overlooked</a></li></ul></li>
-
-<li><ul><li>Page 153<br />
-can get up early. We’ll go <i>changed to</i><br />
-can get up <a href="#early">early, we’ll</a> go</li></ul></li>
-
-<li><ul><li>Page 162<br />
-Connie said severly <i>changed to</i><br />
-Connie said <a href="#severely">severely</a></li></ul></li>
-
-<li><ul><li>Page 185<br />
-added Connie in dispair <i>changed to</i><br />
-added Connie in <a href="#despair">despair</a></li></ul></li>
-
-<li><ul><li>Page 205<br />
-hotel lawn just as sheduled <i>changed to</i><br />
-hotel lawn just as <a href="#scheduled">scheduled</a></li></ul></li>
-</ul>
-</div>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-<pre>
-
-
-
-
-
-End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Brownie Scouts at Silver Beach, by
-Mildred A. Wirt
-
-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE BROWNIE SCOUTS AT SILVER BEACH ***
-
-***** This file should be named 51696-h.htm or 51696-h.zip *****
-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
- http://www.gutenberg.org/5/1/6/9/51696/
-
-Produced by Stephen Hutcheson, Dave Morgan and the Online
-Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
-States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive
-specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
-eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook
-for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
-performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given
-away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks
-not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the
-trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country outside the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
- most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
- restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
- under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
- eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
- United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you
- are located before using this ebook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
- works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The
-Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org
-
-
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the
-mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its
-volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous
-locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt
-Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to
-date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and
-official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-For additional contact information:
-
- Dr. Gregory B. Newby
- Chief Executive and Director
- gbnewby@pglaf.org
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works.
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
-
-
-
-</pre>
-
-</body>
-</html>
diff --git a/old/51696-h/images/cover.jpg b/old/51696-h/images/cover.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 3239d5b..0000000
--- a/old/51696-h/images/cover.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/51696-h/images/cover2.jpg b/old/51696-h/images/cover2.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 3563312..0000000
--- a/old/51696-h/images/cover2.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/51696-h/images/frontis.jpg b/old/51696-h/images/frontis.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index ee979c6..0000000
--- a/old/51696-h/images/frontis.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/51696-h/images/title.jpg b/old/51696-h/images/title.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index ed0d8db..0000000
--- a/old/51696-h/images/title.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ